Sft'J'tV^J^OTABsi 


K^T 


I 


ARWI^  REGULATIONS 


1  i 


COyFEjteR/^E    STATES. 


1 


:^i»fi^ 


1 

- 
PERKINS  LIBRARY 

Dulce  Unlversitj 
Kare  Doolcs 

T 

THE    LIBRARY    OF 
HE    UNIVERSITY    OF    GEORGIA 

^      AMY  RECtULATMS, 

ADOPTED    FOR   THE    USE    OF    THE 

mi  OF  IHE  COllFEDtRIITt  STUTtS, 

IN  ACCOROANCE  WITH  LATE  ACTS  OF  CONGRESS. 


REVISED  FROM  THE  ARMY  REGULATIONS  OF  THE  OLD  U.  S^  ARM\ 

1857  VeT.U  all  THAT  IS  ESSENTIAI.  FOR  OFFICERS  OF 

THE  LINE. 


— TO   WHICH   18   ADDED — 


All  Act  for  the  Esiablisliraent  and  Organization  of  the  Army  of  the  Con- 
federate States  of  America. 


A^RTICLES   OF   ^VJ^^, 

FOR     THE     GOVERNMENT     OF     THE     ARMY      OF     THE: 
(CONFEDERATE    STATES    OF    AMERICA. 


ATLANTA: 

GAULDING  &  WHITAKER,  "  INTELLLIGENCER  "  PRINT. 

1861. 


WlC"^' 


REGULATION  S 


#5 


FOR 


THE  ARMY. 


ARTICLE  I. 

MILITARY   DISCIPLINE. 

1.  All  inferiors  are  required  to  obey  strictly,  and  to  exe- 
cute with  alacrity  and  good  faith,  the  lawful  orders  of  the 
superiors  appointed  over  them. 

2.  Military  authority  is  to  be  exercised  with  firmness,  but 
with  kindness  and  justice  to  inferiors.  Punishments  shall 
be  strictly  conformable  to  military  law. 

3.  Superiors  of  every  grade  are  forbid  to  injure  those  un- 
der them  by  tyrannical  or  capricious  conduct,  or  by  abusive 
language. 

ARTICLE  11. 

RANK  AND   COMMAND. 

4.  Bank  of  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  : 
1st.  10th.  Cadet. 

2d.  11th.  Sergeant-Major. 

3d.  Brigadier-General.      12th.  Quartermaster-Sergeant 
4th.  Colonel.  of  a  Regiment. 

5th.  Lieutenant-Colonel,  loth.  Ordinance  Sergeant  and 
6th.  Major.  Hospital  Steward. 

7th.  Captain.  14th.  First  SCTgeant. 

8th.  First  Lieutenant.        lotli.  Sergeant. 
9th.  Second  Lieutenant.    16th.  Corporal. 
And  each  grade  bv  date  a^-€WiaFi\S^9Sfe^^,cr  appointment. 

5.  When  commksiQif^eVi)!^tN^^l|jel?l*^e,  the  rank  is  to 
be  decided,  betweeii^ebfs  o£tlie  same'r^^ient  or  corps, 
by  the  order  of  api|Bint»H\ept^   bet^eeiiv^ffik:*s  of  different 


regiments  or  corps:  1st,  by  rank  in  actual  service  when  ap- 
pointed ;  2cl,  by  former  rank  and  service  in  the  army  or  ma- 
rine corps ;  3d,  by  lottery  amon^^  such  as  have  not  been  in 
the  military  service  of  the  Confederate  States.  In  case  of 
equality  of  rank,  by  virtue  of  a  brevet  commission,  reference 
is  had  to  commissions  not  brevet. 

6.  Officers  having  brevets,  or  commissions  of  a  prior  date 
to  those  of  the  regiment  in  which  they  serve,  may  take  place 
in  courts-martial  and  on  detachments,  when  composed  of 
different  corps,  according  to  the  ranks  given  them  in  their 
]>revets  or  dates  of  their  former  commissions ;  but  in  the 
regiment,  troop,  or  company  to  which  such  officers  belong, 
they  shall  do  duty  and  take  rank  both  in  courts-martial  and 
on  detachments  which  shall  be  composed  only  of  their  own 
corps,  according  to  the  commissions  by  which  they  are  mus- 
tered in  the  said  corps. — {Gist.  Art.  of  War.) 

7.  If,  upon  marches,  guards,  or  in  quarters,  different  corps 
of  the  army  shall  happen  to  join,  or  do  duty  together,  the 
officer  highest  in  rank  of  the  line  of  the  army,  marine  corps, 
or  militia,  by  commission,  there  on  duty  or  in  quarters,  shall 
command  the  whole,  and  give  orders  for  what  is  needful  to 
the  service,  unless  otherwise  specially  directed  b}'  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Confederate  States,  according  to  the  nature  of 
the  case.— (G2d  Art.  of  War.) 

8.  An  officer  not  having  orders  from  competent  authority, 
cannot  put  himself  or  duty  by  virtue  of  his  commission  alone. 

9.  Officers  serving  by  conunission  from  any  State  of  the 
Confederacy  take  rank  next  after  officers  of  the  like  grade 
hy  commission  from  the  Confederate  States. 

10.  Brevet  rank  takes  effect  only  in  the  following  cases  : 
1st,  by  special  assignment  of  the  President  in  commands 
composed  of  diiierent  corps ;  2d,  on  courts-martial  or  de- 
tachments composed  of  different  corps.  Troops  are  on  de- 
tachment only  when  sent  out  temporarily  to  perform  a  special 
service. 

11.  In  regularly  constituted  commands,  as  garrisons,  posts, 
departments;  companies,  battalions,  regiments;  corps, brig- 
ades, divisions,  army  corps,  or  the  army  itself,  brevet  rank 
cannot  be  exercised  except  by  special  assignment. 

12.  The  officers  of  Engineers  are  not  to  assume  nor  to  be 
ordered  on  any  duty  beyond  the  line  of  their  immediate 
profession,  except  by  the  special  order  of  the  President. 

13.  An  officer  of  the  Pay  or  Medical  Department  can  not 
exercise  command  except  in  his  own  department. 


14.  Officers  of  the  corps  of  Engineers  or  Ordinance,  or  of 
the  Acijutant-Generar?,  Inspector-General's,  Qiiartermaster- 
GeneraVs,  or  Subsistence  Department,  though  eligible  to 
command  according  to  the  rank  they  hold  in  the  army  of 
the  Confederate  States,  and  not  subject  to  the  orders  of  a 
junior  ofhcer,  shall  not  assume  the  command  of  troops  un 
less  put  on  duty  under  orders  which  specially  so  direct  by 
authority  of  the  President. 

ARTICLE  III. 

SUCCESSION  IN   COMMAND   OK   DUTY. 

l.j.  The  functions  assigned  to  any  officer  in  these  regula- 
tions by  title  of  office,  devolve  on  the  officer  acting  in  his 
place,  except  as  specially  excepted. 

16.  {OmiUcd.) 

17.  An  officer  who  succeeds  to  any  command,  or  duty, 
stands  in  regard  to  his  duties  in  the  same  situation  as  his 
predecessor.  The  officer  relieved  shall  turn  over  to  his  suc- 
cessor all  orders  in  force  at  the  time,  and  all  the  public  pro- 
perty and  funds  pertaining  to  his  command  or  duty,  and 
shall  receive  therefor  duplicate  receipts,  showing  the  condi- 
tion of  each  article. 

18.  An  officer  in  a  temporary  command  shall  not,  except 
in  urgent  cases,  alter  or  annul'  the  standing  orders  of  the 
regular  or  permanent  commander  without  authority  from 
the  next  higher  commander. 

ARTICLE  l\ .—{Omitted.) 

APPOINTMENT  AND  PROMOTION  OF  COMMISSIONED   OFKICKU«. 

ARTICLE  V. 

RESIGNATION  OF   OFFICERS. 

24.  No  officer  will  be  considered  out  of  service  on  the  ten- 
der of  his  resignation,  until  it  shall  have  been  duly  accepted 
by  the  proper  authority. 

25.  Resignations  will  be  forwarded  by  the  commanding 
officer  to  the  Adjutant-General  of  the  army  for  decision  at 
the  War  Department. 

26.  Resignations  tendered  under  charges,  when  forward- 
ed by  any  commander,  will  always  be  accompanied  by  a 
copy  of  the  charges ;  or,  in  the  absence  of  written  charges, 


►— ^ 


6 

by  a  report  of  the  case,  for  the  information  of  the  Secretary 
of  War. 

27.  Before  presenting  the  resignation  of  any  officer,  the 
Adjutant-General  will  ascertain  and  report  to  the  War  De- 
partment the  state  of  such  officer's  accounts  of  money,  as 
well  as  of  public  property,  for  which  he  may  have  been  res- 
ponsible. 

28.  In  time  of  war,  or  with  an  army  in  the  field,  resigna- 
tions shall  take  effect  within  thirty  days  from  the  date  of  the 
order  of  acceptance. 

39.  Leaves  of  absence  will  not  be  granted  l)y  commanding 
officers  to  officers  on  tendering  their  resignation,  unless  the 
rosiguation  be  unconditional  and  immediate. 

ARTICLE  VI. 

EXCHANGE   OR   TRANSFER   OF   OFFICERS. 

30.  The  transfer  of  officers  trom  one  regiment  or  corps  to 
another  will  be  made  only  by  the  War  Department,  on  the 
mutual  application  of  the  parties  desiring  the  exchange. 

31.  An  officer  shall  not  he  transferred  trom  one  regiment 
or  corps  to  another,  with  prejudice  to  the  rank  of  any  officer 
of  the  regiment  or  corps  to  which  he  is  transferred. 

ARTICLE  VII. 

APPOINTMENTS  ON   THE   STAFF. 

32.  {Omitted.) 

33.  General  officers  appoint  their  own  Aides-de-camp. 

34.  {Omitted.) 

35.  An  officer  of  a  mounted  corps  shall  not  be  separated 
from  his  regiment,  except  for  duty  connected  with  his  par- 
ticular arm. 

30.  The  senior  Lieutenant  present,  holding  the  appoint- 
ment of  Assistant  Commissary  of  Subsistence,  is  entitled  to 
perform  the  duties. 

ARTICLE  VIII. 

DISTRIBUTION  OF   THE   TROOPS. 

37.  The  military  geographical  departments  will  be  estab- 
lished- by  the  War  Department.  In  time  of  peace,  brigades 
or  divisions  will  not  be  formed,  nor  the  statiousof  the  troops, 
changed,  without  authority  from  the  War  Department. 


ARTICLE  IX.— {Omitted.} 

CARE  OF  FORTIFICATIONS. 

ARTICLE  X.— {Omitted.) 

CARE   OF   ARMAMENT   OF   FORTIFICATIONS;. 

ARTICLE  XL— {Omitted.) 

ARTILLERY   PRACTICE. 

ARTICLE  XIL 

REGIMENTS. 

69.  On  the  organization  of  a  regiment,  companies  receive- 
a  permanent  designation  by  letters  beginning  with  A,  an(l 
the  officers  arc  assigned  to  companies ;  afterward,  company- 
officers  succeed  to  companies,  as  promoted  to  fill  vacancies.. 
Companies  take  place  in  the  battalion  according  to  the  rank 
of  their  captains. 

70.  Captains  must  serve  with  their  companies.  Though 
subject  to  the  temporary  details  of  service,  as  for  courts-mar- 
tial, military  boards,  &c.,  they  shall  not  be  detailed  for  any 
duty  which  may  separate  them  for  any  considerable  time 
from  their  companies. 

7L  The  commander  of  a  regiment  will  appoint  the  adju- 
tant from  the  subalterns  of  the  regiment.  He  will  nominate 
the  regimental  quarter-master  to  the  Secretary  of  War  for 
appointment,  if  approved.  He  will  appoint  the  non-commis- 
sioned staff  of  the  regiment;  and,  upon  the  recommendation 
of  the  company  commanders,  the  sergeants  and  corporals  of 
companies. 

72.  In  cases  of  vacancy,  and  till  a  decision  can  be  had 
from  regimental  head-quarters,  the  company  commanders 
may  make  temporary  appointments  of  non-commissioned 
officers. 

73.  Commanders  of  regiments  are  enjoined  to  avail  them- 
selves of  every  opportunity  of  instructing  both  officers  and 
men  in  the  exercise  and  management  of  field  artillery ;  and 
all  commanders  ought  to  encourage  useful  occupations,  and 
manly  exercises,  and  diversions  among  their  men,  and  to  re- 
press dissipation  and  immorality. 

74.  It  is  enjoined  upon  all  officers  to  be  cautious  in  reprov- 
ing non-commissioned  officers  in  the  presence  or  hearing  of 


privates,  lest  thetr  authority  be  weakened;  and  non-commis- 
sioned officers  are  not  to  be  sent  to  the  guard-room  and 
mixed  with  privates  during  confinement,  but  be  considered 
as  placed  in  arrest,  except  in  aggrevatcd  cases,  wlierc  escape 
may  be  apprehended. 

75.  Non-commissioned  officers  may  be  reduced  to  the 
ranks  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial,  or  by  order  of  the 
commander  of  the  regiment,  on  the  application  of  the  com- 
l>any  commander.  If  reduced  to  the  ranks  by  garrison 
courts,  at  posts  not  the  head-quarters  of  the  regiment,  the 
<'ompany  commander  will  immediately  forward  a  transcript 
of  the  order  to  the  regimental  commander. 

76.  Every  non-commissioued  officer  shall  be  furnished 
with  a  certificate  or  warrant  of  liis  rank,  signed  by  the  col- 
onel and  countersigned  by  the  adjutant.  Blank  warrants, 
on  parchment,  are  furnished  from  the  Adjutant-General's 
office.  The  first,  or  orderly  sergeant,  will  be  selected  by  the 
captain  from  the  sergeants. 

77.  When  it  is  desired  to  have  bands  of  music  for  regi- 
ments, there  will  be  allowed  for  each,  sixteen  privates  to  act 
as  musicians,  in  addition  to  the  chief  musician  authorized 
by  law,  provided  the  total  number  of  privates  in  the  regi- 
ment, includingthe  band,  does  not  exceed  the  legal  standard. 

78.  The  musicians  of  the  band  will,  for  the  time  being,  be 
dropped  from  the  company  muster-roils,  but  they  will  be  in- 
.structed  as  soldiers,  and  liable  to  serve  in  the  ranks  on  any 
occasion.  They  will  be  mustered  in  a  separate  squad  under 
the  chief  musician,  with  the  non-commissicned  statf,  and  be 
included  in  the  aggregate  in  all  regimental  returns. 

79.  When  a  regiment  occupies  several  stations,  the  band 
will  be  kept  at  the  head-quarters,  provided  troops  (one  or 
more  companies)  be  serving  there.  The  field  music  belong- 
ing to  companies  not  stationed  at  regimental  head-quarters 
will  not  be  separated  from  their  respective  companies. 

80.  No  man,  unless  he  be  a  carpenter,  joiner,  carriage- 
maker,  blacksmith,  sadler,  or  harness-maker,  will  be  muster- 
•ed  as  an  "artificer." 

81.  Every  article,  excepting  arms  and  accoutrements  be- 
longing to  the  regiment)  is  to  be  marked  with  the  number 
and  name  of  the  regiment. 

82.  Such  articles  as  belong  to  companies  are  to  be  marked 
with  the  letter  of  the  company,  and  number  and  name  of 
the  regiment;  and  such  as  belong  to  men,  with  their  indi- 
vidual numbers,  and  the  letter  of  the  company. 


9 


83.  The  books  for  each  regmient  sluili  be  as  follows: 

1.  General  Order  Book,  of  three  quires  of  paper,  16  inches 
by  lOi  inches,  to  contain  all  orders  and  circulars  from 
general,  department,  division,  or  brigade  head-quarters, 
with  an  index. 

2.  llegimental  Order  Book,  of  three  quires  of  paper,  16 
inches  ])y  10^  inches,  to  contain  regimental  orders,  with 
an  index. 

3.  Tetter  Book,  of  three  ciuires  of  paper,  10  inches  by  10^ 
.inches,  to  contain  the  correspondence  of  the  command- 
ing oflicer  on  regimental  subjects,  with  an  idex. 

4.  An  index  of  letters  rccpiired  to  be  kept  on  tile,  in  tlio 
following  form : 


No. 


NAME   OF  WRITER. 


1  Captain  A.  B. .    . 

2  \  Adjt,  Gen.  R.  J. 

8      \  Captain  F.  G 

4  Lieutenant  C.  D. 


July  16, 1S4(; 
Sept.  4,1846 
Oct.  11,1846 
Nov.    2,  1846 


Ajipointm't  of  Non-Coni.  Officers. 
Recruiting  Service    , 
Krror  in  Company  Return. 
Api)lication  for  Leave. 


The  date  of  receipt  should  be  endorsed  on  all  letters.  They 
should  be  numbered  to  correspond  with  the  index,  and 
tiled  in  regular  order,  for  easy  reference. 

5.  Descriptive  Book,  of  live  quires  of  pa]U'r,  10  inches  by 
10^  inches,  to  contain  a  list  of  the  officers  of  the  regi- 
ment, with  tlieir  rank,  and  dates  of  appointment  and 
promotion;  transfer,  leaves  of  absence,  and  jilaces  and 
dates  of  birth.  To  contain,  also,  the  names  of  all  enlist- 
ed soldiers,  entered  according  to  priority  of  enlistments, 
giving  their  description,  the  dates  and  periods  of  their 
enlistment ;  and,  under  the  liead  of  remarks,  the  cause 
of  discharge,  character,  death,  desertion,  transfer ;  in 
short,  every  thing  relating  to  their  military  history. 
This  book  to  be  indexed. 

One  copy  of  the  monthly  returns  will  be  filed. 

rOST   BOOKS. 

84.  The  following  books  will  be  kept  at  each  post:  A 
Morning  Report  Book,  a  Guard  Report  Book,  an  Order  Book, 
a  Letter  Book — each  two  quires  foolscap  ;  also,  copies  of  the 
monthly  post  returns. 

ARTICLE  XIIL 

COMPANIES. 

85.  The  captains  will  cause  the  men  of  the  company  to 


10 

be  nuniborcd,  m  a  regular  series,  including  the  non-commis- 
sioned officers,  and  divided  into  four  squads,  each  to  be  put 
under  the  charge  of  a  non-commissioned  officer. 

86.  Each  subaltern  officer  will  be  charged  with  a  squad 
for  the  supervision  of  its  order  and  cleanliness;  and  captains 
•will  require  tlieir  lieutenants  to  assist  them  in  the  perform- 
ance oJ  all  company  duties. 

87.  As  far  as  practicable,  the  men  of  each  squad  will  be 
quartered  together. 

88.  The  utmost  attention  will  be  paid  by  commanders  of 
companies  to  the  cleanliness  of  their  men,  as  to  their  persons, 
clothing,  arms,  accoutrements  and  equipments,  and  also  as 
to  their  quarters  or  tents. 

81).  The  name  of  each  soldier  will  be  labeled  on  his  bunk, 
and  his  company  number  will  be  placed  against  his  arms  and 
accoutrements, 

90.  The  arms  will  be  placed  in  the  arm-racks,  the  stoppers 
in  the  muzzles,  the  cocks  let  down,  and  the  bayonets  in  their 
scabbords;  the  accoutrements  suspended  over  the  arms,  and 
the  sworus  hung  up  b}'-  the  .belts  on  pegs. 

91.  The  knapsack  of  each  man  will  be  placed  on  the  lower 
shelf  of  his  bunk,  at  its  foot,  packed  with  his  effects,  and 
ready  to  be  slung  ;  the  great-coat  on  the  same  shelf,  rolled 
and  strapped ;  the  coat,  folded  inside  out,  and  placed  under 
the  knapsack;  the  cap  on  the  second  or  upper  shelf;  and*he 
boots  well  cleaned. 

92.  Dirty  clothes  will  be  kept  in  an  appropriate  part  of 
the  knapsack ;  no  article  of  any  kind  to  be  i)ut  under  the 
bedding. 

9o.  Cooking  utensils  and  table  equipage  will  be  cleaned 
and  arranged  in  closets  or  recesses;  blacking  and  brushes 
out  of  view;  the  fuel  in  boxes. 

94.  Ordinarily  the  cleaning  will  be  on  Saturdaj'S.  The 
chiefs  of  squads  will  cause  bunks  and  bedding  to  be  over- 
hauled ;  floors  dry-rubbed ;  tables  and  benches  scoured;  and 
arms  cleaned;  accoutrements  whitened  and'polished;  and 
every  thing  put  in  order. 

95.  Where  conveniences  for  bathing  are  to  be  had, 'the  men 
should  bathe  once  a  week.  The  feet  to  be  washed  at  least 
twice  a  week.  The  hair  Icept  tiliort,  and  beard  neatly  trim- 
med. 

96.  Non-commissioned  officers,  in  command  of  squads 
will  be  held  more  immediately  responsible  that  their  men 
observe  what  is  prescribed  above;  thatthey  wash  their  hands 


11 

and  face  daily ;  Hiat  they  brush  or  comb  their  heads;  that 
those  who  are  to  go  on  duty  put  their  arms,  accoutrements, 
dress,  &c.,  in  the  best  order,  and  that  such  as  have  permission 
to  pass  the  chain  of  sentuiels  are  in  the  dress  that  may  be 
ordered. 

97.  Commanders  of  companies  and  squads  will  see  that 
the  arms  and  accoutrements  in  possession  of  the  men  arc 
always  kept  in  good  order,  and  that  proper  care  be  taken  in 
cleaning  them. 

98.  When  belts  are  given  to  a  soldier,  the  captain  will  see 
'"  that  they  are  properly  fitted  to  the  body;  and  it  is  forbid- 
den to  cut  any  belt  without  his  sanction. 

99.  Cartridge-boxes  and  bayonet-scabbords  will  be  polish- 
ed  with  blacking;  varnish  is  injurious  to  the  leather,  and 
will  not  be  used. 

100.  All  arms  in  the  hands  of  the  troops,  whether  browned 
or  bright,  will  be  kept  in  the  state  in  which  they  are  issued 
by  the  Ordnance  Department.  Arms  will  not  be  taken  to 
pieces  without  permission  ot  a  commissioned  officer.  Bright 
barrels  will  be  kept  clean  and  free  from  rust  without  pol- 
ishing them;  care  should  be  taken  in  rubbing  not  to  bruise 
or  bend  the  barrel.  After  firing,  wash  out  the  bore  ;  wipe 
it  dry,  and  then  pass  a  bit  of  cloth,  slightly  greased,  to  the 
bottom.  In  these  operations,  a  rod  of  wood,  with  a  loop  in 
one  end  is  to  be  used  instead  of  the  rammer.  The  barrel, 
when  not  in  use,  will  be  closed  with  a  stopper.  For  exer- 
cise, each  soldier  should  keep  himself  provided  with  a  piece 
of  sole  leather  to  fit  the  cup  or  countersink  of  (he  hammer. 

(For  care  of  arms  in  service,  see  Ordnance  Manual,  page 
185,  &c.) 

101.  Arms  shall  not  be  left  loaded  in  quarters  or  tents,  or 
when  the  men  are  off  duty,  except  by  special  orders. 

102.  Ammunition  issued  will  be  inspected  frequently. 
Each  man  will  be  made  to  pay  for^  the  rounds  expended 
without  orders,  or  not  in  the  way  of  duty,  or  which  may  be 
damaged  or  lost  by  his  neglect. 

103.  Ammunition  will  be  frequently  exposed  to  the  dry 
air,  or  sunned. 

104.  Special  care  shall  be  taken  to  ascertain  that  no  ball- 
cartridges  are  mixed  with  the  blank  cartridges  issued  to  the 
men. 

105.  All  knapsacks  are  to  be  painted  black.  Those  for  the 
artillery  will  be  marked  in  the  centre  of  the  cover  with  the 
number  of  the  regiment  only,  in  figures  of  one-and-a-half 


12 

inch  in  length,  of  the  character  called  full-face,  with  yellow 
paint.  Those  for  tl-.c  infantry  will  be  marked  in  the  same 
way,  in  white  paint.  Those  for  the  ordnance  will  be  \Jiark- 
ed  with  two  cannon,  crossinir;  the  cannon  to  be  seven-and- 
a-half  inches  in  length,  in  yellow  paint,  to  resemble  those  on 
the  cap.     The  knapsack  straps  will  be  black. 

100.  The  knapsacks  will  also  be  marked  upon  the  inner 
side  with  the  letter  of  the  company  and  the  number  of  the 
soldier,  on  such  part  as  ma}'  be  readily  observed  at  inspec- 
tions. 

107.  Haversacks  will  be  marked  upon  the  flap  with  the 
number  and  name  of  the  regiment,  the  letter  of  the  company, 
and  number  of  the  soldier,  in  black  letters  and  figures.  And 
each  soldier  must,  at  all  times  be  provided  with  a  haversack 
and  conteen,  and  will  exhibit  them  at  all  inspections.  It 
will  be  worn  on  the  left  side  on  marches,  guards,  and  when 
paraded  tor  iletached  service — the  canteen  outside  the 
haversack. 

108.  The  front  of  the  drums  will  be  painted  with  the  arms 
of  the  Confederate  States,  on  a  blue  lield  for  the  infantry, 
and  on  a  red  field  for  the  artillery.  The  letter  of  the  compa- 
ny and  num1)er  of  the  regiment,  under  the  arms,  in  a  scroll. 

109.  Officers  at  their  stations,  in  camp  or  in  garrison,  will 
always  wear  their  proper  uniform. 

110.  Soldiers  will  wear  the  prescribed  uniform  in  camp  or 
garrison,  and  will  not  be  permitted  to  keep  in  their  pos- 
session any  other  clothing.  AVheu  on  fatigue  parties,  they 
will  wear  the  proper  fatigue  dress. 

111.  In  camp  or  barracks,  the  company  officers  must  visit 
the  kitchen  daily  and  inspect  the  kettles,  and  at  all  times 
carefully  attend  to  the  messing  and  economy  of  their  respec- 
tive companies.  The  commanding  officer  of  the  post  or 
regiment  will  make  frequent  inspections  of  the  kitchens  and 
messes. 

112.  The  l)read  must  be  thoroughly  baked,  and  not  eaten 
until  it  is  cold.  The  souj)  must  be  boiled  at  least  five  hours, 
and  the  vegetables  always  cooked  sufficiently  to  be  perfectly 
soft  and  digestible. 

113.  Messes  will  be  prepared  by  private  squads,  including 
private  musicians,  each  taking  his  tour.  The  greatest  care 
will  be  observed  in  washing  and  scouring  the  cooking 
utensils ;  those  made  of  brass  and  copper  should  be  lined  with 
tin. 

114.  The  messes  of  prisoners  will  be  sent  to  them  by  the 
cooks. 


13 

115.  No  persons  will  be  allowed  to  visit  or  remain  in  the 
kitchen,  except  such  as  may  come  on  duty,  or  be  occupied 
as  cooks. 

116.  Those  detailed  for  duty  in  the  kitchens  will  also  be 
required  to  keep  the  furniture  of  the  mess-room  in  order. 

117.  On  marches,  and  in  the  Held,  the  only  mess  furniture 
of  the  soldier  will  be  one  tin  plate,  one  tin  cup,  one  knife, 
fork,  and  spoon,  to  each  man,  to  be  carried  by  himself  on 
the  march. 

118.  If  a  soldier  be  required  to  assist  his  first  sergeant  in 
the  writing  of  the  company,  to  excuse  him  from  a  tour  of 
military  duty,  the  captain  will  previously  obtain  the  sanc- 
tion of  his  own  conmiander,  if  he  have  one  present ;  and 
whether  there  be  a  superior  present  or  not,  the  captain  will 
be  responsible  that  the  man  so  employed  docs  not  miss  two 
successive  tours  of  guard-duty  by  reason  of  such  employ- 
ment. 

119.  Tradesmen  may  be  relieved  from  ordinary  military 
duty  to  make,  to  alter,  or  to  mend  soldiers  clothing',  Arc.  Com- 
pany commanders  will  fix  the  rates  at  which  work  shall  be 
done,  and  cause  the  men,  for  whose  benefit  it  is  done,  to  pay 
for  it  at  the  next  pay  day. 

120.  Each  companj^  officer,  serving  with  liis  company, 
may  take  from  it  one  soldier  as  waiter,  with  his  consent  and 
the  consent  of  his  captain.  No  other  officers  shall  take  a 
soldier  as  a  waiter.  Every  soldier  so  employed  shall  be  so 
reported  and  mustered. 

121.  Soldiers  taken  as  officers'  waiters  shall  be  acquainted 
with  their  military  duty,  and  at  all  times  be  completely  arm- 
ed and  clothed,  and  in  every  resjiect  equipped  according  to 
the  rules  of  the  service,  and  have  all  their  necessaries  complete 
and  in  good  order.  They  are  to  tall  in  with  their  respective 
companies  at  all  reviews  and  inspections ;  and  are  liable  to 
such  drills  as  the  commanding  officer  shall  judge  necessary 
to  fit  them  for  service  in  the  ranks. 

122.  Non-commissioned  officers  will,  in  no  case,  be  per- 
mitted to  act  as  waiters;  nor  are  they,  or  private  soldiers,  not 
waiters,  to  be  employed  in  any  menial  office,  or  made  to  per- 
form any  service  not  military,  for  the  private  benefit  of  any 
officer  or  mess  of  officers. 

COMPANY  BOOKS. 

123.  The  following  books  are  allowed  to  each  company : 
one  descriptive  book,  one  clothing  book,   one  order  book, 


14 

oue  morning  report  book,  each  one  (inirc,  sixteen  inches  by 
ten.  One  page  of  the  descriptive  book  will  be  appropriated 
to  the  list  of  otticers;  two  to  the  non-commissioned  officers; 
two  to  the  register  of  men  transfered ;  fonr  to  the  register  of 
men  discharged;  two  to  register  of  deaths;  four  to  register 
of  deserters — the  rest  to  the  company  description  list. 

L.\  UN  DRESS. 

124.  Four  women  will  be  allowed  to  each  comj^any  as 
washer-women,  and  will  recieve  one  ration  per  day  each. 

135.  Tlie  price  of  washing  soldiers'  clothing,  by  the  month 
or  by  the  piece,  will  be  determined  by  the  Council  of  Ad- 
ministration. 

126.  Debts  due  the  laundress  by  soldiers,  for  washing,  will 
be  paid,  or  collected  at  the  pay-table,  under  the  direction  of 
the  captain. 

ARTICLE  XIY.— Omitted. 

ORDINANCE   SERGEANTS. 

ARTICLE  XV. 

TRANSFER   OF   SOLDIERS. 

141.  No  non-commissioned  office  or  soldier  will  be  trans- 
ferred from  one  regiment  to  another  Avithout  the  authority 
of  the  commanding  general. 

142.  The  colonel  may,  upon  the  application  of  the  cap- 
tains, transfer  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  from  one 
company  to  another  of  his  regiment — with  consent  of  the 
department  commander  in  case  of  change  of  post. 

143.  When  soldiers  are  authorized  to  be  transferred,  the 
transfer  will  take  place  on  the  first  of  a  month,  with  a  view 
to  the  more  convenient  settlement  of  their  accounts 

144.  In  all  cases  of  transfer,  a  complete  descriptive  roll 
will  accompany  the  soldier  transferred,  which  roll  will  em- 
brace an  account  of  his  pay,  clothing  and  other  allowances; 
also,  all  stoppages  to  be  made  on  account  of  the  government, 
and  debts  due  the  laundress,  as  well  as  such  other  facts  as 
may  be  necessary  to  show  his  character  and  millitary 
history. 

ARTICLE  XVI. 

DECEASED    OFFICERS. 

145.  Whenever  an  officer  dies,  or  is  killed  at  any  military 


15 

post  or  station,  or  in  the  vicinity  of  the  same,  it  will  be  the 
duty  of  the  commanding  officer  to  report  the  tact  direct  to 
the  Adjutant  General,  with  the  date,  and  any  other  informa- 
tion proper  to  be  communicated.  If  an  officer  die  at  a  dis- 
tance from  a  military  post^  an}*  officer  having  intelligence  of 
the  same,  will  in  like  manner  communicate  it,  specifying  the 
day  of  his  decease;  a  duplicate  of  the  report  will  be*  sent  to 
Department  Head-Quarters. 

146.  Inventories  of  the  effects  of  deceased  officers,  required 
by  the  94th  Article  of  War,  will  be  transmitted  to  the  Adju- 
tant-General. 

147.  It  a  legal  administrator  or  family  connection  be  pre- 
sent, and  iake  charge  of  the  effects,  it  will  be  so  stated  to  the 
Adjutant-General. 

ARTICLE  XVII. 

DECEASED    SOLDIERS. 

148.  Inventories  of  the  effects  of  deceased  non-commis- 
•sioned  officers  and  soldiers,  required  ])y  the  95th  Article  of 
War,  will  be  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General,  by  the 
commander  of  of  the  company  to  which  the  deceased  be- 
longed, and  a  duplicate  of  the  same  to  the  colonel  of  the  reg- 
iment. Final  statements  of  pay,  clothing,  «&c.,  will  f)esent 
with  the  inventories.  When  a  soldier  dies  at  a  post  or  station 
absent  from  his  company,  it  will  be  the  duty  of  his  immedi- 
ate commander  to  furnish  the  required  inventory,  and,  at 
the  same  time,  to  forward  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the 
company  to  which  the  soldier  belonged,  a  report  of  his  death, 
specifying  the  date,  place,  and  cause  ;  to  what  time  he  was 
last  paid,  and  the  money  or  other  effects  in  his  possession  at 
the  time  of  his  decease ;  which  report  w'll  be  noted  on  the 
next  muster-roll  of  the  company  to  which  the  man  belonged. 
Each  inventory  Avill  be  indorsed,  "  Inventory  of  the  effects 

of ,  iate  of  company  ( . .)  . .  regiment  of , 

who  died  at ,  the  . .  day  of 186.."      If  a 

legal  representative  receive  the  effects,  it  will  be  stated  in 
the  report.  If  the  soldier  leave  no  effects,  the  f^ict  will  be 
reported. 

149.  Should  the  effects  of  a  deceased  non-commissioned 
officer  or  soldier  not  be  administered  upon  within  a  short 
period  after  his  decease,  they  shall  lya  disposed  of  by  a  Coun- 
cil of  Administration,  under  the  authority  of  the  command- 
ing officer  of  the  post,  and  the  proceeds  deposited  with  the 
Paymaster,  to  the  credit  of  the  Confederate  States,  until 


16 

they  shall  be  claimed  by  the  legal  representatives  of  the  de- 
ceased. 

150.  In  all  such  cases  of  sales  by  the  Council  of  Adminis- 
tration, a  statement  in  detai],  or  account  of  the  proceeds, 
duly  certified  by  the  Council  and  Commanding  otHcer,  ac- 
companied by  the  Paymaster's  receipt  for  the  proceeds,  ^vill 
be  forwarded  by  the  commanding  officer  to  the  Adjutant- 
General.     The  statement  will  beindorsed,    "Report  of  the 

proceeds  of  the  efiects  of ,  late  of  company  (.  .> 

. .  regiment  of ,  mIio  died  at  ,  the  . .  day 

of ,  18G.." 

ARTICLE*XVIIL 

DESERTERS. 

151.  If  a  soldier  desert  from,  or  a  deserter  be  received  at, 
any  post  other  than  the  station  of  the  company  or  detach- 
ment to  which  he  belonged,  he  shall  be  promptly  reported 
by  the  commanding  officer  of  such  post  to  the  commander 
of  his  company  or  detachment.  The  time  of  desertion,  ap- 
prehension, and  delivery,  will  be  stated.  If  the  man  be  a 
recruit,  unattaclied,  the  required  report  will  be  made  to  the 
Adjutant-General.  When  a  report  is  received  of  the  appre- 
hension or  surrender  of  a  deserter,  at  any  post  other  than  the 
station  of  the  company  or  detachment  to  wiiich  he  belonged, 
the  commander  of  such  company  or  detachment  shall  im- 
mediately forward  his  description  and  account  of  clothing 
to  the  officer  making  the  report. 

153.  A  reward  of  thirty  dollars  will  be  paid  for  the  appre- 
hension and  delivery  of  a  deserter  to  an  officer  of  the  army, 
at  the  most  convenient  post  or  recruiting  station.  Rewards 
thus  paid  will  be  promptl}-^  reported  by  the  disbursing  officer 
to  the  officer  commanding  the  company  in  which  the  deser- 
ter is  mustered,  and  to  the  authority  competent  to  order  his 
trial.  The  reward  of  thirty  dollars  \y\]\  include  the  remu- 
neration for  all  expenses  incurred  for  apprehending,  securing 
and  delivering  a  deserter. 

15;3.  When  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers  are  sent 
in  pursuit  of  a  deserter,  the  expenses  necessarily  incured 
will  be  paid,  whether  he  be  apprehended  or  not,  and  repor- 
ted as  in  case  of  rewards  paid. 

154.  Deserters  shall  make  good  the  time  lost  by  desertion^ 
unless  discharged  by  competent  authority. 

155.  No  deserter  shall  be  restored  to  duty  without  trial, 
except  by  the  authority  competent  to  order  the  trial. 


17 

156.  Rewards  and  expenses  paid  for  apprehending  a  de- 
serter, will  be  set  against  his  pay,  when  adjudged  by  a  court- 
martial,  or  when  he  is  restored  to  duty  without  trial  en  such 
condition. 

157.  In  reckoning  the  time  of  service,  and  the  pay  and 
allowances  of  a  deserter,  he  is  to  be  considered  in  service 
when  delivered  up  as  a  deserter  to  the  proper  authority. 

158.  An  apprehended  deserter,  or  one  who  surrenders 
himself,  shall  receive  no  pa}'  while  waiting  trial,  and  only 
such  clothing  as  may  be  actually  necessary  for  him. 

ARTICLE  XIX. 

DISCnARGES. 

150.  No  enlisted  man  shall  be  discharged  before  the  expi- 
ration of  his  term  of  enlistment  without  authority  of  the 
War  Department,  except  by  sentence  of  a  general  court- 
martial,  or  by  the  commantler  of  the  department  or  of  an 
army  in  the  held,  on  certificate  ot  disability,  or  on  applica- 
tion of  the  soldier  after  twenty  years'  service. 

160.  When  an  enlisted  man  is  to  le  discharged,  his  com- 
pany commander  shall  furnish  him  certificates  of  his  ac- 
count, according  to  Form  4,  Pay  Department. 

161.  Blank  discharges  on  parchment  will  be  furnished 
from  the  Adjutant-General's  office.  No  discharge  will  be 
made  in  duplicate,  nor  any  certificate  given  in  lieu  of  a  dis- 
charge. 

163.  The  cause  of  discharge  will  be  stated  in  the  body  of 
the  discharge,  and  the  space  at  foot  for  character  cut  off,  un- 
less a  recommendation  is  given. 

163.  When  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall  be 
unfit  for  the  military  service  in  consequence  of  wounds,  dis- 
ease or  infirmity,  his  captain  shall  forward  to  the  comman- 
der of  the  department  or  of  the  army  in  the  field,  througli 
the  commander  of  the  regiment  or  post,  a  statement  of  his 
case,  with  a  certificate  of  his  disability  signed  by  the  senior 
surgeon  of  the  hospital,  regiment,  or  post,  according  to  the 
form  prescribed  in  the  Medical  Regulations. 

164.  If  the  recommendation  for  the  discharge  of  the  inva- 
lid be  approved,  the  authority  therefor  will  be  indorsed  on 
the  ''certificate  of  disability,'"  which  will  be  sent  back  to  be 
completed  and  signed  by  the  commanding  officer,  who  will 
then  send  the  same  to  the  Adjutant-General's  office. 

165.  {Omitted..) 


18 

166.  The  date,  place,  and  cause  of  discharge  of  a  soldier 
absent  from  his  company  will  be  reported  by  the  comman- 
der of  the  post  to  his  company  commander. 

167.  Company  commanders  are  required  to  keep  the  blank 
discharges  and  certificates  carefully  in  their  own  custody. 

ARTICLE  XX. 

TKAVELING    ON   DUTY. 

168.  Whenever  an  officer  traveling  under  orders  arrives  at 
his  post,  he  will  submit  to  the  commanding  oflicer  a  report, 
in  writing,  of  the  time  occupied  in  the  travel,  with  a  copy 
of  the  orders  under  which  the  journey  was  performed,  and 
an  explanation  of  any  delay  in  the  execution  of  the  orders; 
which  report  the  commanding  officer  shall  transmit,  with 
his  opinion  on  it,  to  Department  Head-Quarters.  If  the  of- 
ficer be  superior  in  rank  to  the  commander,  the  required  re- 
port will  be  made  by  the  senior  himself. 

169.  Orders  detaching  an  officer  for  a  special  duty,  imply^ 
unless  otherwise  stated,  th"at  he  is  thereafter  to  join  his  pro- 
per station. 

ARTICLE  XXL 

LEAVES   OP   ABSENCE   TO    OFFICERS. 

170.  In  no  case  will  leaves  of  absence  be  granted,  so  that 
a  company  be  left  without  one  of  its  commiMioncd officers,  or 
that  agarrisored  post  be  left  without  two  commissioned  of- 
ficers and  competent  medical  attendance;  nor  shall  leave  of 
absence  be  granted  to  an  officer  during  the  season  of  active 
operations,  except  on  urgent  necessity. 

171.  When  not  otherwise  specified,  leaves  of  absence  will 
be  considered  as  commencing  on  the  day  that  the  officer  is 
relieved  from  duty  at  his  j>osr.  He  will  report  himself 
monthly,  giving  his  address  for  the  next  thirty  days,  to  the 
commander  of  his  post  and  of  his  regiment  or  corps,  and  to 
the  Adjutant-General ;  and  in  his  first  report  state  the  day 
when  his  leave  of  absence  commenced  ;  at  the  expiration  of 
his  leave,  he  will  join  his  station. 

172.  In  lime  of  peace,  commanding  officers  may  grant 
leaves  of  absence,  as  follows :  the  commander  of  a  post  not 
to  exceed  seven  days  at  one  time, or  in  the  same  month;  the 
commander  of  a  geographical  department  not  to  exceed  sixty 
days;  the  general  commanding  the  army  not  to  exceed  four 


^-    19 

months.  Applications  for  leaves  of  absence  for  more  than 
four  months,  or  to  officers  of  engineers,  ordnance,  or  of  the 
general  staff,  or  serving  on  it  (aides-de-camp  excepted),  for 
more  than  thirty  days,  must  be  referred  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  for  the  decision  of  the  Secretary  of  War.  In  giving 
a  permission  to  apply  for  the  extension  of  a  leave  of  absence, 
the  term  of  the  extension  should  be  stated. 

178.  The  immediate  commander  of  the  ofllccr  applying 
for  leave  of  absence,  and  all  intermediate  commanders,  will 
indorse  their  opinion  on  the  application  before  forwarding  it. 

174.  Tiie  commander  of  a  post  maj'-  take  leave  of  absence, 
not  to  exceed  seven  days  at  one  time,  or  in  the  same  month, 
reporting  the  fact  to  his  next  superior. 

175.  ( Omitted.) 

170.  No  leave  of  absence  exceeding  seven  days,  except  on 
extraordinary  occasions,  when  the  circumstances  must  be 
particularly  stated  (and  except  as  provided  in  the  preceding 
liaragraph'),sliall  be  granted  to  any  officer  until  he  has  joined 
his  regiment  or  corps,  and  served  therewith  at  least  two 
j-^ears. 

177.  (Omiited.) 

178.  {Omitted.) 

179.  An  application  for  leave  of  absence  on  account  of 
sickness  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  of  the  senior 
medical  officer  present,  in  the  foilowing  form : 

,  of  tlie  —  regiment  of ,  having  applied  for  a  certificate 

on  which  to  ground  an  application  for  leave  of  absence,  I  do  hereby  cer- 
tify that  I  have  carefully  examined  this  ofhcer,  and  find  that — [Here  the 
nature  of  the  disease  or  iroimd,  or  diftnbility  in  to  he  fully  stated,  and 
the  period  during  tchich.  the  officer  has  suffered  under  its  effects.'] — 
And  that,  in  consequence  thereof,  he  is,  in  my  opinion,  unfit  for  Aniy.  I 
further  declare  my  belief  that  he  will  not  be  able  to  resume  his  duties  in  a 

less  period  than .     [Here  state  candidly  and  explicitly  the  opiyilon 

as  to  ilie  period  vchich  will  prohahly  elapse  before  the  officer  xoill  be 
able  to  resume  his  duties.  When  there  is  no  reason  to  expect  a  recov- 
ery, or  when  the  prospect  oj  recovery  is  distant  and  uncertain ,  or  when 
a  change,  of  climate  is  recommended,  it  must  be  so  suited.  Dated  at 
,  this  —  day  of .  Signature  of  the  Medical  Officer. 

180.  When  an  officer  is  prevented  by  sickness  from  joining 
his  station,  he  will  transmit  certificates,  in  the  above  fonn, 
monthly,  to  the  commanding  officer  of  liis  post  and  re- 
giment or  corps,  and  to  the  Adjutant-General :  and  when  he 
can  not  procure  the  certificates  of  a  medical  officer  of  the 
army,  he  will  substitute  his  own  certificate,  on  lionor,  to  his 
condition,  and  a  full  statement  of  his  case.  If  the  officer's 
certificate  is  not  satisfiictory,  and  whenever  an  officer  has 


20 

been  absent  on  account  of  sickness  for  one  year,  he  shall  be 
examined  by  a  medical  board,  and  the  case  specially  report- 
ed to  the  President. 

181.  In  all  reports  of  absence,  or  applications  for  leave  of 
absence  on  account  of  sickness,  the  officer  shall  state  how 
long  he  has  been  absent  already  on  that  account,  and  by 
whose  permission. 

ARTICLE  XXII. 

rURLOUGHS  TO  ENLISTED  MEN. 

183.  Furloughs  will  be  granted  only  by  the  cammanding 
officer  of  tlie  post,  or  the  commanding  officer  of  the  regi- 
ment actually  quartered  with  it.  Furloughs  may  be  pro- 
hibited at  the  discretion  of  tlie  officer  in  command. 

183.  Soldiers  on  furlough  shall  not  take  v.'ith  them  their 
arms  or  accoutrements. 

184.  Form  of  furlough  : 

To  all  loJiom  it  may  concern  : 

Tlic  bearer  hereof,  —^ ,  a  Sergeant  (coporal,  or  private,  as  the  case  may 

be)  of  Captain company  —  regiment  of  ,  aged  —  years,  — 

feet,  —  inches  liigh, complexion, eyes, hair,  and  by  profession 

a ;  born  in  the of ,  and  enlisted  at ,  in  the 

of ,  on  the  —  day  of ,  eighteen  hundred  and ,  to  serve  for 

the  period  of ,  is  hereby  permitted  to  go  to ,  in   the  county 

of ,  State  of ,  he  having  received  a  Furlough  from  the  — day 

of ,  to  the  —  day  of ,  at  which  period  he  will  rejoin  his  company 

or  regiment  at ,  or  wherever  it  then  may  be,  or  be  considered  a  de- 
serter. 

Subsistence  has  been  furnished  to  said ,  to  the  —  day  of and  pay 

to  the  —  day  of ,  both  inclusive. 

Given  under  my  hand,  at ,  this  —  day  of ,  13—. 

Signature  of  the  officer  I  

giving  the  farlmigh.  J 

ARTICLE  XXIII. 

COUNCILS  OF  ADMINISTRATION. 

185.  The  commanding  officer  of  every  post  shall,  at  least 
once  in  every  two  months,  convene  a  Pos^  Council  of  Admin- 
istration^ to  consist  of  the  three  regimental  or  company  offi- 
cers ne.xt  in  rank  to  himself;  or,  if  there  be  but  two,  then 
the  two  next ;  if  but  one,  the  on-e  next ;  and  if  there  be  none 
other  than  himself,  then  he  himself  shall  act. 

186.  The  junior  member  will  record  the  proceedings  of  the 
Council  in  a  book,  and  submit  the  same  to  the  commandin"^ 
officer.    If  he  disapprove  the  proceedings,  and  the  Council, 


21 

after  a  consideration,  adhere  to  its  decision,  a  copy  of  the 
whole  shall  be  sent  by  the  ofRcer  commanding  to  the  next 
higher  commander,  whose  decision  shall  be  linal^  and  entered 
in  the  Council  book,  and  the  whole  be  published  in  orders 
for  the  information  and  government  of  all  concerned. 

187.  The  proceedings  of  Councils  of  Administration  shall 
be  signed  by  the  president  and  recorder,  and  the  recorder  of 
each  meeting,  after  entering  the  whole  proceedings,  together 
with  the  final  order  thereon,  shall  deposit  the  book  with  the 
commanding  officer.  In  like  manner,  the  approval  or  ob- 
jections of  the  officer  ordering  the  Council  will  be  signed 
with  his  own  hand. 

188.  The  Post  Council  shall  prescribe  the  quantity  and 
kind  of  clothing,  small  equipments,  and  soldiers'  necessaries, 
groceries,  and  all  articles  which  the  sutlers  may  be  required 
to  keep  on  hand ;  examine  the  sutler's  books  and  papers, 
and  fix  the  tariff  of  prices  of  the  said  goods  or  commodities  ; 
inspect  the  sutler's  weights  and  measures  ;  fix  the  laundress 
charges,  and  make  the  regulations  for  the  post  school. 

189.  Pursuant  to  the  30th  Article  of  War,  commanding 
officers  reviewing  the  proceedings  of  the  Council  of  Admm- 
istration  will  scrutinize  the  tariff  of  prices  proposed  by  them, 
and  take  care  that  the  stores  actually  furnished  by  the  sut- 
ler correspond  to  the  quality  prescribed. 

roST  FUND. 

190.  A  Post  Fund  shall  be  raised  at  each  post  by  a  tax  on 
the  sutler,  not  to  exceed  10  cents  a  month  for  every  officer 
and  soldier  of  the  command,  according  to  the  average  in 
each  month  to  be  ascertained  by  the  Council,  and  from  the 
saving  on  the  flour  ration,  ordinarily  38  per  cent.,  by  baking 
the  soldiers' bread  at  a  post  bakery:  provided,  that  when 
want  of  vegetables  or  other  reasons  make  it  necessary,  the 
commanding  officer  may  order  tlic  flour  saved,  or  any  part 
of  it,  issued  to  the  men,  after  paying  expenses  ot  baking. 

191.  The  commanding  officer  shall  designate  an  officer  to 
be  post  treasurer,  who  shall  heep  the  account  of  the  fund, 
subject  to  the  inspection  of  the  Council  and  commanding 
officer,  and  disburse  the  fund  on  the  warrants  of  the  com- 
manding officer,  drawn  in  pursuance  of  specific  resolves  of 
the  Council. 

192.  The  following  are  the  objects  of  expenditures  of  the 
post  fund  :  1st,  expenses  of  the  bake-house ;  2d,  expenses  of 
the  soldiers'  children  at  the  post  school. 


193.  On  the  last  day  of  April,  August,  and  December,  and 
when  relieved  from  the  duty,  the  treasurer  shall  make  out 
liis  account  with  the  fund  since  his  last  account,  and  submit 
it,  with  his  vouchers,  to  the  Council  of  Administration,  to 
be  examined  by  them,  and  recorded  in  the  Council  book,  and 
then  forwarded  by  the  commanding  officer  to  Department 
Head-Quarters. 

194.  At  each  settlement  of  the  treasurer's  account,  the 
Council  shall  distribute  the  unexpended  balance  of  the  post 
fund  to  the  several  companies,  and  other  troops,  in  the  ratio 
of  their  average  force  during  the  period. 

105.  When  a  company  leaves  the  post,  it  shall  then  receive 
its  distributive  share  of  the  accrued  fund. 

196.  Tlie  regulations  in  regard  to  a  post  fund,  will,  as  far 
as  practicable,  bo  applied  in  Uie  field  to  a  regimental  fund,  to 
be  raised,  administered,  expended,  and  distributed  in  like 
manner,  by  the  regimental  commander,  and  a  regimental 
council. 

COMPANY  FUND. 

197.  The  distributions  from  the  post  or  regimental  fund, 
and  the  savings  from  the  company  rations,  constitute  the 
Company  Fund,  to  be  disbursed  by  the  captain  for  the  bene- 
fit of  the  enlisted  men  of  the  company,  pursuant  to  resolves 
of  the  Company  Council,  consisting  of  all  the  com])any  offi- 
cers present.  In  case  of  a  tie  vote  in  the  Council,  the  com- 
mander of  the  post  sliall  decide.  The  Council  shall  be  con- 
vened once  in  two  months  by  the  captain,  and  whenever  he 
may  think  proper. 

198.  Their  proceedings  shall  be  recorded  in  a  book,  signed 
by  all  the  Council,  and  open  at  all  times  to  the  inspection  of 
the  commander  of  the  post.  Every  four  months,  and  w^lien- 
ever  another  officer  takes  command  of  the  company,  and 
when  the  company  leaves  the  post,  the  account  of  the  com- 
pany fund  shall  be  made  up,  audited  by  the  Council,  recv>rd- 
cd  in  the  Council  book,  and  submitted,  with  a  duplicate,  to 
the  post  commander,  who  shall  examine  it  and  forward  the 
duplicate  to  Department  Head- Quarters. 

199.  The  supervision  of  the  company  fund,  by  the  post 
commander  herein  directed,  shall,  in  the  field,  devolve  on  the 
commander  of  the  regiment. 

ARTICLE  XXlY.-( Omitkd.) 

CHArLAINS. 


28 
ARTICLE  XXV. 

SUTLERS, 

202.  Every  military  post  may  have  one  Sutler,  to  be 
:jvppointed  by  the  Secretary  of  \\'iir  on  the  recommendation 
of  the  Council  of  Administration,  approved  by  the  com- 
manding officer. 

203.  A  Sutler  shall  hold  his  office  for  a  term  of  three 
years,  unless  sooner  removed;  but  the  commanding  offi- 
cer, may,  lor  cause,  suspend  a  Sutler's  privilege  until  a  deci- 
sion of  tiie  War  Department  is  received  in  the  case. 

204.  In  case  of  vacancy,  a  temporary  appointment  may  be 
made  by  the  commanding  officer  upon  the  nomination  of  the 
Council  of  Administration. 

205.  Troops  in  campaign,  on  detachment,  or  on  distant 
service,  will  be  allow^ed  Sutlers ;  at  the  rate  of  one  for  every 
regiment,  corps,  or  separate  detachment;  to  be  appointed  by 
the  commanding  officer  of  such  regiment,  corps  or  detach- 
ment upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Council  of  Adminis- 
tration, subject  to  the  approval  of  the  general  or  other  officer 
in  command. 

206.  No  tax  or  burden  in  any  shape,  other  than  the  autho- 
rized assessment  for  the  post  fund,  will  be  imposed  on  the 
Sutler.  If  there  be  a  spare  building,  the  use  of  it  may  be 
allowed  him,  he  being  responsible  that  it  is  kept  in  repair. 
It  there  be  no  such  building,  he  may  be  allowed  to  erect 
one  ;  but  this  article  gives  the  Sutler  no  claim  to  quarters, 
transportation  for  himself  or  goods,  or  toany  militar}'  allow- 
ance whatever, 

207.  The  tarriff  of  prices  fixed  by  the  Council  of  Admin- 
istration shall  be  exposed  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  the 
vSutler's  store.  No  difference  of  prices  will  be  allowed  on 
cash  or  credit  sales. 

208.  Sutlers  are  not  allowed  to  keep  ardent  spirits  or  oth- 
<;r  intoxicating  drinks,  under  penalty  of  losing  their  situa- 
tions. 

209.  Sutlers  shall  not  farm  out  or  underlet  the  business 
and  privileges  granted  by  their  appointment. 

ARTICLE  XXVI. 

MILITARY   DISCUSSIONS   AND   TUBLICATIONS. 

210.  Deliberations  or  discussions  among  any  class  of  mili- 
tary men,  haying  the  object  of  conveying  praise,  or  censure, 


24 

or  any  mark  of  approbation  toward  tlieir  superiors  or  otlicra 
in  the  military  service,  and  all  publications  relative  to 
transactions  between  officers,  of  a  private  or  personal  nature^ 
■vvliether  newspaper,  pamphlet  or  hand-bill,  are  strictly 
prohibited. 

ARTICLE  XXVII. 

ARIIEST8  AND    CONFI>EMENTS. 

211.  None  but  commanding  oflic.ers  have  power  to  place 
officers  under  arrest,  except  forolfenses  expressly  designated 
in  the  27th  Article  of  War. 

212.  Officers  are  not  to  be  put  in  arrest  for  light  olTcnses. 
For  these  the  censure  of  the  commanding  officer  will,  ini 
most  cases,  answer  the  purpose  of  discipline. 

213.  An  officer  in  arrest  may,  at  the  discretion  of  his  com- 
manding officer,  have  larger  limits  assigned  him  than  hi* 
tent  or  quarters,  on  written  application  to  that  etlect.  Close 
confinement  is  not  to  be  resorted  to  unless  under  circum- 
stances of  an  aggravated  character. 

214.  In  ordinary  cases,  and  where  inconvenience  to  the 
service  would  result  from  it,  a  medical  officer  will  not  be  put 
in  arrest  until  the  court-martial  for  his  trial  convenes. 

215.  The  arrest  of  an  officer,  or  confinement  of  a  soldier^ 
will,  as  soon  as  practicable,  be  notified  to  his  immediate  com- 
mander. 

216.  All  prisoners  under  guard,  without  written  charges 
will  be  released  by  the  officer  of  the  day  at  guard-mounting, 
unless  orders  to  the  contrary  be  giveu'by  the  commanding 
officer. 

217.  On  a  march,  companj- ofluicers  and  non-commissioned 
officers  in  arrest  will  follow  in  the  rear  of  their  respective 
companies,  unless  otherwise  particularly  ordered. 

218.  Field  officers,  commissioned  and  non-commissioned 
staff  officers,  under  the  same  circumstances,  will  follow  in 
the  rear  of  their  respective  regiments. 

219.  An  officer  under  arrest  will  not  wear  a  sword,  or  visit 
officially  his  commanding  or  other  superior  officer,  unless 
sent  for;  and  in  case  of  business,  he  will  make  known  his 
object  in  writing. 

ARTICLE  XXVIIL 

nOUIie   OF   SERVICE   AND   ROLL-CALLS. 

220.  In  garrison,  reveille  will  be  at  5  o'clock  in  May,  June^ 


25 

July,  and  August ;  at  6  in  March,  April,  September,  and  Oc- 
tober ;  and  at  half-past  6  in  November,  December,  January^ 
and  February;  retreat  at  sunset;  the  irooi\  surgeon's  call, 
signals  lor  breakfast  and  dinner  at  the  hours  prescribed  by 
the  commanding  officer,  according  to  climate  and  season. 
In  the  cavalr3%  stable-calls  immediately  after  reveille, 
and  an  hour-aud-a-half  before  retreat;  water-calls  at  the 
hours  directed  by  the  commanding  officer. 

221.  In  camp,  the  commanding  officer  prescribes  the  hours 
of  reveille,  reports,  roll-calls,  guard-mounting,  meals,  stable- 
calls,  issues,  fotigues,  &c. 

222.  eiGNALS. 

1.  To  go  for  fuel — poing  stroke  and  ten-stroke  roll. 

2.  To  go  for  water — two  stroke  andaflatn. 

8.  For  fatigue  part}' — poincers  march.  ^ 

4.  Adjutant's  caW— first  2)art  of  the  troop. 

5.  First  sergeant's  call — one  roll  and  four  taps. 
G.  Sergeant's  call — one  roll  and  three  t<tps. 

7.  Corporal's  call — one  roll  and  two  taps. 

8.  For  the  drummers — the  drummed s  call. 

223.  The  f?r?/w;ncr'.'»m;Z  shall  be  beat  by  the  drums  of  the 
police  guard  five  minutes  before  the  time  of  beating  the 
stated  calls,  when  the  drummers  will  assemble  before  the 
colors  of  their  respective  regiments,  and  as  soon  as  the  beat 
begins  on  the  right,  it  will  be  immediately  taken  up  along 
the  line. 

ROLL-CALLS. 

224.  There  shall  be  daily,  at  least,  three  stated  roll-calls, 
viz :  at  reveille,  retreat,  and  tattoo.  They  will  be  made  on  the 
company  parades  by  the  first  sergeants,  superintended  by  a 
commissioned  officer  of  the  company.  The  Captains  will  re- 
port the  absentees  without  leave  to  the  colonel  or  comman- 
ding officer. 

225.  Immediately  after  reveille  roll-call  (after  stable-duty 
in  the  cavalry),  the  tents  or  quarters,  and  the  space  around 
them,  will  be  put  in  order  by  the  men  of  the  companies,, 
superintended  by  chiefs  of  squads,  and  the  guard-house  or 
guard-tent,  by  the  guard  or  prisoners. 

226.  The  morning  reports  of  companies,  signed  by  the 
Captains  and  First  Sergeants,  will  be  handed  to  the  Adju- 
tant before  eight  o'clock  in  the  morning,  and  will  be  consol- 
idated by  the  Adjutant  within  the  next  hour,  for  the  infor- 
mation of  the  Colonel;  and  if  the  consolidation  is  to  be  sent 


2« 

to  higher  authority,  it  will  be  signed  by  the  Colonel  and  the 
Adjutant. 

ARTICLE  XXIX. 

nONOKS   TO   BE   PAID   BY   THE   TIIOOPJ*. 

227.  The  President  or  Vice  President  is  to  be  saluted  with 
the  highest  honors — all  staudards  and  colors  dropi>ing,  ofli- 
cers  and  troops  saluting,  drums  beating  and  trumpets 
sounding. 

228.  A  Gefieral  comtna nding-in-c7iief  IS  io  he  received — by 
cavalry,  with  sabre  sprescnted,  trumpets  sounding  the  march 
and  all  the  olhcers  saluting,  standards  dropping;' by  infantry 
with  drums  beating  the  march,  colors  dropping,  officers  salut- 
ing, aud  arms  presented. 

229.  A  3fajor- General  \s  to  he  received — by  cavalry,  with 
sabre?  presented,  trumpets  sounding  twice  the  trumpet- 
tlourish,  and  oflicers  saluting;  by  infantry,  with  three  ruflles, 
colors  dro]iping.  officers  saluting,  and  arms  presented. 

230.  A  Brigadier-General  is  to  be  recieved — by  cavalry, 
with  sabres  presented,  trumpets  sounding  once  the  trumpet- 
flourish,  and  officers  saluting;  by  infantry,  with  two  ruffles, 
colors  dropping,  oflicers  saluting,  and  arms  presented. 

231.  An  Adjutant-General  or  Inspector-General,  if  under 
the  rank  of  a  General  olflcer,  is  to  be  received  at  a  re- 
view or  inspection  of  the  trooj^s  under  arms— by  cavalry, 
"with  sabres  presented,  officers  saluting;  by  infantry,  officers 
saluting  and  arms  presented.  The  same  honors  io  be  paid 
to  any  field-offlcer  authorized  to  review  and  inspect  the 
troops.  When  the  inspecting  olflcer  is  junior  to  the  officer 
commanding  the  parade,  no  compliments  will  be])aid:  he 
will  be  received  only  with  swords  drawn  aud  arms  shoul- 
dered. 

232.  All  guards  are  to  turn  out  and  present  ams  to  General 
Officers  as  often  as  they  pass  them,  except  the  personal  guards 
of  General  officers,  which  turn  out  only  to  the  Generals 
whose  guards  they  are,  and  to  officeis  of  superior  rank. 

233.  To  commandersof  regiments,  garrison  or  camp,  their 
own  guard  turn  out,  and  present  arms  once  a  day;  after 
which   they  turn  out  with  shouldered  arms. 

234.  Jo  the  nieinbcrs  of  the  Cabinet  ;  to  the  Chief  Justice^  the 
President  of  the  Conc/ress  of  the  Confederate  States;  and  to 
Governors,  within  their  respective  States,  and  Territories — the 
same  lionors  wdl  be  paid  as  to  a  General  commanding-in- 
chief. 


235.  Officers  of  a  foreign  service  may  be  complimented 
^vitll  the  honors  clue  to  their  rank. 

236.  American  and  Foreign  Envoys  or  Ministers  will  be  re- 
ceived with  the  compliments  due  to  a  Major-General. 

237.  Tlie  colors  of  a  regiment  passing  a  guard  are  to  be 
saluted,  the  trumpets  sounding,  and  the  drums  beating  a 
march. 

238.  When  General  officers,  or  persons  entitled  to  salute, 
pass  in  the  rear  of  a  guard,  the  officer  is  only  to  make  his 
men  stand  shouldered,  and  not  to  face  his  guard  about,  or 
beat  his  drum. 

239.  When  General  officers,  or  persons  entitled  to  a  salute, 
pass  guards  while  in  the  act  of  relieving,  both  guards  are  to 
salute,  receiving  the  word  of  command  from  the  senior 
officer  of  the  whole. 

240.  All  guards  are  to  be  under  arms  when  armed  parties 
approach  their  ])osts;  and  to  parties  commanded  by  commis- 
sioned officers,  they  are  to  present  their  arms,  drums  beating 
a  maich,  and  officers  saluting. 

241.  No  compliments  by  guards  or  sentinels  will  be  paid 
between  retreat  'dn(\.  reveille,  except  as  prescribed  for  ^rand 
rounds. 

243.  All  guards  and  sentinels  are  to  pay  the  same  compli- 
ments to  'he  officers  of  thenavy,  marines,  and  militia,  in  the 
service  of  the  Confederate  Slates  as  are  directed  to  be  paid  to 
the  officers  of  the  arm}-^,  according  to  their  relative  ranks. 

243.  It  is  equally  the  duty  of  non  commissioned  officers 
and'soldiers  at  all  ti/n-i's  and  in  all  situations,  to  pay  the  pro- 
per compliments  to  offlc  ^rs  of  the  navy  and  mariiies,  and  to 
officers  of  other  regiments,  when  in  uniform,  as  to  officers 
of  their  own  particular  regiments  and  corps. 

244.  Courtesy  among  military  men  is  indispensable  to  dis- 
cipline. Respect  to  superiors  will  not  be  confined  to  obedi- 
ence on  duty,  but  will  be  extended  to  all  occasions.  It  is 
always  the  duty  of  the  inferior  to  accost  or  to  offer  first  the 
customary  salutation,  and  of  the  superior  to  return  such  com- 
plimentary notice. 

245.  Sergeants,  with  swords  drawn,  will  salute  by  bringing 
them  to  a  present — with  muskets,  by  bringing  the  left  hand 
across  the  body,  so  as  to  strike  the  musket  near  the  right 
shoulder.  Corporals  out  of  the  ranks,  and  privates  not  sen- 
tries, will  carry  their  muskets  at  a  shoulder  as  sergeants,  and 
salute  in  like  manner. 

246.  Whea  a  soldier  without  arms,  or  with  side-arms  only, 


28 

meets  an  ofliccr,  lie  is  to  niise  his  hand  lo  the  the  right  side 
of  the  visor  of  his  cap,  i)ahii  to  the  front,  elbow  raised  as 
high  as  the  shoulder,  looking  at  the  same  time  in  a  respect- 
ful and  soldierlike  manner  at  the  officer,  who  will  return  the 
compliment  thus  offered. 

247.  A  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  being  seated, 
and  without  particular  occupation,  will  rise  on  the  approach 
of  an  officer,  and  make  the  customary  salutation.  It  stand- 
ing, he  will  turn  toward  the  officer  for  the  same  purpose.  If 
the  parties  remain  in  the  same  place,  or  on  the  same  ground 
such  compliments  need  not  be  repeated. 

SALUTES. 

248.  The  national  salute  is  determined  by  tlie  number  of 
States  composing  the  Confederacy,  at  the  rate  of  one  gun 
for  each  State. 

249.  The  Fresident  of  tlce  Confederate  States  alone  is  to  re- 
ceive a  salute  ot  twenty-one  guns. 

250.  The  Vice-President  is  to  receive  a  salute  of  seventeen 
guns. 

251.  The  Heads  of  the  great  Executive  Departments  of  the 
National  Government ;  the  General  commanding  the  army ; 
the  Governors  of  States  and  Territories^  witliin  their  respect 
ive  jurisdictions,  fifteen  guns. 

252.  A  Major- General,  thirteen  guns. 

253.  A  Brigadier-General,  eleven  guns. 

254.  Foreign  ships  of  war  will  be  saluted  in  return  for  a 
similar  compliment,  gun  for  gun,  on  notice  being  officially 
received  of  such  intention.  If  there  be  several  posts  in  sight 
of,  or  within  si.\'  miles  of  each  other,  the  principal  only  shall 
reciprocate  compliments  with  ships  passing. 

255.  Officers  of  the  Navy  will  be  saluted  according  to  rela- 
tive rank. 

250.  Foreign  Officers  invited  to  visit  a  fort  or  post,  may  be 
saluted  according  to  their  relative  rank. 

257.  Envoys  and  Ministers  of  the  Confederate  Slates  and 
foreign  powers,  are  to  be  saluted  with  thirteen  guns. 

258.  A  General  officer  will  be  saluted  but  once  in  a  year 
at  each  post,  and  only  when  notice  of  his  intention  to  visit 
the  post  has  been  given. 

259.  Salutes  to  individuals  are  to  be  fired  on  their  arrival 
only. 

2C0.  {Omitted.) 


29 


KSCORTS   OF   IIONOK. 


261.  Escorts  of  honor  may  be  composed  of  cavalry  or  in- 
fantry, or  both,  according  to  circumstances.  Tliey  are  guards 
of  honor  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  and  escorting  person- 
ages of  high  rank,  civil  or  military.  The  troops  for  this 
purpose  will  be  selected  for  their  soldierly  appearance  and 
superior  discipline. 

263.  The  escort  will  be  drawn  up  in  line,  the  centre  oppo- 
site to  the  place  where  the  personage  presents  himself,  with 
an  interval  between  the  wings  to  receive  him  and  his  retinue. 
On  liis  appearance,  he  will  be  received  with  the  honors  due 
to  his  rank.  When  he  has  taken  his  place  in  the  line,  the 
whole  will  be  wheeled  into  platoons  or  companies,  as  the 
case  may  be,  and  take  up  the  march.  The  same  ceremony 
will  be  observed,  and  the  same  honors  paid,  on  his  leaving 
the  escort. 

2Go.  When  the  position  of  the  escort  is  at  a  considerable 
distance  from  the  point  where  he  is  expected  to  be  received, 
as,  for  instance,  where  a  court-yard  or  wharf  intervenes,  a 
double  line  of  sentinels  will  be' posted  from  that  point  to  the 
escort,  facing  inward,  and  the  sentinels  will  successively  sa- 
lute as  he  passes. 

264.  An  officer  will  be  appointed  to  attend  him,  to  bear 
such  communications  as  he  may  have  to  make  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  escort. 

FUNERAL    HONORS. 

265.  On  the  receipt  of  official  intelligence  of  the  death  of 
the  President  of  the  Confederate  States,  at  any  post  or  camp, 
the  commanding  officer  shall,  on  the  following  day,  cause  a 
gun  to  be  tired  every  half  liour,  beginning  at  sunrise,  and 
ending  at  sunset.  When  posts  are  contiguous,  the  firing  will 
take  place  at  the  post  only  commanded  by  the  superior  of- 
ficer. 

266.  On  the  day  of  interment  of  a  General  coin manding-in- 
clmf  a  gun  will  be  fired  at  every  half  hour,  until  the  proces- 
sion moves,  beginning  at  sunrise. 

267.  The  funeral  escort  of  a  General  connnanding-in-chief 
shall  consist  of  a  regiment  of  infantry,  a  squadron  of  cav- 
alry, and  six  pieces  of  artillery. 

268.  That  of  a  Major-General,  a  regiment  of  infantry,  a 
squadron  of  cavalry,  and  four  piceces  of  artillery. 

269.  That  of  a  Brigadier-General,  a  regiment  of  infantry, 


30 

one  company  of  cavalry,  and  two  pieces  ol  artillery. 

270.  That  of  a  Colonel,  a  regiment. 

271.  That  of  a  IJeutciuint-Coloiiel^  six  companies. 

272.  That  of  a  Majoi\  four  companies. 
27;].  That  of  a  Captain^  one  company. 

274.  Tliat  of  a  Subalieni,  half  a  comj)any. 

275.  The  funeral  escort  siiall  always  be  commanded  by  an 
olTicor  of  the  same  rank  with  the  deceased  ;  or,  if  nonesuch 
be  present,  by  one  of  the  ne.\t  inferior  grade. 

270.  The  faneral  escort  of  a  non-commi.ssioned  staff  offi- 
cer shall  consist  of  si.vtecn  rank  and  lile,  commanded  b}'  a 
serireant. 

277.  That  of  a  Sergeant,  of  fourteen  rank  and  file,  com- 
manded by  a  Ser^'cant. 

278.  That  of  a  Corporal,  of  twelve  rank  and  lile,  com- 
manded by  a  Corporal;  and, 

279.  That  of  a  i)rivatc,  '^f  eight  rank  and  file,  commanded 
by  a  Corporal. 

280.  The  escort  will  be  formed  in  two  ranks,  opposite  to 
the  quarters  or  tent  of  t!ic  deceased,  with  shouldered  arms 
and  bayonets  unfixed  ;  the  artillery  and  cavalry  on  tiie  right 
of  the  infantry. 

281.  On  the  appearance  of  the  corpse,  the  officer  comman- 
ding the  escort  will  command, 

Present — Arms  ! 
when  the  honors  due  to  the  deceased  will  be  paid  by  the 
drums  and  trumpets.      The  music  will  then  play  an  appro- 
priate air,  and  the  coffin  will  then  be  taken  to  the  right, 
where  it  will  be  halted.     The  commander  will  next  order, 
1.  Slioulder — Arms  !    2.  By  company  {or  platoonnX  left  wheel. 

8.  iVlAiicir.     4.  Ilever»e — Arms!     5.  Column^  forward.     6. 

Guide  right.    7.  March. 

The  arms  will  be  reversed  at  the  order  by  bringing  the 
firelock  under  the  left  arm,  butt  to  the  front,  barrel  down- 
ward, left  hand  sustaining  the  lock,  the  right  steadying  the 
firelock  behind  the  back  ;  swords  are  reversed  in  a  similar 
manner  under  the  right  arm. 

282.  The  column  will  be  marched  in  slow  time  to  solemn 
music,  and,  on  reaching  the  grave,  will  take  a  direction  so 
as  that  the  guides  shall  be  next  to  the  grave.  When  the 
centre  of  the  column  is  opposite  the  grave,  the  commander 
will  order, 

1.  Colutnn.    2.  Halt!    S.  Right  into  line, ipJieel.    4.  March! 


31 

The  cofSn  is  then  brought  along  the  front,  to  the  opposite 
side  of  the  grave,  and  the  commander  then  orders, 

1.  Shoulder — Arms!    2.  Present — Arms! 
And  when  the  coffin  reaches  the  grave,  he  adds,  j 

1.  Shoulder — Arms!    2.  Best  on — Arms! 
The  rest  on  arms  is  done  by  placing  the  mnzzla  on  the  left 
foot,  both  hands  on  the  butt,  the  head  on  the   hands  or 
bowed,  right  knee  bent. 

283.  After  tlie  funeral  service  is  performed,  and  the  coffin 
is  lowered  into  the  grave,  the  commander  will  order, 

1.  Attention/  2.  Shoulder— Aii^is  !  3.  Load  at  will  4.  Load  ! 
AVhen  three  ronnds  of  small  arms  will  be  fired  by  the  es- 
cort, taking  care  to  elevate  the  pieces. 

284.  This  being  done,  the  commander  will  order, 

1.  By  eompany  {or  platoons),  right  icheel.     2.  March  !   3.  Col- 
umn, forward.     4.  Guide  left.     5.   Qaiek — March! 
The  music  will  not  begin  to  play  until  the  escort  is  clear  of 
the  inclosure. 

285.  When  the  distance  to  the  place  of  interment  is  con- 
siderable, the  escort  may  march  in  common  time  and  in  col- 
umn of  route,  after  leaving  the  camp  or  garrison,  and  till  it 
approaches  the  burial  grovmd. 

28G.  The  pall-bearer>:,  six  in  number,  will  be  selected  from 
the  grade  of  the  deceased,  or  from  the  grade  or  grades  next 
above  or  below  it. 

287.  At  the  funeral  of  an  officer,  as  many  in  commission 
of  the  army,  division,  brigade,  or  regmient,  according  to  the 
rank  of  the  deceased,  as  can  conveniently  be  spared  from 
other  duties,  will  join  in  procession,  in  uniform  and  with  side 
arms.  The  funeral  of  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  private 
will  be  attended,  in  like  manner,  by  the  non-commissioned 
officers  or  privates  of  the  regiment  or  company,  according 
to  the  rank  of  the  deceased,  with  side-arms  only. 

288.  Persons  joining  in  the  procession  follow  the  coffin  in 
the  inverse  order  of  their  rank. 

289.  The  usual  badge  of  military  mourning  is  a  piece  of 
black  crape  around  the  lefl  arm,  above  the  elbow,  and  also 
upon  the  sword  hilt ;  and  will  be  worn  when  in  full  or  in 
undress. 

290.  As  family  mourning,  crape  will  be  worn  by  officers 
(when  in  uniform)  only  around  the  left  arm. 

291.  The  drums  of  a  funeral  escort  will  be  covered  with 


^2 


black  crapo,  or  thin  black  serge. 

292.  Funeral  honors  will  be  paid  to  deceased  officers,  with- 
out military  rank,  according  their  assimilated  grades. 

ARTICLE  XXX. 

INSPECTIONS  OF  THE   TUOOrS. 

293.  The  inspection  of  troops,  as  a  division,  regiment,  or 
other  body  composing  a  garrison  or  command,  not  less  than 
a  company,  will  generally  be  preceded  by  a  review. 

294.  There  will  be  certain  periodical  inspections,  to  wit: 

1.  The  commanders  of  regiments  and  posts  will  make  an 
inspection  of  their  commands  on  the  last  day  of  every 
month. 

2.  Captains  will  inspect  their  companies  every  Sunday  morn- 
ing. No  soldier  will  be  excused  from  Sunday  inspection 
except  the  guard,  the  sick,  and  the  necessary  attendants 
in  the  hospital. 

3.  Medical  officers  having  charge  of  hospitals  will  also  make 
a  thorough  inspection  of  them  every  Sunday  morning. 

4.  Inspection  when  troops  are  mustered  for  payment. 

295.  Besides  these  inspections,  frequent  visits  will  be  made 
by  the  commanding  officer,  company  and  medical  officers, 
during  the  month,  to  the  men's  quarters,  the  hospital  guard- 
house, &c. 

FORM  OF  INSPECTION. 

29C.  The  present  example  embraces  a  battalion  of  in- 
fantry. The  inspecting  officer  and  the  field  and  staff  officers 
will  be  on  foot. 

297.  The  battalion  being  in  the  order  of  battle,  the  Colonel 
will  cause  it  to  break  into  open  column  of  companies,  right 
in  front.  lie  will  next  order  the  ranks  to  be  opened,  when 
the  color-rank  and  color-guard,  under  the  direction  of  the 
Adjutant,  will  take  post  ten  paces  in  front,  and  the  band  ten 
paces  in  rear  of  thecoluniQ. 

298.  The  Colonel,  seeing  the  ranks  aligned,  will  command, 
1.  Officers  and  Sergeants,  to  the  front  of  your  companies. 

2.    lilARCII. 

The  officers  will  form  themselves  in  one  rank,  eight  paces, 
and  the  non-con.missioned  oflicers  in  one  rank,  six  paces  in 
advance,  along  the  whole  fronts  of  their  respective  compa- 
nies, from  rigiit  to  left,  in  the  order  of  seniority ;  the  pioneers 


33 

and  music  of  each  company,  in  one  rank,  two  paces  behind 
the  non-commissioned  officers. 

299.  The  Colonel  will  next  command, 

Field  and  staff  to  the  front— Mauch  ! 
The  commissioned  officers  thus  designated  will  form  them- 
selves in  one  rank,  on  a  line  equal  to  tne  front  of  the  column, 
six  paces  in  front  of  the  colors,  from  right  to  left,  in  the  or- 
der of  seniority;  and  the  non  commissioned  staff,  in  a  simi- 
lar manner,  two  paces  in  rear  of  the  ])receding  rank.  The 
Colonel,  seeing  the  movement  executed,  will  take  post  on 
the  right  of  the  Lieutenant-Conlonel,  and  wait  the  approach 
of  the  inspecting  officer.  But  such  of  the  field  officers  as 
may  be  superior  in  rank  to  the  Inspector  will  not  take  post 
in  front  of  the  battalion. 

J500.  The  Inspector  will  commence  in  front.  After  inspect- 
ing the  dress  and  general  appearance  of  the  field  and  com- 
sioucd  staff  under  arms,  the  Inspector,  accompanied  by 
these  officers,  will  pass  down  the  open  column,  looking  at 
every  rank  in  front  and  rear. 

301.  Tiie  Colonel  will  now  commai^d, 

1.  Order  arms.    2.  Rest  ! 
AVhen  the  inspector  will  proceed  to  make  a  minute  inspec- 
tion of  the  several  ranks  or  divisions,   in  succession,   com- 
mencing in  front. 

302.  As  the  Inspector  approaches  the  non-commissioned 
staff,  color-rank,  the  color-guard,  and  the  band,  the  Adjutant 
will  give  the  necessary  orders  for  the  inspection  of  arms, 
boxes,  and  knapsacks.  Tlie  colors  will  be  planted  firm  in 
the  ground,  to  enable  the  color-bearers  to  display  the  contents 
of  their  knapsacks.  The  non  commissioned  staff  mv\y  be 
dismsscd  as  soon  as  int^pected ;  but  the  color-rank  and  color- 
guard  will  remain  until  the  colors  are  to  be  escorted  to  the 
place  from  which  they  were  taken. 

303.  As  the  Inspector  successively  approaches  the  com- 
panies, the  Captain  will  ccmimand, 

1.  Attention.    2.  Company.    3.  Inspection — Arms! 
The  inspecting  officer  will  then  go  through  the  whole   com- 
pany, and  minutely  inspect  the  arms,   accoutrements,  and 
dress  of  each  soldier.     After  this  is  done,  the  Captain  will 
command. 

Open — Boxes. 
When  the  ammunition  and  the  boxes  will  be  examined. 
3 


34 

304.  The  Captain  will  then  command, 

1.  Shoulder — AuMs!  6.   To  the  rear,  open  order. 

2.  Cloftc  order.  7.  March  ! 

3.  March!  8.  i'V^mnA— Akout— Face! 

4.  Order — Arms  !  9.    UnsUng — knapsoeks. 

5.  /Vtof^— Arms  !  10.  Opcn—knapsaeks. 

305.  The  Sergeants  will  face  inward  at  the  2d  command 
and  close  upon  the  centre  at  the  3d,  and  stack  their 
anus  at  the  5th  command ;  at  the  6th  command  they 
face  outward,  and  resume  their  position  at  the  7ih.  When 
the  ranks  are  closed,  jireparatory  to  take  arms,  the  Sergeants 
will  also  close  upon  the  centre,  and,  at  the  word,  take  their 
arms  and  resume  their  places. 

30G.  The  kapsacks  will  be  placed  at  the  feet  of  the  men, 
the  flaps  from  them,  with  the  great-coats  on  the  flaps,  and 
the  knapsacks  leaning  on  the  great-coats.  In  this  position 
the  Inspector  will  examine  their  contents,  or  so  many  of 
them  as  lie  may  think  necessary,  commencing  with  the  non- 
commissioned eflicers,  the  men  standing  at  attention. 

307.  When  the  Insiwcior  has  passed  through  the  company, 
the  Captain  will  command, 

Jlc-pack— Knapsacks  ; 
when  each  soldier  will  re-pack  and  buckle  up  his  knapsack, 
leaving  it  on  the  ground,  the  number  upward,  turned  from 
him,  and  then  stand  at  rest. 

308.  The  Captain  will  then  command, 

1.  Attention.     2.   Company.     3.  Slhig — Knapsacks. 
At  the  word  ding,  each  soldier  will  take  his  knapsack,  hold- 
ing it  by  the  inner  straps,  and  stand  erect;  at  the  lust  word 
he  will  replace  it  on  his  back.     The  Captain  will  continue, 

4.  i^/Vm/i/t— About— Face!  8.  Shotikler—Auyi^l 

5.  Close  order.  1).   Officers    a7id  Strgeants,   to 

6.  March!  your  pods. 

7.  7'a/.r— Arms  I  10.  March  ! 

and  will  (;ause  the'company  to  file  olf  to  their  tents  or  quarters 
except  the  company  that  is  to  re-escort  the  colors,  which  will 
await  the  further  orders  of  the  Colonel. 

309.  In  an  extensive  column,  some  of  the  rearmost  com- 
panies may,  after  the  inspection  of  dress  and  general  ap- 
pearance, be  i)ermitted  to  Stack  arms  until  just  before  the 
Inspector  ai)proa(hes  them,  when  they  will-  be  directed  to 
Takeai^is  and  resume  theij  position, 


35 

310.  The  inspection  of  the  troops  being  ended,  the  field 
and  staff  will  next  accompany  the  Inspector  to  the  hospital, 
magazine,  arsenal,  quarters,  sutler's  shop,  guard-house,  and 
such  other  places  as  he  may  think  proper  to  inspect.  The 
Captains  and  subalterns  repair  to  their  companies  and  sec- 
tions to  await  the  Inspector. 

311.  The  hospital  being  at  all  times  an  object  ot  particular 
interest,  it  will  be  critically  and  minutely  inspected. 

312.  The  men  will  be  formed  in  the  company  quarters  in 
front  of  their  respective  bunks,  and  on  the  entrance  of  the 
Inspector  the  word  Attention  /  will  be  given  by  the  senior 
nop-commissioned  officer  present,  when  the  whole  will  salute 
with  the  hand,  without  uncovering. 

313.  The  Inspector,  attended  by  the  company  officers, 
will  examine  the  general  arrangement  of  the  interior  of  the 
quarters,  the  bunks,  bedding,  cooking  and  table  utensils,  and 
such  other  objects  as  may  present  themselves ;  and  after- 
wards the  exterior. 

314.  The  Adjutant  shall  exhibit  to  the  Inspector  the  regi- 
mental books  and  papers,  including  those  relating  to  the 
transactions  of  the  Council  of  Administration.  The  com- 
pany books  and  papers  will  also  be  exhibited,  the  whole 
together,  generally  at  the  Adjutants'  office,  and  in  the  pres- 
ence of  the  officers  not  otherwise  particularly  engaged. 

315.  The  Inspector  will  examine  critically  the  books  and 
accounts  of  the  administrative  and  disbursing  officers  of  the 
command,  and  the  money  and  property  in  their  keeping. 

316.  The  inspection  of  cavalry  and  artillery  will  conform 
to  the  principles  laid  down  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs,  re- 
gard being  had  to  the  system  of  instruction  for  those  arms 
of  service  respectively. 

ARTICLE  XXXI. 

MUSTERS. 

317.  The  musters  will  be  made  by  an  Inspector-General, 
if  present,  otherwise  by  an  officer  specially  designated  by 
the  Commander  of  the  Army,  Division,  or  Department ;  and 
in  absence  of  either  an  Inspector-General  or  officer  specially 
designated,  the  muster  wmU  be  made  by  the  commander  of 
the  post. 

318.  When  one  inspecting  officer  can  not  muster  all  the 
troops  himself  on  the  day  specified,  the  commanding  officer 
will  designate  such  other  competent  officers  as  may  be  ne- 
cessary, to  assist  him. 


86 

310.  All  stated  musters  of  the  troops  slmll  be  y^receded  by 
a  minute  and  careful  inKjxcAion  in  the  prescribed  mode;  and 
if  the  command  be  more  than  a  company,  by  a  review^  be- 
fore inspection. 

820.  The  mustering  officer  havinn^  inspected  the  compa- 
nies in  succession,  beginning  on  the  riglit,  returns  totlie  tirst 
company  to  muster  it.  The  company  being  at  ordered arms^ 
with  open  ranks,  as  when  inspected,  the  Captain  will,  as  llie 
mustering  officer  approaches,  command, 

1.  Attention!     2.   Company!     8.  Shoulder — Au>rs! 
4.  Support— K\\yi^\ 

The  mustering  officer  will  then  call  over  the  names  on  tLe 
roll,  and  each  man,  as  his  name  is  called,  will  distinctly  an- 
swer. Here!  and  bring  his  piece  to  a  cdrry  and  to  an  order. 

321.  After  each  company  is  mustered,  the  Captain  will 
order  it  to  be  marched  to  the  company  parade,  and  there 
dismissed  to  (juarters  to  await  the  Inspector's  visit. 

322.  After  mustering  in  the  companies,  the  mustering  of- 
ficer, attended  by  the  company  commanders,  will  visit  tlio 
guard  and  hospital,  to  verify  the  presence  of  the  men  re- 
ported there. 

328.  The  muster  and  pay  rolls  will  be  made  on  the  printed 
forms  furnished  from  the  Adjutant-Generars  office,  and  ac- 
cording to  the  directions  given  on  them.  On  the  muster- 
rolls  companies  are  designated  by  the  name  of  the  Captain, 
whether  jiresent  or  absent.  The  pay-roll  is  left  blank,  to  be 
filled  by  the  Paymaster. 

324.  One  copy  of  each  muster-roll  will  be  transmitted  by 
the  mustering  officer  to  the  Adjutaut-GeneraPs  oflice  ia  the 
War  Department  within  three  days  after  the  muster. 

ARTICLE  XXXII. 

FORMS   OF   PAUADE. 

325.  On  all  parades  of  ceremony,  such  as  Reviews,  Guard- 
mounting,  at  Troop  or  lietreat  parades,  instead  of  the  word 
'■'Jicut^'"  wiiich  allows  the  men  to  move  or  change  the  position 
of  their  bodies,  the  command  will  be  ''  Pakadk— Rest  ! " 
At  the  last  word  of  this  command,  the  soldier  will  carry  the 
right  foot  six  inches  in  the  rear  of  the  left  heel,  the  left  knee 
slightly  bent,  the  body  upright  upon  the  right  leg;  the  mus- 
ket resting  against  the  hollow  of  the  right  shoulder,  the 
hands  crossed  in  front,  the  backs  of  them  outward,  and  the 


37 

left  hand  uppermost.  At  the  word  "Attention  !"  the  sol- 
dier will  resume  tlie  correct  position  at  ordered  arms.  In 
the  positions  here  indicated,  the  soldier  will  remain  silent 
and  motionless;  and  it  is  particularly  enjoined  upon  all  of- 
ficers to  cause  the  commands  above  given,  on  the  part  of  the 
soldier,  to  be  executed  with  great  briskness  and  spirit. 

326.  Oflicers  on  all  duties  under  arms  arc  to  have  their 
swords  drawn,  without  waiting  for  any  words  of  command 
for  that  purpose. 

I.   DRESS  PARADE. 

327.  There  shall  be  daily  one  dress  parade,  at  troop  or  re- 
treat,  as  the  commanding  ofiiccr  may  direct. 

328.  A  signal  will  be  beat  or  sounded  half-an-hour  before 
iroop  or  retreat,  for  the  music  to  assemble  on  the  regimental 
parade,  and  each  companj-  to  turn  out  under  arms  on  its 
own  parade,  for  roll-call  and  inspection  by  its  own  officers. 

329.  Ten  minutes  atter  that  signal,  the  AdjutanVs  call  will 
be  given,  when  the  Captains  will  march  their  companies  (the 
band  playing)  to  the  regimental  parade,  where  they  take 
their  positions  in  the  order  of  battle.  When  the  line  ig 
formed,  the  Captain  of  the  first  company,  on  notice  from  the 
Adjutant,  steps  one  pace  to  the  Iront,  and  gives  to  his  com- 
pany the  command,  ''Order — Arms  !  Parade— Rest  !"  which 
is  repeated  by  each  Captain  in  succession  to  the  left.  The 
Adjutant  takes  post  two  paces  on  the  right  of  the  line;  the 
Sergeant-major  two  paces  on  the  left.  ^The  music  will  be 
formed  in  two  ranks  on  the  right  of  the  Adjutant.  The  se- 
nior officer  present  will  take  the  command  of  the  parade, 
and  will  take  post  at  a  suitable  distance  in  front,  apposite 
the  centre,  facing  the  line, 

330.  When  the  companies  have  ordered  arms,  the  Adju- 
tant will  order  the  music  to  beat  off^  when  it  will  commence 
on  the  right,  beat  in  front  of  the  line  to  the  lefr,  and  back  to 
its  place  on  the  right. 

331.  When  the  music  has  ceased,  the  Adjutant  will  step 
two  paces  to  the  front,  face  to  the  left,  and  command, 

1.  Attention/    2.  Battalion.   3.  Shoulder — Arms!   4.  Prepare 

to  open  ranks!  5.  To  the  rear^  open  order  !  6.  March! 
At  the  sixth  command,  the  ranks  will  be  opened  according 
to  the  system  laid  down  in  the  Infantry  Tactics,  the  com- 
missioned officers  marching  to  the  front,  the  company  offi- 
cers four  paces,  field  oflicers  six  paces,  opposite  to  their  po- 
sitions in  the  order  of  battle,  where  they  will  halt  and  dress. 
The  Adjutant,  seeing  the  ranks  aligned,  will  command, 


38 

Front  !  iVHI 

and  march  along  the  front  to  the  centre,  face  to  the  rfgW, 
and  pass  the  line  of  company  oflicers  eight  or  ten  paces, 
"where  he  will  come  to  the  right-about,  and  command, 

Present— Ajims\ 
when  arms  will  be  presented,  officers  saluting. 

332.  Seeing  this  executed,  lie  will  face  about  to  the  com- 
manding officer,  salute,  and  report,  ''Sir,  the  parade  is 
farmed. '  The  Adjutant  will  then,  on  intimation  to  that  ef-_ 
feet,  hike  his  station  three  paces  on  the  left  of  the  command- 
ing officer,  one  pace  retired,  passing  round  his  rear. 

333.  The  commanding  officer,  having  acknowledged  the 
salute  of  the  line  by  touching  his  hat,  will,  after  the  Adju- 
tant has  taken  his  post,  draw  his  sword,  and  command, 

1.  Battalion.     2.  Shoulder— An^sif^l 
and  add  such  exercises  as  he  may  think  proper,  concluding 
with 

Order — Arms  ! 
then  return  his  sword,  and  direct  the  Adjutant  to  receive  the 
reports. 

334.  The  Adjutant  will  now  pass  round  the  right  of  the 
commanding  officer,  advance  upon  the  line,  halt  midway 
between  him  and  the  line  of  company  officers,  and  com- 
mand, 

1.  First  Sergeants^  to  the  front  a?id  centre.     2.  Mahcu  ! 

At  the  first  command,  they  will  shoulder  arms  as  Sergeants, 
march  two  paces  to  the  fornt,  and  face  inward.  At  the  se- 
cond command,  they  will  march  to  the  centre,  and  halt.  The 
Adjutant  will  then  order, 

1.  F}'ont— Face.    2.  R-])ort. 
At  the  last  word,  eacli  in  succession,  beginning  on  the  right, 
will  salute  by  bringing   the  left  hand  smartly  across  the 
breast  to  the  right  slioulder,  and  report  the  result  of  the  roll- 
call  previously  made  on  the  company  parade. 

335.  The  Adjutant  again  commands, 

1.  First  Sergeants,  outtrard — Face!    2.  To  yaur  posts. 
March  ! 
"wbcn  tlicy  will  resume  their  places,  and  order  arms.     The 
Adjutant  will  now  lace  to  the  commanding  officer,  salute, 
report  absent  orders,  and  give  the  result  of  the  First  Ser- 
geants' reports.     The  commanding  officer  will  next  direct 


39 

tlie  orders  to  be  read,  when  the  Adjutant  will  face  about, 
and  announce, 

Attention  to  Orders. 
He  will  then  read  the  orders. 

336.  The  orders  having  been  read,  the  Adjutant  will  face 
to  the  commanding  officer,  salute,  and  report;  when,  on  an 
intimation  from  the  commander,  he  will  face  again  to  the 
line,  and  announce. 

Parade  is  dismused. 

All  the  officers  will  now  return  their  swords,  face  inward, 
and  close  on  the  Adjutant,  he  having  taken  position  in  their 
line,  the  field  officers  on  the  flanks.  The  Adjutant  com- 
mands, 

1.  Front— Fkc^  !     2.  Forxcard—^l xncn  \ 
when  they  will  march  forward,  dressing  on  the  centre,  the 
music  playing ;  and  when  within  six  paces  of  the  commander, 
the  Adjutant  will  give  the  word. 
Halt! 
The  officers  will  then  salute  the  commanding  officer  by  rais- 
ing the  hand   to  the   cap,  and   there  remain   until  he  shall 
have  communicated  to  them  such  instructions  as  he  may 
have  to  give,  or  intimates  that  the  ceremony  is  finished.    As 
the  officers  disperse,  the  First  Sergeants  will  close  the  ranks 
of  their  respective  companies,  and  march  them  to  the  com- 
pany parades,   where  they  will  be  dismissed,  the  band   con- 
tinuing  to  play  until  the  companies  clear  the  regimental 
parades. 

337.  All  field  and  company  officers  and  men  will  be  pres- 
ent at  dress  parades,  unless  especially  excused,  or  on  some 
duty  incompatible  with  such  attendance. 

338.  A  dress  parade  once  a  day  will  not  be  dispensed  with, 
except  on  extraordinary  and  urgent  occasions. 

II.    REVIEW   OF    A   BATTALION   OF   INFANTRY. 

339.  Preparatory  to  a  review,  the  Adjutant  will  cause  a 
camp-color  to  be  placed  80  or  100  paces,  or  more,  according 
to  the  length  of  the  line,  in  front  of  and  opposite  to,  where 
the  centre  of  the  battalion  will  rext,  where  the  reyiewing 
officer  is  supposed  to  take  his  station;  and,  although  he  may 
choose  to  quit  that  position,  still  the  color  is  to  be  considered 
as  the  point  to  which  all  the  movements  and  formations  are 
relative. 


40 

340.  The  Adjutant  will  al^^o  caus«  points  to  be  marked,  at 
suitable  (lisliuiccs,  lor  the  whcelin;;s  of  the  divisiv)ns;  so  that 
their  riirht  Ihmks,  ir.  nKirchiiii^  p:ist,  shall  only  be  aljoul  four 
paces  IVoni  the  c:inii)-(.-o!()r,  whore  it  is  supposed  the  review- 
ing olllccr  places  hiinselflo  receive  the  salute. 

341.  The  battalion  beiui^  fornicd  in  the  order  of  battle,  at 
shouhhrtd  urni!^,  the  colonel  will  command. 

1.  Biltalion,  prepare  for  rcvkic  !  2.   7b  the  retn\  open  order, 

W.  Makch  ! 

At  the  word  Makcii,  the  field  and  staff  oflicers  dismount  ; 
thecompai)}'  oflicers  and  the  color-rank  advance  four  paces 
in  front  of  tne  front  rank,  and  place  themselves  opposite  to 
their  respective  placet",  in  the  order  of  battle.  The  color- 
guard  replace  the  color-rank.  The  stiitf  oflicers  place  them- 
selves, according  to  rank,  three  paces  on  the  right  of  the 
rank  of  compan}-  oliicers,  and  one  pace  from  each  other  ; 
the  music  takes  i)()sl  as  at  parade.  The  non-commissioned 
stafl'take  post  one  i)ace  from  each  other,  and  three  paces  oil 
the  right  of  the  front  rank  of  the  battalion. 

342.  When  the  ranks  are  aligned,  the  colonel  will  com- 
mand, 

Fkont ! 

and  place  himself  eight  paces,  and  the  Lieutcnant-C-olonel 
and  Major  will  place  themselves  two  paces,  in  front  of  the 
rank  of  company  oflicers,  and  opposite  to  their  respective 
places,  in  the  order  of  battle,  all  facing  to  the  front. 

343.  VVlien  the  reviewing  ofiicer  presents  himself  before 
the  centre,  and  is  lifiy  or  sixty  paces  distawt,  the  Colonel 
will  face  about,  and  command, 

I^-ciicnt — AitMS ! 

and  resume  his  front.  The  men  present  arm-;,  and  the  ofli- 
cers salute,  so  as  to  drop  their  swonls  with  the  last  motion 
of  the  firelock.  The  non-commissioned  staff  salute  by  bring- 
ing the  sword  to  a  pohie,  the  hilt  resting  on  the  breast,  the 
blade  in  front  of  the  face,  inclining  a  little  outward.  The 
music  will  pla}',  and  all  the  drums  beat,  according  to  the 
rank  of  the  reviewing  ofiicer.  The  colors  only  salute  such 
persons  as,  from  their  rank,  and  by  regulation,  (See  Article 
XXIX,)  are  entitled  to  that  honor.  If  the  reviewing  ofiicer 
be  junior  in  rank  to  the  commandant  of  the  parade,  no  com- 


41 

plimeut  •will  be  paid  to  him,  but  he  will  be  received  with 
arms  carried,  aud  the  officers  will  not  salute  as  the  column 
passes  in  review. 

344.  The  reviewing  officer  having  halted,  and  acknowl- 
edged the  salute  of  the  line  by  touching  or  raising  his  cap  or 
hat,  the  Colonel  will  face  about  and  command, 

Shoulder — Arms  ! 
when  the  men  shoulder  their  pieces ;  the  oflicers  and  non- 
commissioned stair  recover  their  swords  with  the  last  motion, 
and  the  Colonel  faces  to  the  front. 

345.  The  reviewing  officer  will  then  go  toward  the  right, 
the  whole  remaining  perfectly  steady,  without  paying  any 
further  compliment,  while  he  passes  along  the  front  of  the 
battalion,  and  proceeds  round  the  left  tlank,  and  along  the 
rear  of  the  tile-closers,  to  the  right.  While  the  reviewing 
officer  is  going  round  the  battalion,  the  band  will  play,  and 
v^ill  cease  when  he  has  returned  to  the  right  flank  of  the 
troops. 

340.  When  the  reviewing  officer  turns  off,  to  place  himself 
by  the  camp-color  in  front,  the  Colonel  will  lace  to  the  line 
and  command, 

1.  Close  Order.    2.  March! 

At  the  first  command,  the  field  and  company  officers  will 
face  to  the  right-about,  and  at  the  second  command,  all  per- 
sons, except  the  Colonel,  will  resume  their  places  in  the  or- 
der of  battle;  the  field  and  staff  officers  mount. 

347.  The  reviewing  officer  having  taken  his  position  near 
the  camp-color,  the  Colonel  will  command, 
1.  Bi/  company,  right  tcJieel.    2.  Quick — March  !     3.  Pass  in 

review.  4.  (Joluran^forioard.  5.  Guide  right.  0.  March! 
The  battalion,  in  column  of  companies,  right  in  front,  will 
then,  in  common  time,  and  at  shouldered arhifi,  be  put  in  mo- 
tion; the  Colonel  four  paces  in  front  of  the  Captain  of  the 
leading  company;  the  Lieutenant-Conlonel  on  a  line  with 
the  leading  company;  the  Major  on  a  line  with  the  rear 
company ;  the  Adjutant  on  a  line  with  the  second  Company  ; 
the  Sergeant-Atajor  on  aline  with  the  company  next  preced- 
ing the  rear — each  six  paces  from  the  flank  (left)  opposite  to 
the  reviewing  officer;  the  statt' officers  in  one  rank,  according 
to  the  order  of  precedenc}',  from  the  right,  four  paces  in 
rear  of  the  column ;  the  music,  preceded  by  the  principal 
musician,  six  paces  before  the  Colonel:  the  pioneers,  pre- 


42 

ccdedby  a  Corporal,  four  prices  before  the  principal  musician 
and  the  Quartermaster  Sergeant  two  paces  from  the  side  op- 
pyosile  to  the  guides,  an4  in  line  with  the  poinccrs. 

348.  All  other  officers  and  non-commissioned  ofllccra  will 
march  past  in  the  places  prescribed  for  them  in  the  march  of 
an  open  column.  The  guidcB  and  soldiers  will  keep  their 
heads  steady  to  the  front  in  passing  in  review. 

349.  The  Color-bearer  will  remain  in  theranks  while  pass- 
ing and  saluting. 

350.  The  mus-ic  will  begin  to  play  at  the  command  to 
march,  and  after  passing  the  reviewing  officer,  wheel  to  the 
left  out  of  the  column,  and  take  a  position  opposite  and  fac- 
ing him,  and  will  continue  to  play  until  the  rear  of  the  col- 
umn shall  have  passed  him,  when  it  will  cease,  and  follow 
in  the  rear  of  the  battalion,  unless  the  battalion  is  to  pass  in 
quick  time  also,  in  which  case  it  will  keep  its  position. 

351.  The  oflicers  will  salute  the  reviewing  officer  -when 
they  arrive  within  six  pacesof  him,  and  recover  their  swords 
when  six  paces  past  him.  All  officers,  in  saluting,  will  cast 
their  eyes  toward  the  reviewing  officer. 

352.  The  Colonel,  when  he  has  saluted  at  the  head  of  the 
battalion,  will  place  himsefnear  the  reviewing  officer,  and 
will  remain  there  until  the  rear  has  passed,  when  he  will 
rejoin  the  battalion. 

353.  The  colors  will  salute  the  reviewing  officer,  if  enti- 
tled to  it,  when  within  six  paces  of  him,  and  be  raised  when 
they  have  passed  by  him  an  equal  distance.  The  drums 
will  beat  a  march,  or  ruffle,  according  to  the  rank  of  the  re- 
viewing officer,  at  tlie  same  time  that  the  colors  salute. 

354.  When  the  column  has  passed  the  reviewing  officer, 
the  Colonel  will  direct  it  to  the  ground  it  marched  from,  and 
command, 

Quide,  Uft, 
in  time  for  the  guides  to  cover.     The  column  having  arrived 
on  its  ground,  the  Colonel  will  command, 
1.   Column.     2.  Halt  ! 
fonn  it  in  order  of  battle,  and  cause  the  ranks  to  be  opened* 
as  in  paragraph  341.       The  review   will  terminate  by  the 
whole  saluling  as  at  the  beginning. 

355.  If,  however,  instructions  have  been  previously  given 
to  march  the  troops  past  in  quick  time  also,  the  Colonel  will, 
instead  of  changing  the  guides,  halting  the  column,  and 
wheeling  it  into  line,  as  above  directed,  give  the  command, 


43 

1.  Quick  time.     2.  Marcii.  ■'■- 

In  passinir  the  reviewing  ofTicer  again,  no  salute  will  be  of- 
fered by  cither  officers  or  men.  The  music  will  have  kept 
its  position  opposite  tlie  reviewing  officer,  and  at  the  last 
command  will  commence  playing,  and  as  the  column 
approaches,  will  place  itself  in  front  of,  and  march  off  with 
the  column,  and  continue  to  play  until  the  battalion  is  halt- 
ed on  its  original  ground  of  formation.  The  Review  will 
tcrminatt;  in  the  same  manner  as  prescribed  above. 

356.  The  Colonel  will  afterwards  cause  the  troops  to  per- 
form such  exercises  and  maneouvres  as  the  reviewing  officer 
may  direct. 

357.  When  two  or  more  battalions  are  to  be  reviewed, 
they  will  be  formed  in  parade  f)rder,  with  the  i)roper  inter- 
vals, and  will  also  perform  the  same  movements  that  are 
laid  down  for  a  single  battalion,  observing  the  additional 
directions  that  are  given  for  such  movments  when  applied 
to  the  line.  The  Brigadier-General  and  his  staff,  on  foot, 
will  place  themselves  opposite  the  centre  of  the  brigade,  the 
Brigadier  General  two  paces  in  front  of  the  rank  of  Colonels, 
his  aid  two  paces  on  his  right,  and  one  retired;  and  the 
other  brigade  staff  officers,  those  having  the  rank  of  field 
officers,  in  the  rank  of  Lieutenant-Colonels  and  Majors;  and 
those  below  that  rank,  in  the  rank  of  company  officers. 

358.  In  passing  in  review,  a  Major-General  will  be  four 
paces  in  front  of  the  Colonel  of  the  leading  battalion  of  his 
division;  and  the  Brigadier-General  will  be  on  the  right  of 
the  Colonels  of  the  leading  battalions  of  their  brigs,des  ; 
staff  officers  on  the  left  of  their  Generals. 

359.  When  the  line  exceeds  two  battalions,  the  reviewing 
officer  may  cause  them  to  march  past  in  quick  time  only. 
In  such  cases  the  mounted  officers  only  will  salute. 

3G0.  A  number  of  companies  less  than  a  battalion  will  be 
reviewed  as  a  battalion,  and  a  single  company  as  if  it  were 
^vith  the  battalion.  In  the  latter  case,  the  company  may 
pass  in  column  of  platoons. 

3G1.  If  several  brigades  are  to  be  reviewed  together,  or  in 
one  line,  this  further  diflerence  will  be  observed  :  the  review- 
ing personage,  joined  by  the  General  of  the  division,  on  the 
right  of  his  division,  will  proceed  down  the  line,  parallel  to 
its  front,  and  when  near  the  Brigadier-Generals  respectively^ 
will  be  saluted  by  their  brigades  in  succession.  The  music 
of  each,  after  the  prescribed  salute,  will  play  while  the  re- 
viewing personage  is  in  front,  or  in  rear  of  it,  and  only  then. 


44 

302.  In  niarcliing  in  review,  with  several  battalions  in 
common  lime,  Ihc  music  of  each  succeeiling  battalion  will 
commence  to  play  when  the  music  of  the  preceding  one  has 
ceased,  in  order  to  follow  ils  battalion.  When  marching  ia 
quick  time,  the  music  will  be.ffin  to  play  when  the  rear  com- 
pany of  the  preceding  battalion  has  passed  the  reviewing 
ofTicer. 

36.*3.  The  reviewing  officer  or  personage  will  acknowledge 
the  salute  by  raising,  or  taking  oil",  his  (;ap  or  hat,  when  the 
commander  of  tlie  troops  salute  liim  ;  and  also  when  the 
colors  pas.^.  llic  remainder  of  the  lime  occupied  by  the 
passage  of  the  troops  he  will  be  covered. 

;W4.  The  review  of  cavalry  and  artillery  will  be  conducted 
on  similar  principles,  and  according  to  the  system  of  instruc- 
tion for  those  arms  of  service. 

III.      OUAKD-MOUNTINO. 

305.  Cam|)  and  garrison  guards  will  be  relieved  every 
twenty-four  hours.  The  guards  at  outposts  will  ordinarily 
be  relieved  in  the  same  manner ;  but  this  must  depend  on 
their  distances  from  camp,  or  other  circumstances,  which 
may  sometimes  reriuire  their  continuing  on  duty  several  days. 
In  such  cases,  they  must  be  previously  warned  to  provide 
themselves  accordingly^ 

300.  At  the  lirst  call  for  guard-mounting,  the  men  warned 
for  duty  turn  out  on  tlieir  company  parades  for  inspection  by 
the  First  Sergeants;  and  at  the  second  call,  repair  lo  the  regi- 
mental or  garrison  parade,  conducted  by  the  First  iSergeanis. 
Each  detachment,  as  it  arrives,  will,  under  the  direction  of 
the  Adjutant,  take  post  on  the  left  of  the  one  that  preceded 
it,  in  open  order,  arms  shouldered,  and  bayonets  li.ved;  the 
supernumeraries  live  paces  in  the  rear  ot  the  men  of  their 
respective  companies;  the  First  Sergeants  in  tlie  rear  of 
them.  The  Sergeant-Major  will  dress  the  ranks^  count  the 
liles,  verify  the  details,  and  when  the  guard  is  formed,  report 
to  the  Adjutant,  and  take  post  two  paces  on  the  left  of  the 
front  rank. 

307.  The  Adjutant  then  commands  Front,  when  the  ollicer 
of  the  guard  takes  post  twelve  paces  in  front  of  the  centre, 
the  Sergeants  in  one  rank,  four  i)aces  in  the  rear  ot  the 
ofliccrs;  and  the  Corporals  in  one  rank,  four  jnices  in  the 
rear  of  the  Sergeants— all  facing  to  the  front.  The  Adjutant 
then  assigns  their  places  in  the  guard. 

308,  The  Adjutant  w  ill  then  command, 


45 

1.  Officers  and  non-commissioned  officers.     2.  About^-Face  ! 

3.  Inspect  your  guards — March! 
The  non-commissioned  officers  then  take  their  posts.     The 
commander  of  the  guard  then  commands, 

1.  Order — Arms  !    2.  Inspection — Arms  ! 
and  inspects  his  guard.     When  tliere  is  no   commissioned 
officer  on  the  guard,  the  Adjutant  will   inspect  it.     During 
inspection,  the  band  will  |ilay. 

369.  The  inspection  cndedj  the  officer  of  the  guard  takes 
post  as  though  the  guard  were  a  company  of  a  battalion,  in 
open  order,  under  review;  at  the  same  time,  also,  the  officers 
of  the  day  will  take  post  in  front  of  the  centre  of  the  guard; 
the  old  officer  of  the  day  three  paces  on  the  right  of  the 
new  officer  of  the  day,  one  pace  retired. 

370.  The  Adjutant  will  now  command, 

1.  Parade— Rest  \    2.   I'roop—Bcat  off  I 
when  the  music,  begining  on  the  right,  will  beat  down  the 
line  in  front  of  the  officer  of  the  guard  to  the  left,  and  back 
to  its  place  on  the  right,  where  it  will  cease  to  play. 

371.  The  Adjutant  then  commands, 

1.  Attention!  2.  Shoulder — Arms!  3.  Close  order — March! 
At  the  word  "close  order,"  the  officer  will  face  about;  at 
"march,"  resume  his  post  in  line.  The  Adjutant  then  com- 
mands, 

Present — Arms  ! 
At  which  he  will  face  to  the  new  officer  of  the  day,  .salute,  and 
report,  '"Sir,  the  guard  is  formed.'''  The  new  olBcer  of  the 
day,  after  acknowledging  the  salute,  will  direct  the  Adjutant 
to  march  the  guard  in  review,  or  by  flank  to  its  post.  But  if 
the  Adjutantbe  senior  to  the  officer  of  the  day,  he  will 
report  without  saluting  with  the  sword  then,  or  when  march- 
ing the  guard  in  review. 

372.  In  review,  the  guard  march  past  the  officer  of  the  day 
according  to  the  order  of  review,  conducted  by  the  Adju- 
tant, marching  on  the  left  of  the  first  division  ;  the  Sergeant- 
Major  on  the  left  of  the  last  division. 

373.  When  the  column  has  passed  the  officer  of  the  day, 
the  officer  of  the  guard  marclies  it  to  its  post,  the  Adjutant 
and  Sergeant-Major  retiring.  The  music,  which  has  wheel- 
ed out  of  Ihe  column,  and  taken  post  opposite  the  officer  of 
the  day,  will  cease,  and  the  old  officer  of  the  day  salute,  and 
give  the  old  or  standing  orders  to  the  new  officer  of  the  day. 


46 

Tlic  supernumeraries,  at  the  same  time,  will  be  marched  by 
the  Firft  Sergeants  to  their  repectivc  company  parades,  and 
dismissed. 

374.  In  bad  weather,  oral  night,  or  after  fati;];nin.c:  marclicp, 
the  ceremony  of  turning  off  may  be  dispensed  witli,  but  not 
the  inspection. 

375.  Grand  guards,  and  other  brigade  guards,  are  organ- 
ized and  mounted  on  the  brigade  parade  by  tlie  staff  ollicer 
of  tlie  parade,  under  the  direction  of  the  fieUl  oflicer  of  the 
day  of  the  brigade,  according  to  the  principles  here  pre- 
scribed for  the  police  guard  of  a  regiment.  The  detail  of 
each  regiment  is  assembled  on  the  regimental  parade,  veri- 
fied by  the  Adjutant,  and  marched  to  the  brigade  parade 
by  the  senior  oflicer  of  the  detail.  Afier  inspection  and 
review,  the  officer  of  the  day  directs  the  several  guards  to 
their  respective  posts. 

376.  The  oflicer  of  the  old  guard,  having  his  guard  paraded, 
on  the  approach  of  the  new  guard,  commands, 

Present — Arms ! 

377.  The  new  guard  will  march,  in  quick  time,  past  tlic 
old  guard,  at  shouldered  arDia,  oflicers  saluting,  and,  take  post 
four  paces  on  its  right,  where,  being  aligned  with  it,  its  com- 
mander will  order. 

Present — Arms! 

The  two  officers  will  then  approach  each  other,  and  salute. 
They  will  then  return  to  their  respective  guards,  and  com- 
mand, 

1.  »S'/^oj/Wer— AuMS !    2.  Order — Akmh! 

378.  The  oflicer  of  the  new  guard  will  now  direct  the  de- 
tail for  the  advanced  guard  to  be  formed  and  marched  to  its 
post,  the  list  of  the  guard  made  and  divided  into  three  reliefs, 
experienced  soldiers  placed  over  the  arms  of  the  guard  and 
at  the  remote  and  responsible  posts,  and  the  young  soldiers 
in  posts  near  the  guard  for  instruction  in  their  duties,  and 
will  himself  proceed  to  take  po.ssession  of  the  guard-house 
or  guard-tent,  and  the  articles  and  prisoners  in  charge  of 
the  guard. 

371).  During  the  time  of  relieving  the  sentinels  and  of  call- 
ing in  the  small  posts,  the  old  connnander  will  give  to  the 
new  all  the  information  and  instructions  relating  to  his  psst. 

380.  The  first  relief  having  been  designated  and  ordered 
two  paces  to  the  front,  the  Coporal  of  the  new  guard  will 
take  charge  of  it,  and  go  to  relieve  the  sentinels,  accompa- 


47 

Died  by  the  corporal  of  the  old  guard,  who  will  take  com- 
mand of  the  old  sentinels,  when  the  whole  are  relieved. 

381.  If  the  sentinels  are  numerous,  the  Sergeants  are  to  be 
employed,  as  well  as  the  Coporals,  in  relieving  them. 

383.  The  relief,  with  arms  at  a  support,  in  two  ranks, 
will  march  by  a  tlank,  conducted  by  the  Corporal  on  the 
side  of  the  leading  front-rank  man ;  and  the  men  will  be 
numbered  allcrnately  in  the  front  and  rear  rank,  the  man 
on  the  right  of  the  front  rank  being  No.  1.  Should  an  offi- 
cer approach,  the  Corporal  will  command  carry  arms,  and 
resume  the  support  arms  when  the  officer  is  passed. 

383.  The  sentinels  at  the  guard-house  or  guard-tent  will 
be  the  first  relieved  and  left  behind  ;  the  others  are  relieved 
in  succession. 

384.  When  a  sentinel  sees  the  relief  approaching,  he  will 
halt  and  face  to  it,  with  his  arms  at  a  shoulder.  At  six  paces, 
the  Corporal  will  command, 

1.  Belu'f.    2.  Halt! 
when  the  relief  will  halt  and   carry   arms.     The  Corporal 
will  then  add,  ''No.  1,"  or  "No.  2,"  or  "No.  3,"  according  to 
the  number  of  the  post, 

Arms — Port  ! 
The  two  sentinels  will,  with  arms  at  2)ort,  then  approach 
each  other,  when  the  old  sentinel,  under  the  correction  of 
the  Corporal,  will  whis^per  the  instructions  to  the  new  senti- 
nel. This  done,  the  two  scntmels  will  shoulder  arms,  and 
the  old  sentinel  will  pass,  in  quick  time,  to  his  place  in  rear 
of  the  relief.     The  Corporal  will  then  command, 

1.  Support — Arms!    3.  Forward.     3.  March! 
and  the  relief  proceeds  in  the  same  manner  until  the  whole 
are  relieved. 

385.  The  detachments  and  sentinels  from  the  old  guard 
having  come  in,  it  will  be  marched,  at  shouldered  arm^,  along 
the  front  of  the  new  guard,  in  quick  time,  the  new  guard 
^iv^w^mg  ^i  presented  arms ;  officers  saluting,  and  the  music 
ot  both  guards  beating,  except  at  the  outposts. 

386.  On  arriving  at  the  regimental  or  garrison  parade,  the 
commander  of  the  old  guard  will  send  the  detachments  com- 
posing it,  under  charge  of  the  non-commissioned  officers,  to 
their  respective  regiments.  Before  the  men  are  dismissed, 
their  pieces  will  be  drawn  or  discharged  at  a  target.  On 
rejoining  their  companions,  the  chiefs  of  squads  will  exam- 
ine the  arms,  etc.,  of  their  men,  and  cause  the  whole  to  be 
put  away  in  good  order. 


48 

'Ml.  When  the  old  jcriiaixl  has  marobcd  off  fifty  paces,  the 
officer  of  the  new  ijuard  will  order  his  men  to  stack  their 
anuB,  or  place  ihein  in  the  arm-racks. 

38M.  The  commander  of  tiie  i^uard  will  then  make  himself 
acquainted  with  all  the  instruclions  for  his  post,  visit  the  sen- 
tinels, ana  question  them  and  the  non-commissioned  ollicers 
relative  to  the  instructions  they  may  have  received  from 
other  persons  of  the  old  guard. 

ARTICLE  XXXIII. 

GU.VRPS 

380.  Sentinels  will  be  relieved  every  two  hours,  unless  the 
state  of  the  weather,  or  other  causes,  should  make  it  neces- 
sary or  proper  that  it  be  done  at  shorter  or  longer  intervals. 

390.  Each  relief,  before  mounting,  is  inspected  by  the  com- 
mander of  the  guard  or  of  the  post.  The  Corporal  reports 
to  him.  and  presents  th^;  old  relief  on  its  return. 

391.  The  countersign,  or  watchword,  is  given  to  such  per- 
sons as  are  entitled  to  pass  during  the  niglit,  and  to  officers, 
non-commissioned  officers,  and  sentinels  of  the  guard.  In- 
terior guards  receive  the  countersign  only  when  ordered  by 
the  comnutnderof  the   troops. 

392.  The  j^tirole  is  imparted  to  such  oflScers  only  as  have  a 
right  to  visit  the  guards,  and  make  the  grand  rounds;  and 
to  officers  commanding  guards. 

393.  As  soon  as  the  new  guard  lias  lieen  marched  off,  the 
officer  of  the  day  w  ill  repair  to  the  office  of  the  command- 
ing officer  and  report  for  orders. 

39-1.  The  officer  of  the  day  must  sec  that  the  officer  of  the 
guard  is  furnished  with  the  parole  and  countersign  before 
retreat. 

395.  The  officer  of  the  day  visits  the  guards  during  the 
day  at  such  times  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  and  makes  his 
rounds  at  night  at  least  ciice  after  12  o'clock. 

396.  Upon  being  relieved,  the  officer  of  the  day  will  make 
such  remarks  in  the  report  of  the  officer  of  the  guard  as 
circumstances  require,  and  present  the  same  at  ]iead-(iuar- 
ters. 

397.  Commanders  of  guards  leaving  their  posts  to  visit 
their  sentinels,  or  on  other  duty,  are  to  mention  their  inten- 
tion, and  the  probable  time  of  their  absence,  to  the  next  in 
command. 

398.  The  officers  are  to  remain  constantly  at  their  guards, 


49 

except  while  visiting  their  sentinels,  or  necessarily  engaged 
elsewhere  on  their  proper  duty. 

399.  Neither  officers  nor  soldiers  arc  to  take  off  their 
clothing  or  accoutrements  while  they  are  on  guard. 

400.  The  officer  of  the  guard  must  see  that  the  counter- 
sign is  duly  communicated  to  the  sentinels  a  little  before 
twilight. 

401.  When  a  fire  breaks  out,  or  any  alarm  is  raised  in  a 
garrison,  all  guards  are  to  be  immediately  under  arms. 

402.  Inexperienced  officers  are  put  on  guard  as  supernu- 
meraries, for  the  purpose  ot  instruction. 

403.  Sentinels  will  not  take  orders  to  allow  themselves  to 
be  relieved,  except  by  an  officer  or  non-commissioned  officer 
of  their  guard  or  party,  the  officer  of  the  day,  or  the  com- 
manding officer ;  in  which  case  the  orders  will  be  immedi- 
ately notified  to  the  commander  of  the  guard  by  the  officer 
giving  them. 

404.  Sentinels  will  report  every  breach  of  orders  or  regu- 
lations they  are  instructed  to  enforce. 

405.  Sentinels  must  keep  themselves  on  the  alert,  observ- 
ing every  thing  that  takes  place  within  sight  and  hearing  of 
their  post.  They  will  carry  their  arms  habitually  at  sup- 
port, or  on  either  shoulder,  but  will  never  quit  them.  In 
w^et  weather,  it  there  be  no  sentry-box,  they  will  secure 
arms. 

406.  No  sentinel  shall  quit  his  post,  or  hold  conversation 
not  necessary  to  the  proper  discharge  of  his  duty. 

407.  All  persons,  of  Avhatevcr  rank  in  the  ser\ice,  are  re- 
quired to  observe  respect  toward  sentinels. 

408.  In  case  of  disorder,  a  sentinel  must  call  out  the  guard  ; 
and  if  a  fire  take  place,  he  must  cry — ''Fire  P'  adding  the 
number  of  his  post.  If  in  either  case  the  danger  be  great 
he  must  discharge  his  firelock  before  calling  out. 

409.  It  is  the  duty  ot  a  setinel  to  repeat  all  calls  made 
from  posts  more  distant  from  the  main  body  of  the  guard 
than  his  own,  and  no  sentinel  will  be  posted  so  distant  as 
not  to  be  heard  by  the  guard,  either  directly  or  through  other 
sentinels. 

410.  Sentinels  will  present  arms  to  general  and  field  offl 
cers,    to  the  officer  of  the  day,  and  to  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  post.    To  all  other  officers  they  will  carry 
arms. 

411.  When  a  sentinel,  in  his  sentry-box,  sees  an  officer  ap- 
proaching, he  will  stand  at  attention^  and  as  the  officer  passes 

4 


will  sjihilc  liim,  by  brin.s:inq;  the  left  hand  briskly  to  tho 
miiskcl.  MS  lii,<j:h  as  the  ri;;hl  BhouUler. 

412.  The  sentinel  at  any  post  ()f  tho  fjuard,  when  he  sees 
ftny  body  of  troops,  or  an  ofllcer  entitled  to  compliment,  ap- 
proaeli,  must  call — ''Turn  out  the  guard  T  and  announce 
w!io  approaches. 

4i;3.  Guards  do  not  turn  oiit  as  a  matter  of  compliment 
after  sunset  ;  but  sentinels  will,  when  ollicers  in  uniform  ap- 
proach, pay  them  proper  attention,  by  facing  to  the  proper 
front,  and  standing  steady  at  nhouUkrcd  artnu.  This  will  be 
observed  until  the  ( vening  is  so  far  advanced  that  the  senti- 
nels begin  challenging. 

414.  After  retreat  (or  the  hour  appointed  by  the  command- 
ing officLr,)  until  bro;id  daylight  a  sentinel  challenges  every 
person  who  approaches  him,  taking,  at  the  same  time,  the 
position  of  arinx  port.  lie  will  sutler  no  jH-rson  to  come 
nearer  than  within  I'each  of  his  bayonet,  until  the  i)erson  has 
given  the  countersign. 

415.  A  sentinel,  in  challenging,  will  call  out — ^'^VhoMm^s 
tJwre  .^"  If  answered — "  Friend.,  with  tUe  ountersign.,^'  and  he 
be  instructed  to  pass  persons  with  the  countersign,  he  will 
reply  "  Advance  friend,  with  the  countersign  !"  If  answered 
— '■''Friendly  r  he  will  reply,  ''  ILdt  fricnda  !  Advance  one, 
with  the  countersign  r  If  answered— "  AV//>/',"  '^  Patrol, ^^  or 
'■''Grand  rounds''  lie  will  reply — "  I  Lilt  ?  Adrance,  Sergeant, 
{or  Corporal)  with  the  countersign  .'"  and  satisfy  himself  that 
the  party  is  what  it  represents  itself  to  be.  If  he  have  no 
authority  to  pass  persons  with  the  countersign,  if  the  wrong 
countersign  be  given,  or  it  the  persons  have  not  thecounter- 
sii^n,  he  will  cause  them  to  stand,  and  call,  '■'Coporal  of  the 
Guard  r 

410.  In  the  daytime,  when  the  sentinel  before  the  gaurd 
scjs  the  ofllcer  of  the  day  approach,  he  will  ca  1 — "  7\irn  out 
guard  !  Officer  of  the  day.'''  The  guard  will  be  paraded,  and 
the  salute  with  presented  arms. 

417.  When  any  person  approaches  a  post  of  the  guard  at 
night,  the  sfMUiucl  before  the  post,  after  challenging,  causes 
liim  to  hall  until  examined  by  a  non-commissioned  oflicer  of 
the  guard.  If  it  be  the  oflicor  of  the  day,  or  any  other  ofli- 
cer entitled  to  inspect  the  guard  and  to  make  the  rounds, 
the  non-commissioned  oflicer  will  call — ''Turn  out  the  guard  I"" 
when  the  guard  will  be  paraded  at  shouldered  arms,  and  the 
ofllcer  of  the  guard,  if  he  thinks  necessary,  may  demand  the 
countersign  and  parole. 


51 

418.  The  officer  of  the  day,  wishing  to  make  the  rounds, 
will  take  an  escort  of  a  non-commissioned  officer  and  two 
men.  When  the  rounds  are  challenged  by  a  sentinel,  the 
Sergeant  will  answer — "•  G rand  rounds  P''  and  the  sentinel 
will  reply — ''ILdt,  grand  rounds  !  Advance,  Sergeant^  rcith  the 
counUrsign  /"  Upon  which  the  Sergeant  advances  and  gives 
the  countersign.  The  sentinel  will  then  cry — ''Advance 
roundxP'  and"stand  at  a  shoulder  till  they  have  passed. 

419.  When  the  sentinel,  before  the  guard  challenges,  and 
is  answered — ''■Grand  round fi,''  he  will  reply — ''Halt,  grand 
ronndii !  Turn  out  t\e  guard  ;  Grand  rounds  / '  Upon  which 
the  guard  will  be  drawn  up  at  shoiidered  arms.  Tho  officer 
commanding  the  guard  will  then  order  a  Sergeant  and  two 
men  to  advance;  when  within  ten  paces,  the  Sergeant  chal- 
lenges. The  Sergeant  of  the  grand  rounds  answers — "Grand 
rounds P''  The  Sergeant  of  tiie  guard  repl'cs — " Advance,  Ser- 
geant, with  thi'  countersign  /"  The  Sergeant  of  the  rounds 
advances  alone,  gives  the  countersign,  and  returns  to  his 
round.  The  Sergeant  of  the  guard  calls  to  his  officer — ''TJie 
countersign  is  right  P''  on  which  the  officer  of  the  guard  calls 
— '■'Adrancs  j'oiind.s  P''  The  officer  of  the  rounds  then  ad- 
vances alone,  the  guard  standing  at  shouldered  arms.  The 
officer  of  the  rounds  passes  along  the  front  of  the  guard  to 
the  officer,  who  keeps  his  post  on  the  right,  and  gives  him 
the  parole.  He  then  examines  the  guard,  orders  back  his 
escort,  and,  taking  a  new  one,  proceeds  in  the  same  manner 
to  the  other  guards. 

420.  All  material  instruction  given  to  a  sentinel  on  post, 
by  persons  entitled  to  make  grand  rounds,  ought  to  be 
piomptly  notified  to  the  commander  of  the  guard. 

421.  Any  General  officer,  or  the  commander  of  a  post  or 
garrison,  may  visit  the  guards  of  his  command,  and  go  the 
grand  rounds,  and  he  received  in  the  same  manner  as  pres- 
cribed for  the  officer  of  the  day. 

ARTICLE  XXXIV. 

ORDERS  AND  CORRESPONDENCE. 

422.  The  orders  of  commanders  of  armies,  divisions, 
brigades,  regiments,  are  denominated  orders  of  such  army, 
division,  etc.,  and  are  either  general  or  special.  Orders  are 
numbered,  general  and  special,  in  seperate  series,  each  begin- 
ning with  the  year. 

423.  General  orders  announce  the  time  and  place  of  issues 


M 


FORM  OF  GUARD  REPORT. 
Report  ot  a  Guard  mounted  at ,  on  the ,  and  relicTed  on  the 


Parole. 


Countersign. 


DetaU. 


3 

a 

1 

a 

3 

1 

3 

i 

s 

1 

] 

1 

bo 

1 

Articles  in    11 
Charge.       jt 







! 
i 

•2^ 

SI 


LIST   OF   THE   GUARD. 


Reliefs,  and  when  posted. 


1st   Uellcf. 

Prom — to — and 

— to— 


2d  Relief. 
From  — to  — 
and  —  to  — 


Name. 


Co. 


8d  Relief. 

From  —  to  — 

and  —  to  — 


Rt. 

Name. 

Co. 

Rt.| 

^Naine. 

Co. 

G 
II 
1 

Ist. 
4th. 

ah. 

jl.      J. 
K.     h. 

M.    N. 

I>. 
K. 
F. 

2d.' 
5th 

0.     F. 
Q.     R. 

8.     T. 

Rt. 

8th 

yth 

HMh 


Sergeant  W.  V.,  Co.  A,  Ist  Art  llery. 
Corporal  W.  X.,  Co.  U,  Ut  Infantry. 
Corporal  Y.  Z.,  Co.  C.  8d  Infantry. 


Wheree 
posted. 


jOM  Ilouse 
|Miiguiine. 
j  Q'in'r  St'e 

SeTRru'd 
jCorp'l 


Remits . 


LIST 

OF   PRISONERS. 

No. 

Names. 

a 
tt 
a 

a 

o 

i 

Confined. 

Charges. 

Sentences. 

Remarks. 

When. 

By  Whom. 

1 

a 

8 

i 

i 

A.  B.  C, 

Lieut.  —  Reg't. 


Comniandini^  the  Guard. 


58 

and  payments,  hours  for  roll-calls  and  duties;  the  number 
and  kind  of  orderlies,  and  the  time  when  they  shall  be  re- 
lieved ;  police  regulations,  and  the  prohibitions  required  by 
circumstances  and  localities ;  returns  to  be  made,  and  their 
forms  ;  laws  and  regulations  for  the  army ;  promotions  and 
appointments;  eulogies  or  censures  to  corps  or  individuals  ; 
and  generally,  whatever  it  may  be  importcnt  to  make 
known  to  the' whole  command. 

424.  Special  orders  are  such  as  do  not  concern  the  troops 
generally,  and  need  not  be  publislied  to  the  whole  command ; 
such  as  relate  to  the  march  of  some  particular  corps,  the  es- 
tablishment of  some  post,  the  detaching  of  individuals,  the 
granting  requests,  etc.,  etc. 

425.  A  general  order,  and  an  important  special  order,  must 
be  read  and  approved  by  the  officer  whose  order  it  is,  before 
it  is  issued  by  the  stafF  officer. 

426.  An  order  will  stale  at  the  head,  the  source,  place  and 
date,  and  at  the  foot,  the  name  of  the  commander  who  gives 
it;  as  for  example: 

ITe<id- Quarters  of  the  First  Brigade,  Second  Division, 
Camp  at ,  1*^  Jxine^  186 

General  Orders,  ) 

No. .  f 

By  command  of  Brigadier-General  A,  B. 

C.  D.,  Assistant  Adjutant-General. 

427.  Orders  may  be  put  in  the  form  of  letters,  but  gener- 
ally in  the  strict  military  form,  through  the  office  of  the  Ad- 
jutant or  Adjutant-General  of  the  command. 

428.  Orders  are  transmitted  through  all  the  intermediate 
commanders  in  the  order  of  rank.  "When  an  intermediate 
commander  is  omitted,  the  officer  who  gives  the  order  shall 
inform  him,  and  he  who  receives  it  shall  report  it  to  his  im- 
mediate superior. 

429.  Orders  for  any  body  of  troops  will  be  addressed  to 
the  commander,  and  will  be  opened  and  executed  by  the 
commander  present,  and  published  or  distributed  by  him 
when  necessary;  printed  orders,  however,  are  generally  dis- 
tributed direct  to  posts  from  the  head-quarters  where  issued. 

430.  Orders  assigning  the  stations  of  officers  of  engineers, 
ordnance,  and  of  the  staff  departments,  except  as  provided 
in  the  regulations  for  troops  in  the  campaign,  will  be  given 
by  the  Secretary  of  War,  through  the  Adjutant-General's 


54 

office,  or  by  commanders  of  gcoi^niphical  dcpartmenU,  un- 
der the  six-cial  authority  of  the  War  Department.  The  com- 
mander of  a  department,  who,  in  consequence  of  the  move- 
ment of  troops  or  other  necessity  of  tlic  service,  removes  an 
officer  from  tlic  station  assigned  to  him  by  tlie  Secretary  of 
"War,  shall  promptly  report  the  case  to  the  Adjutant- 
General. 

431.  A  flic  of  the  printed  orders  will  be  kept  with  tha 
head-quarters  of  each  regiment,  with  each  company,  and  at 
each  military  post,  and  will  be  regularly  turned  over  by  the 
commander,  when  relieved,  to  his  successor. 

432.  If  general  orders  are  not  received  in  regular  succes- 
sion, commanding  officers  will  report  the  missing  numbers- 
to  the  proper  head-quarters. 

433.  The  orderly  hours  being  fixed  at  each  head-quarters, 
the  staff  officers  and  chiefs  of  the  special  services  either 
attend  in  person,  or  send  their  assistants  to  obtain  the  orders 
of  the  day;  and  the  First  Sergeants  of  companies  repair  for 
that  purpose  to  the  rigimental  or  garrison  head-iiuarlers. 

434.  During  marches  and  active  operations,  and  when  the 
regular  orderly  hours  cannot  be  observed,  all  orders  will  be 
either  sent  direct  to  the  troops,  or  the  respective  command- 
ers of  regiments  or  corps  will  be  informed  when  to  send  to 
head-quarters  for  them.  Under  the  same  circumstances, 
orders  will  be  read  to  the  troops  during  a  halt,  without  wait- 
ing for  the  regular  parades. 

435.  (Jrders  to  any  officer  to  make  a  tour  of  travel  on  duty, 
as  for  the  inspection  or  payment  of  troops,  etc.,  shall  desig- 
nate the  troops  and  posts  he  shall  visit,  and  the  order  in 
which  he  shall  visit  them,  and  the  route  of  travel. 

436.  Every  commander  who  gives  an  order  involving  an 
expenditure  of  public  money,  shall  send  a  copy,  without  de- 
lay, to  the  bureau  of  the  War  Department  to  which  the  expen- 
diture appertains  ;  and  if  such  commander  be  serving  in  a 
military  dcpartinent,  he  shall  send  a  copy  of  the  order  to  the 
head-ciuarters  of  the  Department. 

437.  11  a  military  commander  shall  give  to  a  disbursing 
officer  any  order  in  conllict  with  orders  received  by  him 
from  the  officer  in  charge  of  his  department,  at  any  superior 
liead-quarters,  such  commander  shall  forthwith  transmit  the 
order  to  such  head-quarters,  with  explanation  of  the  necessi- 
ty which  justifies  it. 

438.  Copies  of  all  orders  of  the  commanders  of  armies,  de- 
partments, divisions,  and  detached  brigades,  and  of  the  sup- 


56 

erintendent  of  the  recruiting  service,  will  be  forwarded  at 
their  dates,  or  as  soon  thereatler  as  practicable,  in  separate 
series,  on  full  sheets  of  letter  paper,  or  as  priuted,  to  the 
Adjutant-General's  office. 

489.  Written  communications  from  a  commander  to  those 
under  his  command  may  be  made  by  his  staff-officer.  In  all 
other  cases,  by  the  officer  himself. 

440.  In  signing  an  official  communication,  the  writer  shall 
annex  to  his  name  his  rank  and  corps.  When  he  writes  by 
order,  he  shall  state  by  whose  order. 

441.  Communications  to  a  commander  from  those  under 
his  command,  are  addressed  to  the  proper  officer  of  his  staff ; 
to  the  chief  of  tiie  Adjutant-General's  Department,  in  what 
relates  specially  to  his  bureau,  or  to  the  service  generally; 
to  the  chief  ot  any  other  department  of  the  staff,  in  what 
relates  specially  to  his  branch  of  the  service.  Communica- 
tions to  the  Secretary  of  War  will  be  made  through  the  Ad- 
jutant-General's office  of  the  War  Department,  unless  it  be  a 
case  of  claim,  allowance,  or  other  business  specially  apper- 
taining to  some  other  bureau;  for  example — claims  of  pay 
will  be  transmitted  through  the  Puy'i^^ster-General;  for 
mileage,  or  quarters,  etc.,  tlirough  the  Quartermaster-Gen- 
eral. All  communications,  except  rolls  and  stated  returns, 
and  accounts,  are  to  be  passed  through  the  intermediate 
commanders.  The  same  rule  governs  in  verbal  applications ; 
for  example — a  Lieutenant  seeking  an  indulgence  must  ap- 
ply through  his  Captain.  Communicatons  from  officers  of 
the  staff  and  administrative  service  to  their  own  chiefs  do 
not  pass  through  the  military  commanders  under  whom 
they  serve,  except  estimates  for  funds  or  supplies. 

442.  Copies  of  all  important  communications  from  the  bu- 
reas  of  the  War  Department  to  disbursing  officers,  relating 
to  the  service  in  a  military  department,  shall  be  sent  from 
the  bureau  to  the  department  commander. 

448.  Kolls  and  returns  will  be  accompanied  by  a  letter  of 
transmittal,  enumerating  them,  and  referring  to  no  other 
subject. 

444.  Generally,  officers  who  forward  communications,  in- 
dorse on  them  their  remarks  or  opinion,  wi'hout  other  let- 
ters of  transmittal. 

445.  Official  letters  should  generally  refer  to  one  matter 
only.  In  regard  to  an  enlisted  man,  the  company  and  regi- 
ment must  be  staled. 

446.  Letters,  on  letter-paper,  will  be  folded  in  three  folds, 
parallel  with  the  writing. 


56 

447.  AH  communications  on  public  service  aro  to  b« 
marked  on  the  cover,  ''Official  Busineifs' 

ARTICLE  XXXV. 

RETURNS  A5D  REroRTs. — Monthly  Returns. 

448.  Commanders  of  regiments,  corps,  and  posts,  will 
make  to  the  Adjutant-Gencmrs  office  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment, monthly  returns  of  their  respective  rcfriments,  corps, 
and  posts,  on  the  forms  furnished  from  thatollice,  and  accor- 
ding to  the  directions  expressed  on  them.  In  like  manner, 
Captains  make  monthly  company-returns  to  regunental 
head-quarters.  All  monthly  returns  will  be  forwarded  on 
the  first  day  of  the  next  month,  except  regimental  returns, 
which  are  forwarded  as  soon  as  all  the  company  returns  are 
received, 

449.  If  any  company  be  so  far  from  regimental  head-quar- 
ters as  to  delay  the  transmittal  of  the  monthly  return  to  the 
10th  of  the  month,  the  Colonel  will  not  wait  for  the  return  of 
Buch  company,  but  leave  space  for  it  to  be  entered  at  the  Ad- 
jutant-Generars  office;  for  which  purpose  the  Captain  will 
tran.smit  a  copy  of  the  return  direct  to  the  Adjutant-General, 
as  well  as  to  regimental  head-quarccrs. 

450.  In  campaign,  monthly  returns  of  divisions  and  de- 
tached brigades  will  be  made  to  the  Adjutant-General's  office. 
They  will  exhibit  sepcrately  the  eeveral  regiments,  and  de- 
tachments, and  staff  corps,  and  the  strength  of  each  garrison 
within  the  command.  These  returns,  and  those  of  regiments, 
corps,  and  posts,  in  campaign,  will,  unless  otherwise  order- 
ed, be  transmitted  through  the  intermediate  commanders. 

451.  The  established  printed  forms  and  blanks  of  all  re- 
turns required  from  the  commanders  of  divisions,  brigades, 
regiments,  corps,  companies,  and  posts,  will  be  furnished 
from  the  Adjutant-General's  ofllce,  on  tlieir  requisitions  an- 
nually made,  or  oflener,  if  necessary.  The  receipt  of  these 
forms  and  blanks  will  be  imediately  acknowledged,  and  af- 
terward accounted  for  on  the  next  monthly  return.^. 

452.  Manuscript  returns,  rolls,  cerliticates,  and  other  docu- 
ments, are  i)rohil>ite(l,  unless  the  i)ropcr  printed  forms  have 
not  been  lereived  in  time.  liegimental  returns  must  be 
made  out  in  the  name  of  the  ('olonel,  whether  he  be  present 
or  absent. 


57 


ANNUAL  RETURNS— CAflUALITIES, 

453.  This  return  will  exhibit  the  various  changes  and  al 
terations  which  may  have  taken  place  in  the  regiment  during 
the  preceding  twelve  months:  that  is  to  say— ^a  statementof 
the  number  of  resignations,  transfers,  deaths,  etc.,  of  com- 
missioned officers;  the  number  of  men  joined  by  enlistment, 
transfered,  and  discharged  ;  the  number  tried  by  courts-mar- 
tial or  by  the  civil  law,  and  the  nature  of  their  offenses;  the 
number  of  discharges,  deaths,  dismissals,  and  desertions; 
number  joined  from  desertion,  pardoned,  etc.,  etc., 

RETURN   OF  DECEASED   SOLDIERS, 

454.  To  be  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General,  by  the 
Colonels  of  regiments,  quarterly.  Also,  a  duplicate  to  the 
Second  Auditor  of  the  Treasury. 

FIELD   RETURNS. 

455.  Besides  the  stated  returns  of  the  troops,  such  other 
field  returns  and  reports  will  be  made  as  may  be  necessary 
to  keep  the  government  informed  of  the  condition  and 
strength  of  the  forces. 

456.  After  any  action  or  affair,  a  return  of  the  killed, 
wounded  and  missing,  will  be  made,  in  which  the  name, 
rank,  and  regiment  of  each  officer  and  soldier  will  be  speci- 
fied, with  such  remarks  and  explanations  as  may  be  requi- 
site for  the  records  of  the  Department  of  War,  or  be  neces- 
sary to  establish  the  just  claims  of  any  individual  who  may 
have  been  wounded,  or  of  the  heirs  and  representatives  of 
any  killed  in  action  (taking  care  to  specify  the  nature  of  tTis 
wound^  the  time  and  place  of  its  occurrence,  the  company,  regi- 
ment, or  corps,  and  the  name  of  the  Captain,  Colonel,  or 
other  commanding  officer.) 

REPORTS. 

457.  The  date  of  appointment,  of  detail,  and  of  removal 
of  all  staff  officers,  or  of  officers  selected  for  duty  in  staff 
departments,  which  may  entitle  them  to  receive  aditional 
pay,  will  be  immediately  reported  by  the  officer  making  such 
appointment,  detail,  or  removal,  to  the  Adjutant-General, 
and  to  the  Paymaster  of  the  department  or  command  to 
which  such  officers  belong. 

458.  Whenever  any  change  takes  place  in  the  position  or 
location  of  troops,  the  fact  "will  be  immediately  reported  by 


58 

the  commanding  oflucr  to  general,  division,  and  department 
headquarters,  specifying  the  date  of  departure  of  the  whole 
or  any  part  of  the  troops,  or  of  the  arrival  of  any  detach- 
ment'; as  well  as  all  other  circumstances  connected  with 
such  changes  in  the  command.  These  special  reports  will 
always  be  accompanied  l)y  an  exact  return  of  the  troops  ac- 
cording to  the  established  printed  forms.  A  similar  report 
will  be  noted  on  the  next  monthly  return  of  the  post  or  sta- 
tion. If  a  new  post  or  position  be  established,  its  situation, 
and  the  nearest  post-office,  and  proper  route  to  it,  should  be 
reported. 

459.  Ufticers  on  detached  duty  will  make  reports  to  the 
liead-quarlers  of  the  regiments  or  corps,  and  to  the  Adju- 
tant-General, as  often  as  their  stations  may  be  changed. 

rUISOXKKS  OF  WAU— CAPTURED    PUOrEKTY. 

400.  A  return  of  prisoners,  and  a  report  of  the  nu'aiber 
and  discription  of  tlie  killed  and  wounded  of  the  enemy, 
will  be  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant  General's  oflice,  at 

401.  A  return  of  all  property  captured  will  be  made  by 
the  commanding  oflicer  of  the  troops  by  whom  such  capture 

was  made,   to   the  Adjutant-General   ,  in  order 

that  it  may  be  disposed  of  according  to  the  orders  of  the 
War  Department. 

iNSPKCTioN  iu:rouTs. 

402.  Inspection  reports  will  show  the  discipline  of  the 
troops;  their  instruction  in  all  military  exercises  and  duties; 
the  slate  of  their  arms,  clothing,  e(iuipments,  and  accoutre- 
ments of  all  knids;  ol  their  kileheus  and  messes;  of  the 
barracks  and  ciuurlcrs  at  the  post;  of  the  guard-house, 
jjrisons,  hospital,  bake-house,  magazine,  store-houses,  and 
stores  of  every  description;  ot  the  stables  and  horse^s  ;  the 
condition  of  the  post-school;  the  management  and  applica- 
tion of  tiie  i)ost  ami  company  funds;  the  state  ot  the  post, 
and  regimental,  and  company  books,  papers,  and  liles  ;  the 
zeal  and  ability  ol  the  oilicers  in  command  of  tooi)s ;  the 
capacity  of  the  oilicers  conilucling  the  aciminislralive  and 
stair  services,  the  lidelity  and  economy  ot  their  disburse- 
nun  s;  thecondition  of  all  public  properly,  and  the  amount  of 
money  in  the  hands  ot  each  disbursmg  ollicer;  the  regularity 
of  issues  and  payments  ;  the  mode  of  enforcii\g  discipline  by 
courts-marlial,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  ofticers  ;  the  pro- 
priety and  legality  of  all    punishments  intiicted  ;  and   any 


50 

information  Tvhatsoever,  concerning  tlie  service  in  any  matter 
or  particular  tliat  may  merit  notice,  or  aid  to  correct  defects 
or  introduce  improvements. 

463.  Inspectors  are  required  particularly  to  report  if  any 
officer  is  ot  iutemperate  habits,  or  unlit  for  active  service,  by 
infirmity  or  any  other  cause. 

ARTICLE  XXXVI. 

TROOrS    IN    CAMPAIGN. 

Organization  of  an  Army  in  the  Field. 

464.  The  formation,  by  divisions,  is  the  basis  of  the  organiz- 
ation and  administration  of  armies  in  the  field. 

465.  A  division  consists  usually  of  two  or  three  brigades, 
either  of  infantry  or  cavalry,  and  troops  of  other  corps  in 
the  necessary  proportion. 

466.  A  brigade  is  formed  of  two  or  more  regiments.  The 
first  number  lakes  the  right. 

467.  Mixed  brigades  are  sometimes  formed  of  infantry  and 
light  cavalry,  especially  for  the  advanced  guards. 

468.  As  the  troops  arrive  at  the  rendezvous,  the  general 
commandiug-in-chief  will  organize  them  into  brigades  and 
divisions. 

469.  The  light  cavalry  is  employed  as  flankers  and  parti- 
sans, and  generally  for  all  service  out  of  the  line. 

470.  Heavy  cavalry  belongs  to  the  reserve,  and  is  covered, 
•when  necessary,  in  marches,  camps,  or  bivouacs,  by  light 
troops,  or  infantry  of  the  line, 

471.  The  arrangement  of  the  troops  on  parade  and  in  order 
of  battle  is — 1st,  Uie  light  infantry;  2d,  infantry  of  the  Hue; 
3d,  light  cavalry  ;  4th,  cavalry  of  the  line ;  5th,  heavy  cav- 
alry. The  troops  of  the  artillery  and  engineers  are  in  the 
centre  of  the  brigades,  divisions,  or  corps  to  which  they 
are  attached ;  marines  take  the  left  of  other  infantry  ;  vol- 
unteers and  militia  take  the  left  of  regular  troops  of  the 
same  arm,  and,  among  themselves,  regiments  of  volunteers 
or  militia  ot  the  same  arm  take  place  b}'  lot.  This  arrange- 
ment is  varied  by  the  general  commanding-in-chief,  as  the 
circumstances  of  war  render  expedient. 

473.  Brigades  in  divisions,  and  divisions  in  the  army,  are 
numbered' from  right  to  left;  but  in  reports  of  military 
operations,  brigades  and  divisions  are  designated  by  the  name 
of  the  general  commanding  them. 


60 

473.  The  order  of  rc^^iments  in  brigades,  and  of  brigades 
in  divisions,  may  be  changed  by  theconmiander  of  the  divi- 
sion for  imporlant  reasons,  sucii  as  the  weakness  of  some 
corps,  or  to  relieve  one  from  marclnng  too  long  at  the  rear 
of  the  column.  Such  changes  must  be  reported  to  the 
general  rommanding-in -chief. 

474.  Tlie  general  commanding-in-chief  assigns  the  generals 
of  divisions  and  of  brigades  to  their  respective  commands, 
•when  the  assignment  is  not  made  by  the  Department  of 
War. 

47.').  The  general  of  brigade  inspects  his  troops  in  detail, 
by  companies,  when  he  takes  the  command,  and  at  the  open- 
ing of  tlie  compaign,  and  as  often  as  may  be  ncccssir^'  to 
ascertain  exactly  their  condition.  The  general  of  division 
makes  similar  inspections  when  he  thinks  proper.  At  these 
inspections  the  generals  examine  the  arms,  clothing,  equip- 
ments, harness,  horses,  etc.,  direct  the  necessary  repairs,  and 
designate  the  men  and  horses  to  remain  in  depots  or  march 
■with  the  train, 

476.  Reports  of  inspections  are  made  by  the  general  of 
brij^ade  to  the  general  of  division,  and  by  the  genend  of 
division  to  the  general  commanding-in-chief. 

477.  During  marches,  and  all  active  operations,  generals 
of  brigade  keep  themselves  exactly  informed,  by  reports  of 
corps  and  by  their  inspections,  of  the  actual  strength  of 
the  regiments,  so  as  always,  and  especially  after  an  engage- 
ment, to  make  accurate  returns  to  the  general  of  division. 

478.  StafT  ofliccrs  and  ofllcers  of  engineers,  ordnance, 
and  artillery,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  service,  are 
assigned  to  the  head-quarters  of  armies  and  divisions,  and 
detached  brigades,  by  order  of  the  general  commanding-in- 
chief,  when  tiie  distribution  of  these  olllcers  has  not  been  regu- 
lated by  the  War  Department.  The  necessary  stall  will  be 
assigned  to  commanders  of  brigades. 

479.  When  an  Engineer  or  other  oflicer  is  charged  with 
directing  an  expedition  or  making  a  reconnoissance,  with- 
out having  command  of  the  escort,  the  commander  of  the 
escort  shall  consult  him  on  all  arrangements  necessary  to 
secure  the  success  of  the  operation. 

480.  Stair  ofllcers,  and  commanders  of  engineers,  ordnance, 
and  artillery,  report  to  their  immediate  commanders  the 
state  of  the  8U|)plies  and  whatever  concerns  the  service  un- 
der their  direction,  and  receive  their  orders,  and  communicate 
to  them  those  they  receive  from  their  superiors  in  their  own 
corps. 


61 

481.  The  senior  oflScer  of  engineers,  of  ordnance,  and  the 
departments  of  the  general  staff  serving  at  the  chief  head- 
quarters in  the  field,  will  transmit  to  the  bureau  of  his  de- 
partment at ,  at  the  close  of  the  campaign,  and 

such  other  time  as  the  commander  in  the  field  may  approve, 
a  full  report  of  the  operations  of  his  department,  and 
■whatever  information  to  improve  its  service  he  may  be  able 
to  furnish. 

The  report  of  the  officer  of  engineers  will  embrace  plans 
of  military  works  executed  during  the  campaign,  and,  in 
case  of  siege,  a  journal  of  the  attack  or  defense. 

CONTRIBUTIONS. 

482.  When  the  wants  of  the  army  absolutely  require  it, 
and  in  other  cases,  under  special  instructions  from  the  War 
Department,  the  general  commanding  the  aniiy  may  levy 
contributions  in  money  or  kind  on  the  enemy's  country 
occupied  bv  the  troops.  No  other  commander  can  levy  such 
contributions  without  written  authority  from  the  general 
commanding  iu-chicf. 

OKDERLIES. 

483.  At  the  opening  of  a  campaign,  the  commander  of  an 
army  determines  and  announces,  in  orders,  the  number  of 
orderlies,  mounted  or  foot,  for  the  Generals,  and  the  corps 
or  regiments  by  which  they  are  to  be  supplied,  and  the 
periods  at  which  they  shalfbe  relieved. 

484.  In  marches,  the  mounted  orderlies  follow  the  Gene- 
rals, and  perform  the  duty  of  escorts,  or  march  w4th  order- 
lies on  foot  at  the  head  of  the  division  or  brigade. 

485.  The  staff  officer  who  distributes  the  orderlies  to  their 
posts,  sends  with  them  a  note  of  the  time  and  place  of  depar- 
ture ;  those  relieved  receive  a  like  note  from  the  staff  officer 
at  the  headquarters. 

486.  Mounted  soldiers  are  to  be  employed  to  carry  dis- 
patches only  in  special  and  urgent  cases. 

487.  The  precise  time  when  the  dispatch  is  sent  off,  and 
the  rate  at  M'hich  it  is  to  be  conveyed,  are  to  be  written 
clearly  on  the  covers  of  all  letters  tranmitted  by  a-  mounted 
orderly,  and  the  necessary  instructions  to  him,  and  the  rate 
of  travel  going  and  returning,  are  to  be  distinctly  explained 
to  Lim. 

DEPOTS. 

488.  The  grand  depots  of  an  army  are  established  where 


62 

the  military  operations  would  not  expose  them  to  be  broken 
up.  Smaller  denots  are  or^iranized  for  the  divisions  and  the 
several  arms.  Tliey  are  commanded  by  officers  temporarily 
disabled  for  iield  service,  or  by  other  officers  vvlien  neces- 
sary, and  comprise,  as  much  as  possible,  the  hospitals  and 
depots  for  convalescents.  VVlien  conveniently  placed,  they 
serve  as  points  for  the  halting  and  assembling  of  detach- 
ments. They  receive  the  disabled  from  the  corps  on  the 
march ;  and  the  officers  in  command  of  the  depots  send 
with  the  detacliments  to  the  army  those  at  the  depots  who 
have  become  fit  for  service. 

CAMPS. 

489.  Camp  is  the  place  where  troops  are  established  in 
tents,  in  huts,  or  in  bivouac.  Cantonments  are  the  inhabited 
places  which  troops  occupy  for  shelter  when  not  put  in  bar- 
racks. The  camping-party  is  a  detachment  detailed  to  pre- 
pare a  camp. 

490.  Reconnoissances  should  precede  the  establishment 
of  the  canap.  For  a  camp  of  troops  on  the  march,  it  is  only 
necessary  to  look  to  the  healtli  and  comfort  of  the  troops, 
the  fiicility  of  the  communications,  the  convenience  of  wood 
and  water,  and  the  resources  in  provision  and  forage.  The 
ground  for  an  intrenched  camip,  or  a  camp  to  cover  a  coun- 
try, or  one  designed  to  deceive  the  enemy  as  to  the  strength 
of  the  army,  must  be  selected,  and  the  camp  arranged  for 
the  object  in  view. 

491.  The  camping-party  of  a  regiment  consists  of  the 
regimental  Quartermaster  and  Quartermaster-Sergeant,  and 
a  Corporal  and  two  men  per  company.  The  General  de- 
cides whether  the  regiments  camp  separately  or  together, 
and  whether  the  police  guard  shall  accompany  the  camping- 
party,  or  a  larger  escort  be  sent. 

492.  Neither  baggage  nor  led  horses  are  permitted  to  move 
with  the  camping-party. 

493.  When  the  General  can  scud  in  advance  to  prepare 
the  camp,  he  gives  his  instructions  to  the  chief  of  the  Quar- 
termaster's Department,  who  calls  on  the  regiments  for 
their  camping-parties,  and  is  accompanied,  if  necessary,  by 
an  Engineer  to  propose  the  defenses  and  communications. 

494.  The  watering-places  are  examined,  and  signals  placed 
at  those  that  are  dangerous.  Any  work  required  to  make 
them  of  easier  access  is  done  by  the  police  guard  or  Quar- 
termaster's men.     Sentinels,  to  be  relieved  by  the  guards  of 


;«3 

the  regiment  when  they  come  up,  are  placed  by  the  camp- 
ing-party over  the  water  it  it  is  scarce,  and  over  the  houses 
and  stores  of  provisions  and  forage  in  the  vicinity. 

495.  If  the  camping-party  doesnot  precede  the  regiment, 
tlie  Quartermaster  attend  to  these  things  as  soon  as  the  regi- 
menlreaches  the  camp. 

49G.  On  reaching  the  ground,  tlie  infantry  form  on  the 
color  front;  the  cavalry  in  the  rear  of  its  camp. 

497.  The  Generals  establish  the  troops  in  the  camp  as 
rapidly  as  possible,  particularly  after  long,  fatiguing  marches. 

498.  Tlie  number  of  men  to  be  furnished  for  guards, 
pickets,  and  orderlies;  the  fatigue  parties  to  be  sent  for  sup- 
plies; the  work  to  be  done,  and  the  strength  of  the  working 
parties;  tlic  time  and  place  for  issues;  the  hour  of  march- 
ing, etc.,  are  then  announced  by  the  Brigadier-Generals  to 
the  Colonels,  and  by  them  to  the  field  officers— the  Adju- 
tant and  Captains  formed  in  front  of  the  regiment,  the  First 
Sergeants  taking  post  behind  th^ir  Captains.  The  Adjutant 
then  makes  tlie  details,  and  the  First  Sergeant  warr  s  the  mer. 
The  regimental  officer  of  the  day  forms  the  picket,  and  sends 
the  guards  to  their  i>osts.  The  colors  are  then  planted  at 
the  centre  of  the  color  line,  and  the  arms  are  stacked  on  the 
line;  the  fatigue  parties  to  procure  supplies,  and  the  work- 
ing parties  form  in  the  rear  of  the  arms  ;  the  men  not  on 
detail  pitch  the  tents. 

499.  If  the  camp  is  near  the  enemy,  the  picket  remains 
under  arms  until  the  return  of  the  fatigue  parties,  and,  if 
necessary,  is  reinforced  by  details  from  each  company. 

500.  In  the  cavalry,  each  troop  moves  a  little  in  rear  ot 
the  point  at  which  its  horses  are  to  be  secured,  and  forms  in 
one  rank ;  the  men  then  dismount ;  a  detail  is  made  to  hold 
the  horses  ;  the  rest  stack  their  arms  and  fix  the  picket  rope. 
After  the  horses  are  attended  to,  the  tents  are  pitched,  and^ 
each  horseman  places  his  carbine  at  the  side  from  the  weath-' 
er,  and  hangs  his  sabre  and  bridle  on  it. 

501.  Tiie  standard  is  then  carried  to  the  tent  of  the 
Colonel. 

502.  The  terms  front,  flank,  right,  left,  file,  and  rank,  have 
the  same  meaning  when  applied  to  camps  as  to  the  order  of 
battle. 

503.  The  front  of  the  camp  is  usually  equal  to  the  front  of 
the  troops.  The  tents  are  arranged  in  ranks  and  files.  The 
number  of  ranks  varies  with  the  strength  of  the  companies 
and  the  size  of  the  tents. 


64 

504.  No  officer  -will  be  allowed  to  occupy  a  house^ 
although  vacant  and  on  the  ground  of  his  camp,  except  by 
permission  of  the  commander  of  the  brigade,  who  shall 
report  it  to  the  commander  of  the  divisions. 

505.  The  staff  officer  charged  with  establishing  the  camp 
•will  designate  the  place  for  the  shambles.  The  offal  will  be 
buried. 

CAMP  OP  INFANTRY. 

506.  Each  company  has  its  tents  in  two  files,  facing  on  a 
street  perpendicular  to  the  color  line.  The  width  of  the 
street  depends  on  the  front  of  the  camp,  but  should  not  be 
less  than  5  paces.  The  interval  between  the  rank  of  tents  is 
2  paces;  between  the  file  of  tents  of  adjacent  companies,  3 
paces;  between  regiments,  22  paces. 

507.  The  color  line  is  10  paces  in  front  of  the  front  rank 
of  tents.  The  kitchens  are  20  paces  behind  the  rear  rank  of 
company  tents ;  the  non-commissioned  staff  and  sutler,  20 
paces  in  rear  of  the  kitchens;  the  company  officers,  20  paces 
farther  in  rear;  and  the  field  and  staff,  20  paces  in  rear 
of  the  company  officers. 

508.  The  company  officers  are  in  rear  of  their  respec- 
tive companies;  the  Captains  on  the  right. 

509.  The  Colonel  and  Lieutenant  Colonel  are  near  the 
centre  of  the  line  of  field  and  staff;  the  Adjutant,  a  M<ijor 
and  Surgeon,  on  the  right,  the  Quartermaster,  a  Major, 
and  Assistant  Surgeon  on  the  left. 

510.  The  police  guard  is  at  the  centre  of  the  line  of  the 
non-commissioned  staff,  the  tents  facing  to  the  front,  the 
stacks  of  arms  on  the  left. 

511.  The  advanced  post  of  the  police  guard  is  about  200 
paces  in  front  of  the  color  line,  and  opposite  the  centre  of 
the  regiment,  or  on  the  best  ground ;  the  prisoners'  tent 
about  4  paces  in  rear.  In  a  regiment  of  the  second  line, 
the  advanced  post  of  the  police  guard  is  200  paces  in  rear 
of  the  line  of  its  field  and  staff, 

512.  The  horses  of  the  staff  officers  and  of  the  baggage 
train  are  25  paces  in  rear  of  the  tents  of  the  field  and  staff; 
the  wagons  are  parked  on  the  same  line,  and  the  men  of  the 
train  camped  near  them. 

513.  The  sinks  of  the  men  are  150  paces  in  front  of  the 
color  fine — those  of  the  officers  100  paces  in  rear  of  the 
train.  Both  are  concealed  by  bushes.  When  convenient, 
the  sinks  of  the  men  may  be  placed  in  rear  or  on  a  flank. 


65 

A  portion  of  the  earth  dug  out  for  sinks  to  be  thrown  back 
occasionally. 

514.  The  front  of  the  camp  of  a  regiment  of  1000  men,  in 
two  ranks,  will  be  400  paces,  or  one-fifth  less  paces  than  the 
number  of  files,  if  the  camp  is  to  have  the  same  front  as  the 
troops  in  order. of  battle.  But  the  front  may  be  reduced  to 
190  paces  by  narrowing  the  company  street  to  5  paces ;  and 
if  it  be  desirable  to  reduce  the  front  still  more,  the  tents  of 
companies  may  be  pitched  in  single  file — those  of  a  divi- 
sion facing  on  the  same  street. 

CAMP  OF  CAVALRY. 

515.  In  the  cavalry,  each  company  has  one  file  of  tents — 
the  tents  opening  on  the  street  facing  the  left  of  the  camp. 

516.  The  horses  of  each  company  are  placed  in  a  single 
file,  facing  the  opening  of  the  tents,  and  are  fastened  to 
pickets  planted  firmly  in  the  ground,  from  3  to  6  paces  from 
the  tents  of  the  troops. 

517.  The  interval  between  the  file  of  tents  should  be  such 
that,  the  regiment  being  broken  into  column  of  companies, 
each  company  should  be  on  the  extension  of  the  line  on 
which  the  horses  are  to  be  picketed. 

518.  The  streets  separating  the  squadrons  are  wider  than 
those  between  the  companies  by  the  interval  separating 
squadrons  in  line ;  these  intervals  are  kept  free  from  any 
obstruction  throughout  the  camp. 

519.  The  horses  of  the  rear  rank  are  placed  on  the  left  of 
those  of  their  file-leaders. 

520.  The  horses  of  the  Lieutenants  are  placed  on  the  right 
of  their  platoons ;  those  of  the  Captains  on  the  right  of  the 
company. 

521.  Each  horse  occupies  a  space  of  about  2  paces.  The 
number  of  horses  in  the  company  fixes  the  depth  of  the 
camp,  and  the  distance  between  the  files  of  tents ;  the  forage 
is  placed  between  the  tents. 

522.  The  kitchens  are  20  paces  in  front  of  each  file  of 
tents. 

523.  The  non-commissioned  oflBcers  are  in  the  tents  of  the 
front  rank.  Camp-followers,  teamsters,  etc.,  are  in  the  rear 
rank ;  the  police  guard  in  the  rear  rank,  near  the  centre 
of  the  regiment. 

524.  The  tents  of  the  Lieutenants  are  30  paces  in  rear  of 
the  file  of  ^their  company ;  the  tents  ot  the  Captains  30 
paces  in  rear  of  the  Lieutenants. 


66 

525.  The  Colonel's  tent  30  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  Cap- 
tains,' near  the  centre  of  the  regiment ;  the  Lieutenant- 
Colonel  on  his  right;  the  Adjutant  on  his  left;  the  Majors 
on  the  same  line,  opposite  the  2d  company  on  the  right  and 
left;  the  Surgeon  on  the  left  of  the  Adjutant. 

526.  The  field  and  staff  have  their  horses  on  the  left  of 
their  tents,  on  the  same  line  with  the  company  horses ;  sick 
horses  are  placed  in  one  line  on  the  right  or  left  of  the  camp. 
The  men  who  attend  them  have  a  separate  file  of  tents;  the 
forges  and  wagons  in  rear  of  this  file.  The  horses  of  the 
train  and  of  camp-followers  are  in  one  or  more  files  extend- 
ing to  the  rear,  behind  the  right  or  left  squadron.  The  ad- 
vanced post  of  the  police  guard  is  200  paces  in  front,  oppo- 
site the  centre  of  the  regiment;  the  horses  in  one  or  two 
files. 

527.  The  sinks  for  the  men  are  150  paces  in  front — those 
for  officeis,  100  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  camp. 

CAMP  OF  ARTILLERY. 

528.  The  artillery  is  encamped  near  the  troops  to  which  it 
is  attached,  so  as  to  be  protected  from  attack,  and  to  contri- 
bute to  the  defense  of  the  camp.  Sentinels  for  the  park  are 
furnished  by  the  artillery,  and,  when  necessary,  by  the  other 
troops. 

529.  Yov  a  batterry  of  6  pieces,  the  tents  are  in  three  files — 
one  for  each  section ;  distance  between  the  ranks  of  tents  15 
paces ;  tents  opening  to  the  front.  The  liorses  of  each  sec- 
tion are  picketed  in  one  file,  10  paces  to  the  left  of  the  file  of 
tents.  In  the  horse  artillery,  or  if  the  number  of  horses 
makes  it  necessary,  the  horses  are  in  two  files,  on  the  right 
and  left  of  the  file  of  tents.  The  kitchens  are  25  paces  in 
front  of  the  front  rank  of  tents.  The  tents  of  the  ofllcers 
are  in  the  outside  files  of  company  tents,  25  paces  in  the 
rear  of  the  rear  rank — the  Captain  on  the  right,  the  Lieuten- 
ants on  the  left. 

530.  The  park  is  opposite  the  centre  of  the  camp,  40  paces 
in  rear  of  the  officers'  tents.  The  carraiges  in  files  4  paces 
apart;  distance  between  ranks  of  carriages  suflScient  for  the 
horses  when  harnessed  to  them ;  the  park  guard  is  25  paces 
in  rear  of  the  park.  The  sinks  for  the  men,  150  paces  in 
front;  lor  the  officers,  100  paces  in  the  rear.  The  harness 
is  in  the  tents  of  the  men. 


67 


BrV'OUACS. 

531.  A  regiment  of  cavalry  being  in  order  of  battle,  in 
rear  of  the  ground  to  be  occupied,  the  Colonel  breaks  it  by 
platoons  to  the  right.  The  horses  of  each  platoon  are  placed 
in  a  single  row,  and  fastened  as  prescribed  for  camps;  near 
the  enemy,  they  remain  saddled  all  night,  -with  slackened 
girths.  The  arms  at  first  stacked  in  rear  of  each  row  of 
horses  ;  the  sabres  with  the  bridle  hung  on  them,  are  placed 
against  the  stacks. 

53:3.  The  torage  is  placed  on  the  right  of  each  row  of 
liorses.  Two  stable-guards  for  each  platoon  watch  the 
horses. 

533.  A  fire  for  each  platoon  is  made  near  the  color  line.  20 
paces  to  the  left  of  the  row  of  horses.  A  shelter  is  made  for 
the  men  around  the  fire  if  possible,  and  each  man  then 
stands  his  arms  and  bridle  against  the  shelter. 

534.  The  fires  and  shelter  for  the  officers  aie  placed  in  rear 
of  the  line  of  those  for  the  men. 

535.  The  intervals  between  tlie  squadrons  must  be  with- 
out obstruction  throughout  the  whole  depth  of  the  bivouac. 

536.  The  interval  betv^ecn  the  shelters  should  be  such  that 
the  platoons  can  take  up  a  line  of  battle  freely  to  the  front 
or  rear. 

537.  The  distance  from  the  enemy  decides  the  manner  in 
which  the  horses  are  to  be  fed  and  led  to  water.  When  it 
is  permitted  to  unsaddle,  the  saddles  are  placed  in  the  rear  ot 
the  horses. 

538.  In  infantry,  the  fires  are  made  in  rear  of  the  color  Une^ 
on  the  ground  that  it  would  be  occupied  by  the  tents  in  camp. 
The  companies  are  placed  ar.)und  them,  and,  if  possible, 
construct  shelters.  When  liable  to  surprise,  the  infantry 
should  stand  to  arms  at  daybreak,  and  tlie  cavalry  mount 
until  the  return  of  the  reconnoitering  parties.  If  the  arms 
are  to  be  taken  apart  to  clean,  it  must  be  done  by  detach- 
ments, succcsively. 

CANTONMENTS. 

539.  The  cavalry  should  be  placed  under  shelter  whenever 
the  distance  from  the  enemy,  and  from  the  ground  where 
the  troops  are  to  form  for  battle,  permitted.  Taverns  and  farm- 
houses, with  large  stables  and  free  access,  are  selected  for 
quartering  them. 

540.  The  Colonel  indicates  the  place  of  assembling  in  case 


68 

of  alarm.  It  should  generally  be  outside  the  cantonmeut ; 
the  egress  from  it  should  be  free ;  the  retreat  upon  the  other 
positions  secure,  and  roads  leading  to  it  on  the  side  of_the 
enemy  obstructed. 

541.  The  necessary  orders  being  given,  as  in  establishing 
a  camp,  the  picket  and  grand  guards  are  posted.  A  sentinel 
may  be  placed  on  a  steeple  or  high  house,  and  then  the 
troops  are  marched  to  the  quarters.  The  men  sleep  ing  the 
stables,  if  it  is  thought  necessary. 

542.  The  above  applies  in  the  main  to  infantry.  Near  the 
enemy,  companies  or  platoons  should  be  collected,  as  much 
as  possible,  in  the  same  houses.  If  companies  must  be  sepa- 
rated, they  should  be  divided  by  platoons  or  squads.  All 
take  arms  at  daybreak. 

543.  "When  cavalry  and  infantry  canton  together,  the  latter 
furnish  the  guards  by  night,  and  the  former  by  day. 

544.  Troops  cantoned  in  presence  of  the  enemy  should  be 
covered  by  advanced  guards  and  natural  or  artificial  obsta- 
cles. Cantonments  taken  during  a  cessation  of  hostilities 
should  be  established  in  rear  of  a  line  of  defense,  and  in 
front  of  the  point  on  which  the  troops  would  concentrate  to 
receive  an  attack.  The  General  commanding-in-cheif  as- 
signs the  limits  of  their  cantonments  to  the  divisions,  the 
commanders  of  divisions  to  brigades,  and  the  commanders 
of  brigades  post  their  regiments.  The  position  for  each 
corps  in  case  of  attack  is  carefully  pointed  out  by  the  Gen- 
erals. 

HEAD-QUARTERS. 

545.  Generals  take  post  at  the  centre  of  their  commands, 
on  the  main  channels  of  communication.  If  troops  bivouac 
in  presence  of  the  enemy,  the  Generals  bivouac  with  them. 

MILITARY  EXERCISES. 

546.  When  troops  remain  in  camp  or  cantonment  many 
days,  the  Colonels  require  them  to  be  exercised  in  the  school 
of  the  battalion  and  squadron.  Regiments  and  brigades  en- 
camped by  division  are  not  united  for  drills  without  the  per- 
mission of  the  General  of  division.  The  troops  must  not 
be  exercised  at  the  firings  without  the  authority  of  the  Gen- 
eral commanding-in-chief.  The  pratice  of  the  drums  must 
never  begin  with  the  "general,"  or  the  "march  of  the  regi- 
ment ;"  nor  the  trumpets  with  the  sound  "  to  horse."  The 
hour  for  pratice  is  always  announced. 


69 


ORDERS. 


547.  In  the  field,  verbal  orders  and  important  scaled  orders 
^re  carried  by  ofBcers,  and,  if  possible,  by  staff  officers. — 
When  orders  are  carried  by  orderlies,  the  place  and  time  of 
departure  will  be  marked  on  them,  and  place  and  time  of 
deliyery  on  the  receipt. 

DISPATCHES. 

548.  Dispatches,  particularly  for  distant  corps,  should  be 
intrusted  only  to  officers  to  whom  their  contents  can  be  con- 
•fided.  In  a  country  occupied  by  the  enemy,  the  bearer  of 
dispatches  should  be  accompanied  by  at  least  two  of  the 
best  mounted  men  ;  should  avoid  towns  and  villages  and  the 
main  roads ;  rest  as  little  as  possible,  and  only  at  out-of-the- 
way  places.  Where  there  is  danger,  he  should  send  one  of 
the  men  in  advance,  and  be  always  ready  to  destroy  his  dis- 
patches, lie  should  be  adroit  in  answering  questions  about 
the  army,  and  not  to  be  intimidated  by  threats. 

WATCHWORDS. 

549.  The  parole  and  countersign  are  issued  daily  from  the 
principal  head -quarters  of  the  command.  The  countersign 
is  given  to  the  sentinels  and  non-commissioned  officers  of 
■guards.  The  parole  is  usually  the  name  of  a  general,  the 
•countersign  of  a  battle. 

550.  When  the  parole  and  countersign  cannot  be  commu- 
nicated daily  to  a  post  or  detachment'which  ought  to  use 
the  same  as  the  main  body,  a  series  of  words  may  be  sent 
for  some  days  in  advance. 

551.  If  the  countersign  is  lost,  or  one  of  the  guards  de- 
serts with  it,  the  commander  on  the  spot  will  substitute 
another,  and  report  the  case  at  once  to  the  proper  superior, 
that  immediate  notice  may  be  given  to  head-quarters. 

ISSUES. 

553.  At  what  time  and  for  what  period  issues  are  made, 
must  depend  on  circumstances,  and  be  regulated  in  orders. 
When  an  army  is  not  moving,  rations  are  generally  issued 
for  four  days  at  a  time.  Issues  to  the  companies  of  a  regi- 
ment, and  the  fatigues  to  receive  them,  are  superintended 
by  an  officer  detailed  from  the  regiment.  Issues  are  made 
from  one  end  of  the  line  to  the  other,  beginning  on  the  right 
.and  left  alternately.  An  issue  commenced  on  one  regiment 
will  not  be  interrupted  for  another  entitled  to  precedence  if 
at  had  been  in  place. 


70 


THE  ROSTER,  OR  DETAILS  FOR  SERVICE. 

553.  The  duties  performed  by  detail  are  of  three  classes. 
The  first  class  comprises,  1st,  grand  guards  and  outposts; 
2d,  interior  guards,  as  of  magazine,  hospital,  etc. ;  3d,  order- 
lies ;  4th,  police  guards. 

The  second  class  comprises,  1st,  detachments  to  protect 
laborers  on  military  works,  as  field-works,  communications, 
etc. ;  2d,  working  parties  on  such  work ;  3d,  detachments  to 
protect  fatigues. 

The  third  class  are  all  fatigues,  without  arms,  m  or  out  of 
camp. 

In  the  cavalry,  stable-guards  fonn  a  separate  roster,  and 
count  before  fatigue. 

554.  The  rosters  are  distinct  for  each  class.  Officers  are 
named  on  them  in  the  order  of  rank.  The  details  are  takeu 
in  succession  in  order  of  the  roster,  beginning  at  the  head. 

555.  Lieutenants  form  one  roster,  and  first  and  second 
Lieutenants  are  entered  on  it  alternately.  The  senior  first 
Lieutenant  is  the  first  on  the  roster;  the  senior  second  Lieu- 
tenant is  the  second,  etc.  The  Captains  form  one  roster^ 
and  arie  exempt  from  fatigues,  except  to  superintend  issues. 
A  Captain  commanding  a  battalion  temporarily  is  exempt 
from  detail,  and  duty  falling  to  him  passes.  Lieutenant- 
Colonels  and  Majors  are  on  one  roster.  They  may  be  de- 
tailed for  duties  of  the  first  and  second  classes,  when  the 
importance  of  the  guards  and  detachments  requires  it. 
Their  roster  is  kept  at  division  and  brigade  head-quarters.. 
In  the  company,  sergeants,  corporals  and  privates  form  dis- 
tinct rosters. 

557.  Officers,  non-commissioned  officers,  and  soldiers,  take 
duties  of  the  first  class  in  the  order  stated,  viz.,  the  first  for 
the  detail,  takes  the  grand  guards ;  the  next  the  interior 
guards ;  the  last,  the  police  guard ;  and  the  same  rule  in 
regard  to  the  details  and  duties  of  the  second  class.  In  the 
detail  for  the  third  class,  the  senior  officer  take  the  largest 
party.  Tiie  party  first  for  detail  takes  the  service  out  of 
camp. 

557.  When  the  officer  whose  tour  it  is,  is  not  able  to  take 
it,  or  is  not  present  at  the  hour  of  marching,  the  next  after 
him  takes  it.  When  a  guard  has  passed  the  chain  of  senti- 
nels, or  an  interior  guard  has  reached  its  post,  the  officer 
whose  tour  it  was  cannot  then  take  it.  He  takes  the  tour  of 
the  officer  who  has  taken  his.  When  an  officer  is  prevented 
by  sickness  from  taking  his  tour,  it  passes.  These  rules  apply 
equally  to  non-commissioned  afficers  and  soldiers. 


71 

558.  Duties  of  the  first  and  second  classes  arc  credited  on 
the  roster  when  the  guard  or  detachments  have  passed  the 
chain  of  sentinels,  or  an  interior  guard  has  reached  its  post ; 
fatigue  duties  when  the  parties  have  passed  the  chain,  or  be- 
gun the  duties  in  camp. 

559.  Every  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier,  on 
duty  of  the  first  class,  or  who  is  of  the  next  detail  for  such 
duty,  takes,  when  relieved,  the  duty  of  the  second  or  third 
class  that  has  fallen  to  him  during  that  time,  unless  he  has 
marched  for  detachment  of  more  than  twenty-four  hours. 

560.  Soldiers  march  with  knapsacks  on  all  duties  of  the 
first  class;  and  with  arms  and  equipments  complete  on  all 
w^orking  parties  out  of  the  camp,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
In  the  cavalry,  horses  are  packed  for  all  mounted  service. 

561.  In  the  cavalry,  dismounted  men,  and  those  whose 
horses  are  not  in  order,  are  preferred  for  the  detail  for  dis- 
mounted service.  Those  who  are  mounted  are  never  em- 
ployed on  those  services,  if  the  number  of  the  other  class 
are  sufficient. 

562.  Every  non-commissioned  officer  and  soldier  in  the 
cavalry  detailed  for  dismounted  service,  must,  before  he 
marches,  take  to  the  First  Sergeant  of  the  troop,  or  Ser- 
geant of  his  squad,  his  horse  equipments  and  his  valise 
ready  packed.  In  case  of  alarm,  the  First  Sergeant  sees 
that  the  horses  of  these  men  are  equipped  and  led  to  the  ren- 
dezvous. 

563.  These  rules  in  regard  to  the  roster  apply  also  to  ser- 
vice in  garrison. 

POLICE  GUARD. 

564.  In  each  regiment  a  police  guard  is  detailed  every  day, 
consisting  of  two  sergeants,  three  corporals,  two  drummers, 
and  men  enough  to  furnish  the  required  sentinels  and 
patrol.  The  men  are  taken  from  all  the  companies,  from 
each  in  proportion  to  it  strength.  The  guard  is  commanded 
by  a  Lieutenant,  under  the  supervision  of  a  Captain,  as  regi- 
mental officer  of  the  da.y.  It  furnishes  ten  sentinels  at  the 
camp ;  one  over  the  arms  of  the  guard ;  one  at  the  Colonel's 
tent ;  three  on  the  color  front,  one  of  them  over  the  colors ; 
three,  fifty  paces  in  rear  of  the  field  officers'  tents ;  and  one 
on  each  flank,  between  it  and  the  next  regiment.  If  it  is  a 
flank  regiment,  one  more  sentinel  is  posted  on  the  outer 
flank. 

565.  An  advanced  post  is  detached  from  the  police  guard, 


72 

composed  of  a  sergeant,  a  corporal,  a  drummer,  and  nine 
men,  to  furnish  i  sentinels  and  the  guard  over  the  pris- 
oners. The  men  are  the  first  of  the  guard  roster  from  each 
company.  The  men  of  the  advanced  post  must  not  leave 
it  under  any  pretext.  Their  meals  are  not  sent  to  the  post. 
The  advanced  post  furnishes  three  sentinels;  two  a  few 
paces  in  front  of  the  post,  opposite  the  right  and  left  wing 
of  the  rigiment,  posted  so  as  to  see  as  far  as  possible  to  the 
front,  and  one  over  the  arms. 

566.  In  the  cavalry,  dismounted  men  are  employed  in 
preference  on  the  police  guard.  The  mounted  men  on 
guard  are  sent  in  succession,  a  part  at  a  time,  to  groom 
their  horses.  The  advanced  post  is  always  formed  of  moun- 
ted men. 

567.  In  each  company,  a  coporal  has  charge  of  the  stable- 
guard.  His  tour  begims  at  retreat,  and  ends  at  morning 
stable-call.  The  stable-guard  is  large  enough  to  relieve  the 
men  on  post  every  two  hours.  They  sleep  in  their  tents  and 
are  called  by  the  corporal, .when  wanted.  At  retreat  he 
closes  the  streets  of  the  camp  with  cords,  or  uses  other  pre- 
cautions to  prevent  the  escape  of  loose  horses. 

568.  The  officer  of  the  day  is  charged  with  the  order  and 
cleanliness  of  the  camp ;  a  fatigue  is  furnished  to  him  when 
the  number  of  prisoners  is  insufficient  to  clean  the  camp. 
He  has  the  calls  beaten  by  the  drummer  of  the  guard. 

566-  The  police  guard  and  the  advanced  post  pay  the  same 
honors  as  other  guards.  They  take  arms  when  an  armed 
body  approaches. 

570.  The  sentinel  over  the  colors  has  orders  not  to  permit 
them  to  be  moved,  except  in  presence  of  an  escort ;  to  let 
no  one  touch  them  but  the  color-bearer,  or  the  sergeant 
of  the  police  guard  when  he  is  accompanied  by  two  armed 
men. 

571.  The  sentinel  on  the  color  front  permit  no  soldier  to 
take  arms  from  the  stacks,  except  by  order  of  some  officer, 
or  a  non-commissioned  officer  of  the  guard.  The  sentinel 
at  the  ColoneVs  tent  has  orders  to  warn  him,  day  or  night, 
of  any  unusual  movement  in  or  about  the  camp. 

572.  The  sentinels  on  the  front,  flanks,  and  rear,  see  that 
no  soldier  leaves  camp  with  horse  or  arms,  unless  conducted 
by  a  non-commissioned  officer.  They  prevent  non-commis- 
sioned officers  and  soldiers  from  passing  out  at  night,  except 
to  go  to  the  sinks,  and  mark  if  they  return.  They  arrest,  at 
any  time,  suspicious  persons  prowling  about  the  camp,  and 


T3 

at  night,  every  one  who  attempts  to  enter,  even  the  soldiers 
of  other  corps.  Arrested  persons  are  sent  to  the  oflacer  of 
the  guard,  who  sends  them,  if  necessary,  to  the  officer  of 
the  day. 

573.  The  sentinels  on  the  front  of  the  advanced  post  have 
orders  to  permit  neither  non-commissioned  officers  nor  sol- 
diers to  pass  the  line,  without  reporting  at  the  advanced 
post ;  to  warn  the  advanced  post  of  the  approach  of  any 
armed  body,  and  to  arrest  all  suspicious  persons.  The  ser- 
geant sends  persons  so  arrested  to  the  officer  of  the  guard, 
and  warns  hira  of  the  approach  of  any  armed  body. 

574.  The  sentinel  over  the  arms  at  the  advanced  post 
guards  the  prisoners  and  keeps  sight  of  them,  and  suffers  no 
one  to  converse  with  them  without  permissioH.  They  are 
only  permitted  to  go  to  the  sinks  one  at  a  time,  and  under  a 
sentinel. 

575.  If  any  one  is  to  be  passed  out  of  camp  at  night,  the 
officer  of  the  guard  sends  him  under  escort  to  the  advanced 
post,  and  the  sergeant  of  the  post  has  him  passed  over  the 
chain. 

576.  At  retreat  the  officer  of  the  guard  has  the  roll  of  hia 
guard  called,  and  inspects  arms,  to  see  that  they  are  loaded 
and  in  order;  and  visits  the  advanced  post  for  the  same  pur- 
pose. The  Sergeant  of  the  police  guard,  accompanied  by 
two  armed  soldiers,  folds  the  colors  and  lays  them  on  the 
trestle  in  tlie  rear  of  the  arms.  He  sees  that  the  sutler's 
stores  are  then  closed,  and  the  men  leave  them,  and  that  the 
kitchen  fires  are  put  out  at  the  appointed  hour. 

577.  The  officer  of  the  day  satisfies  himself  frequently 
during  the  night,  of  the  vigilance  of  the  police  guard  and 
advanced  post.  He  prescribes  patrols  and  rounds  to  be 
made  by  the  officer  and  non-commissioned  officers  of  the 
guard.  The  officer  of  the  guard  orders  them  when  he  thinks 
necessary.    He  visits  the  sentinels  frequently. 

578.  At  reveille,  the  police  guard  takes  arms;  the  officer 
of  the  guard  inspects  it  and  the  advanced  post.  The  Ser- 
g'eant  replants  the  colors  in  place.  At  retreat  and  reveille 
the  advanced  post  takes  arms ;  the  Sergeant  makes  his  report 
to  the  officer  of  the  guard  when  he  visits  the  post. 

571).  When  necessary,  the  camp  is  covered  at  night  with 
small  outposts,  forming  a  double  chain  of  sentinels.  These 
posts  are  under  the  orders  of  the  commander  of  the  police 
guard,  and  are  visited  by  his  patrols  and  rounds. 

580.  The  officer  of  the  guard  makes  his  report  of  his  tour 


14 

of  service,  including  the  advanced  post,  and  sends  it,  after 
the  guard  is  marched  off,  to  the  oflicer  of  the  day. 

581.  When  the  regiment  marches,  the  men  of  the  police 
guard  return  to  their  companies,  except  tliose  of  the  advanced 
post.  In  the  cavalry,  at  the  sound  "boot  and  saddle,"  the 
officer  of  the  guard  sends  one  half  the  men  to  saddle  and 
pack;  when  the  regiment  assembles,  all  the  men  join  it. 

582.  When  the  camping-party  precedes  the  regiment,  and 
the  new  police  guard  marches  with  the  camping-party,  the 
guard,  on  reaching  the  camp,  forms  in  line  thirty  paces  in 
front  of  the  centre  of  the  ground  marked  for  the  regiment. 
The  officer  of  the  guard  furnishes  the  sentinels  required  by 
the  commander  of  the  camping-party.  The  advanced  post 
takes  its  station. 

583.  The  advanced  post  of  the  old  police  guard  takes 
charge  of  the  prisoners  on  the  march,  and  marches,  bayonets 
fixed,  at  the  centre  of  the  regiment.  On  reaching  camp,  it 
turns  over  the  prisoners  to  the  new  advanced  post. 

584.  The  detail  for  the  picket  is  made  daily,  after  the 
details  for  duty  of  the  first  class,  and  from  the  next  for  detail 
on  the  roster  of  that  class.  It  is  designed  to  furnish  detach- 
ments and  guards,  unexpectedly  called  for,  in  the  twenty-four 
hours ;  it  counts  as  a  tour  of  the  first  class  to  those  who 
have  marched  on  detachment  or  guard,  or  who  have  passed 
the  night  in  bivouac. 

585.  The  officers,  non-commissioned  officers,  and  soldiers 
of  the  picket  are  at  all  times  dressed  and  equipped ;  the 
horses  are  saddled,  and  knapsacks  and  valises  ready  to  be 
put  on. 

586.  Detachments  and  guards  from  the  picket  are  taken 
from  the  head  of  the  picket-roll  in  each  company,  and,  if 
possible,  equally  from  each  company.  The  picket  of  a  regi- 
ment is  composed  of  a  Lieutenant,  two  Sergeants,  four 
Corporals,  a  drummer  and  about  forty  privates.  For  a 
smaller  force  the  picket  is  in  proportion  to  the  strength  ot 
the  detachment. 

587.  Officers  and  men  of  the  picket  who  march  on  detach- 
ment or  guard  before  retreat,  will  be  replaced. 

588.  The  picket  is  assembled  by  the  Adjutant  at  guard- 
mounting  ;  it  is  posted  twelve  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  guard, 
and  is  inspected  by  its  own  commander.  When  the  guard 
has  marched  in  review,  the  commandant  of  the  picket 
marches  it  to  the  left  of  the  police  guard,  where  it  stacks  its 
arms,  and  is  dismissed ;  the  arms  are  under  charge  of  the 
sentinel  of  the  police  guard. 


589.  The  picket  is  only  assembled  by  the  orders  of  the 
Colonel  or  oflicer  of  the  daj-.  It  forms  on  the  left  of  the 
police  guard. 

590.  Tlie  ofilcer  of  the  day  requires  the  roll  of  the  picket 
to  be  called  frequently  during  the  day;  the  call  is  sounded 
from  the  police  guard.  At  roll-calls  and  inspections,  infantry 
pickets  assemble  with  knapsacks  on  ;  cavalry  on  foot.  The 
picket  is  assembled  at  retreat ;  the  officer  has  the  roll  called, 
and  inspects  the  arms.  The  picket  sleep  in  tbeir  tents,  but 
without  undressing. 

591.  The  picket  does  not  assemble  at  night  except  in  cases 
of  alarm,  or  when  the  whole  or  a  part  is  to  march;  then  the 
officer  of  the  day  calls  the  officers,  the  latter  the  non-com- 
missioned officers,  and  these  the  men,  for  which  purpose 
each  ascertains  the  tents  of  those  he  is  to  call,  they  are 
assembled  without  beat  of  drum  or  other  noise.  At  night, 
cavalry  pickets  assemble  mounted. 

592.  Pickets  rejoin  their  companies  whenever  the  regiment 
is  under  arms  for  review,  drill,  march,  or  battle. 

GRAND   GUARDS   AND   OTHER  OUTPOSTS. 

593.  Grand  guards  are  the  advanced  posts  of  a  camp  or 
cantonment,  and  should  cover  the  approaches  to  it.  Their 
number,  strength,  and  position,  are  regulated  by  the  com- 
manders of  brigades ;  in  detached  corps,  by  the  command- 
ing officer.  When  it  can  be,  the  grand  guards  of  cavalry 
and  infantry  are  combined,  the  cavalry  furnishing  the 
advanced  sentinels.  When  the  cavalry  is  weak,  the  grand 
guards  are  infantry,  but  furnished  with  a  few  cavalry  soldiers, 
to  get  and  carry  intelligence  of  the  enemy. 

594.  The  strength  of  the  grand  guard  of  a  brigade  will 
depend  on  its  object  and  the  strength  of  the  regiments,  the 
nature  of  the  country,  the  position  of  the  enemy,  and  the 
disposition  of  the  inha])itants.  It  is  usually  commanded  by 
a  Captain. 

595.  Under  the  supervision  of  the  Generals  of  Division 
and  Brigade,  the  grand  guards  are  specially  under  the 
direction  of  a  field  officer  of  the  day  in  each  brigade.  In 
case  of  necessity,  Captains  may  be  added  to  the  roster  of 
Lieutenant-Colonels  and  Majors  for  this  detail. 

590.  Staff  officers  sent  from  division  head-quarter.^  to 
inspect  the  posts  of  grand  guards,  give  them  orders  only  in 
urgent  cases,  and  in  the  absence  of  the  field  officer  of  the 
day  of  the  brigade. 


16 

597.  Grand  guards  usually  mount  at  the  same  time  as  the 
other  guards,  but  may  mount  before  daybreak  if  the  General 
of  Brigade  thinks  it  necessary  to  double  the  outposts  at  that 
time.  In  this  case  they  assemble  and  march  without  noise, 
and  during  their  march  throw  out  scouts ;  this  precaution 
should  always  be  taken  in  the  first  posting  of  a  grand 
guard.  The  doubling  of  guards  weakens  the  corps  and 
fatigues  the  men,  and  should  seldom  be  resorted  to,  and 
never  when  preparing  to  march  or  fight. 

598.  A  grand  guard  is  conducted  to  his  post  in  the  first 
instance,  by  the  field  oflScer  of  the  day,  guided  by  a  stafi" 
officer  who  accompanied  the  General  in  his  reconnoissance. 
After  the  post  has  been  established,  the  cammander  sends 
to  the  field  officer  of  the  day,  when  necessary,  a  soldier  of  the 
guard  to  guide  the  relieying  guard  to  the  post.  He  also 
sends  to  him  in  the  evening  a  corporal  or  trusty  man  of  the 
guard  for  the  note  containing  the  parole  and  countersign, 
and  sends  them  before  dark  to  the  detached  posts.  He  will 
not  suffer  his  guard  to  be  relieved  except  by  a  guard  of  the 
brigade,  or  by  special  orders. 

599.  If  there  is  no  pass  to  be  observed  or  defended,  the 
grand  guards  are  placed  near  the  centre  of  the  ground  they 
are  to  observe,  on  sheltered,  and  if  possible,  high  ground, 
the  better  to  conceal  their  strength  and  observe  the  enemy  ; 
they  ought  not  to  be  placed  near  the  edge  of  a  wood.  "When, 
during  the  day,  they  are  placed  very  near  or  in  sight  of  the 
enemy,  they  fall  back  at  night  on  posts  selected  farther  to 
the  rear. 

600.  In  broken  or  mountainous  countries,  and  particularly 
if  the  inhabitants  are  ill-disposed,  intermediate  posts  must 
be  established  when  it  is  necessary  to  post  the  grand  guard 
distant  from  the  camp. 

601.  Grand  guards  are  chiefly  to  watch  the  enemy  in  front ; 
their  flanks  are  protected  by  each  other,  and  the  camp  must 
furnish  posts  to  protect  their  rear  and  secure  their  retreat. 

602.  Grand  guards  are  seldom  intrenched,  and  never 
without  the  orders  of  the  General,  except  by  a  barricade  or 
ditch  when  exposed  in  a  plain  to  attacks  of  cavalry. 

603.  The  General  of  Division,  if  he  thinks  proper,  changes 
the  stations  and  orders  of  these  guards,  and  establishes  posts 
to  connect  the  brigades  or  protect  the  exterior  flanks. 

604.  After  a  grand  guard  is  posted,  the  first  care  of  the 
commander  ancl  of  the  field  officer  of  the  day  is  to  get  news 
of  the   enemy;  then  to  reconnoitre  his  position,  and  the 


roads,  bridges,  fords  and  defiles.  This  reconnoissance 
determines  the  force  and  position  of  the  small  posts  and 
their  sentinels  day  and  night.  These  posts,  according  to 
their  importance,  are  commanded  by  officers  or  non-com- 
missioned officers ;  the  cavalry  posts  may  be  relieved  every 
four  or  eight  hours. 

60-5.  The  commander  of  a  grand  guard  receives  detailed 
instructions  from  the  General  and  field  officer  of  the  day  of 
the  brigade,  and  instructs  the  commanders  of  the  small 
posts  as  to  their  duties  and  the  arrangements  for  defense  or 
retreat.  The  commanders  of  grand  guards  mav,  in  urgent 
cases,  change  the  positions  of  the  small  posts.  If  the  small 
posts  are  to  change  their  positions  at  night,  they  wait  until 
the  grand  guard  have  got  into  position,  and  darkness  hides 
their  movements  from  the  enemy ;  then  march  silently  and 
rapidly  under  the  charge  of  an  officer. 

606.  In  detached  corps,  small  posts  of  picked  men  are  at 
night  sent  forward  on  the  roads  by  which  the  enemy  may 
attack  or  turn  the  position.  They  watch  the  forks  of  the 
roads,  keep  silence,  conceal  themselves,  light  no  fires,  and 
often  change  place.  They  announce  the  approach  of  the 
enemy  by  signals  agreed  upon,  and  retreat,  by  routes  exam- 
ined during  the  day,  to  places  selected,  and  rejoin  the  guard 
at  daybreak. 

607.  Grand  guards  have  special  orders  in  each  case,  and 
the  following  in  all  cases :  to  inform  the  nearest  posts  and 
the  field  officer  of  the  day,  or  the  General  of  Brigade,  of  the 
march  and  movements  of  the  enemy,  and  of  the  attacks 
they  receive  or  fear ;  to  examine  every  person  passing  near 
the  post,  particularly  those  coming  from  without ;  to  arrest 
suspicious  persons,  and  all  soldiers  and  camp-followers  who 
try  to  pass  out  without  permission,  and  to  send  to  the  Gen- 
earl,  unless  otherwise  directed,  all  country  people  who 
come  in. 

608.  All  out-guards  stand  to  arms  at  night  on  the  approach 
of  patrols,  rounds,  or  other  parties ;  the  sentinel  over  the 
arms  has  orders  to  call  them  out. 

609.  Advanced  posts  will  not  take  arms  for  inspection  or 
ceremony  when  it  would  expose  them  to  the  view  of  the 
enemy. 

610.  Grand  guards  are  often  charged  with  the  care  and 
working  of  telegraph  signals. 

611.  The  sentinels  and  vedettes  are  placed  on  points  from 
which  they  can  see  farthest,  taking  care  not  to  break  their 


78 

connection  with  each  other  or  with  their  posts.  They  are 
concealed  from  the  enemy  as  much  as  possible  by  walls,  or 
trees,  or  elevated  ground.  It  is  generally  even  of  more 
advantage  not  co  be  seen  than  to  see  far.  They  should  not 
he  placed  near  covers,  where  the  enemy  may  capture  them. 
61?,  A  sentinel  should  always  be  ready  to  fire;  vedettes 
carry  their  pistols  or  carbines  in  their  hands.  A  sentinel 
must  be  sure  of  the  presence  of  an  enemy  before  he  fires; 
once  satisfied  of  that,  he  must  fire,  though  all  defense  on  his 
part  be  useless,  as  the  safety  of  the  post  may  depend  on  it. 
Sentinels  fire  on  all  persons  deserting  to  the  enemy. 

613.  If  the  post  must  be  where  a  sentinel  on  it  cannot 
communicate  with  the  guard,  a  Corporal  and  three  men  are 
detached  for  it,  or  the  sentinels  are  doubled,  that  one  may 
communicate  with  the  guard.  During  the  day  the  commu- 
nication may  be  made  by  signals,  such  as  raising  a  cap  or 
handkerchief.  At  night  sentinels  are  placed  on  low  ground, 
the  better  to  see  objects  against  the  sky. 

614.  To  lessen  the  duty  of  rounds,  and  keep  more  men  on 
the  alert  at  night,  sentinels  are  relieved  every  hour.  To 
prevent  sentinels  from  being  surprised,  it  is  sometimes  well 
to  precede  the  countersign  by  signals,  such  as  striking  the 
musket  with  the  hand,  striking  the  hands  together,  &c. 

615.  On  the  approach  of  any  one  at  night,  the  sentinel 
orders — '■' Halt  P''  If  the  order  is  not  obeyed  after  once 
repeated,  he  fires.  If  obeyed,  he  calls—"  Who  goes  there ./" 
If  answered — ^''Bounds'''  or  '■'■Patrol,^''  he  says — '''■Advance 
tciththe  countersigny  If  more  than  one  advance  at  the  same 
time,  or  the  person  who  advances  fails  to  give  the  counter- 
sign or  signal  agreed  on,  the  sentinel  fires,  and  falls  back  on 
his  guard.  The  sentmel  over  the  arms,  as  soon  as  his  hail 
is  answered,  turns  out  the  guard,  and  the  Corporal  goes  to 
reconnoitre.  When  it  is  desirable  to  hide  the  position  of  the 
sentinel  from  the  enemy,  the  hail  is  replaced  by  signals;  the 
sentinel  gives  the  signal,  and  those  approaching  the  counter- 
fcignal. 

616.  With  raw  troops,  or  when  the  light  troops  of  the 
enemy  are  numerous  or  active,  and  when  the  country  is 
broken  or  wooded,  the  night  stormy  or  dark,  sentinels  should 
be  doubled.  In  this  case,  while  one  watches,  the  other 
called  a  flying  sentinel,  moves  about,  examining  the  paths 
and  hollows. 

617.  The  commandants  of  grand  guards  visit  the  sentinels 
often ;  change  their  positions  when  necessary  ;  make  them 


to 

repeat  their  orders;  teach  tbcm  under  what  circumstances 
and  at  what  signals  to  retire,  and  particularly  not  to  fall 
back  directly  on  their  guard  if  pursued,  but  to  lead  the 
enemy  in  a  circuit. 

618.  At  night,  half  the  men  of  the  grand  guard  off  post 
watch  under  arms,  while  the  rest  lie  down,  arms  by  their 
side.  The  liorses  are  always  bridled;  tlie  horsemen  hold 
the  reins,  and  must  not  sleep. 

619.  When  a  grand  guard  of  cavalry  is  so  ]ilaced  as  not 
to  be  liable  to  a  sudden  attack  from  the  enemy,  the  General 
may  permit  the  liorses  to  be  fed  during  the  night,  unbridling 
for  this  purpose  a  few  at  a  time— the  horsemen  being  vigi- 
lant to  prevent  them  from  escaping. 

620.  An  hour  betore  break  of  da}'-,  infantry  grand  guards 
stand  to  arms,  and  cavalry  mount.  At  the  advanced  posts, 
some  of  the  infantry  are  all  night  under  arms,  some  of  the 
cavalry  on  horseback. 

631.  The  commander  of  a  grand  guard  regulates  the  num- 
bers, the  hours,  and  the  march  of  patrols  and  rounds,  accord- 
ing to  the  strength  of  his  troop  and  the  necessity  for  precau- 
tion; and,  accompanied  by  those  who  are  to  command  the 
patrols  and  rounds  during  the  night,  he  will  reconnoitre  all 
the  routes  they  are  to  follow. 

622.  Patrols  and  rounds  march  slowly,  in  silence,  and  with 
great  precaution  ;  halt  frequently  to  listen  and  examine  the 
ground.  The  rounds  consist  of  an  officer  or  non-commis- 
sioned officer  and  two  or  three  men. 

623.  Towards  break  of  day  the  patrols  ought  to  be  more 
frequent,  and  sent  to  greater  distances.  They  examine  the 
hollow-ways,  and  ground  likely  to  conceal  an  enemy,  but 
with  great  caution,  to  avoid  being  cut  off,  or  engaged  in  an. 
unequal  combat;  if  they  meet  the  enemy,  they  fire  and  at- 
tempt to  stop  his  march.  While  the  patrols  are  out,  the 
posts  are  under  arms. 

624.  Cavalry  patrols  should  examine  the  country  to  a 
greater  distance  than  infantry,  and  report  to  the  infantry 
guard  every  thing  they  observe.  The  morning  patrol  and 
scouts  do  not  return  until  broad  daylight ;  and  when 
they  return,  the  night  sentinels  are  withdrawn,  and  the  posts 
for  the  day  resumed. 

625.  When  patrols  are  sent  beyond  the  advanced  posts 
the  posts  and  sentinels  should  be  warned. 

626.  On  their  return,  commanders  of  patrols  report  in 
regard  to  the  ground  and  every  thing  they  have  observed  of 


80 

the  movements  of  the  enemy,  or  of  his  posts,  and  the  com- 
mandant of  the  grand  guard  reports  to  the  field  officer  of 
the  day. 

627.  The  fires  of  grand  guards  should  be  hidden  by  a  wall, 
or  ditch,  or  other  screen.  To  deceive  the  enemy,  fires  are 
sometimes  made  on  ground  not  occupied.  Fires  are  not  per- 
mitted at  small  posts  liable  to  surprise. 

628.  The  horses  of  cavalry  guards  are  watered  or  led  by 
detachments ;  during  which  the  rest  are  ready  to  mount. 

629.  If  a  body  of  troops  attempt  to  enter  the  camp  at 
night,  unless  their  arrival  has  been  announced,  or  the  com- 
mander is  known  to,  or  is  the  bearer  of  a  written  order  to 
the  commander  of  the  grand  guard,  he  stops  them,  and 
sends  the  commander  under  escort  to  the  field  officer  of  the 
day,  and  warns  the  posts  near  him. 

630.  Bearers  of  flags  are  not  permitted  to  pass  the  outer 
chain  of  sentinels ;  their  faces  are  turned  from  the  post  or 
army;  if  necessary  their  eyes  are  bandaged ;  anon-commis- 
sioned officer  stays  with  them  to  prevent  indiscretion  of  the 
sentinels.  ^ 

631.  The  commandant  of  the  grand  guard  receipts  for 
dispaches,  and  sends  them  to  the  field  officer  of  the  day  or 
General  of  Brigade,  and  dismisses  the  bearer ;  but  if  he  has 
discovered  what  ought  to  be  concealed  from  the  enemy,  he 
is  detained  as  long  as  necessary. 

632.  Deserters  are  disarmed  at  the  advanced  posts,  and 
sent  to  the  commander  of  the  grand  guard,  who  gets  from 
them  all  the  information  he  can  concerning  his  post.  If 
many  come  at  night,  they  are  received  cautiously^  a  few  at  a 
time.  They  are  sent  in  the  morning  to  the  field  officer  of 
the  day,  or  to  the  nearest  post  or  camp,  to  be  conducted  to 
the  General  of  the  brigade.  All  suspected  persons  are 
searched  by  commanders  of  the  posts. 

633.  When  an  enemy  advances  to  attack,  unless  he  is  in 
too  great  force,  or  the  grand  guard  is  to  defend  an  intrenched 
post  or  a  defile,  it  will  take  the  position  and  execute  the 
movements  to  check  the  enemy,  acting  as  skirmishers,  or 
fighting  in  close  or  open  order,  as  may  be  best.  The  guard 
joins  its  corps  when  in  line,  or  when  a  sufficient  number  of 
troops  have  reached  the  ground  it  defends. 

INTRENCHED  POSTS. 

634.  Unless  the  army  be  acting  on  the  defensive,  no  po5t 
should  be  intrenched,  except  to  cover  the  weak  parts  of  the 


ii 

line,  or  at  points  which  the  enemy  can  not  avoid,  or  in 
mountain  warfare,  or  to  close  a  defile,  or  to  cover  winter 
cjuarters. 

635.  Posts  connected  with  the  operations  of  an  army  are 
intrenched  only  by  order  of  the  General  commanding-in- 
chief  or  a  General  of  Division. 

Q'SG.  Any  intrenchment  that  requires  artillery  is  considered 
as  a  post,  and  a  guard  or  garrison  and  commander  are  as- 
signed to  it. 

637.  The  General  who  establishes  an  intrenched  post  gives 
to  its  commander  detailed  instructions  in  regard  to  its  de- 
fense, and  the  circumstances  under  which  the  defense  should 
€ease. 

638.  The  commander  reconnoitres  his  post;  distributes 
the  troops;  posts  the  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers; 
forms  a  reserve ;  gives  orders  for  all  contingencies  he  can 
foresee;  supposes  an  attack,  and  arranges  his'troops  for  de- 
fense, so  as  to  prepare  them  for  attack,  day  or  night. 

639.  In  dark  weather  he  redoubles  his  vigilance,  and 
changes  the  hours  and  direction  of  the  rounds  and  patrols 
He  permit  no  flags  of  truce,  deserters,  or  strangers  to  enter. 
If  a  flag  ought  to  pass  his  post,  he  bandages  his  eyes.  He 
refuses  admittance  to  a  relief  or  any  other  party  until  he  has 
carefully  examined  them.  In  case  of  an  attack,  he  does  not 
wait  for  order  or  hold  a  council.  Having  defended  his  post 
to  the  last  extremity,  or  till  the  purpose  of  the  denfense,  ac- 
cording to  his  instruction,  is  answerered,  he  may  then  spike 
liis  guns  and  rejoin  the  army  under  cover  of  night,  or  bv 
cutting  his  way  through  the  enemy. 

DETACIIMENT8, 

''i^  640.  When  a  detachment  is  to  be  formed  from  the  ditfer- 
ent  regiments  of  a  brigade,  the  Assistant  Adjutant-General 
of  the  brigade  assembles  it,  and  turns  it  over  to  the  com- 
mander. 

641.  When  a  detachment  is  to  be  formed  from  different 
brigades,  the  Assistant  Adjutant-General  in  each  forms  the 
contingent  of  the  brigade,  and  sends  it  to  place  of  assembling. 

642.  Detachments  are  generally  formed  by  taking  battal- 
ions, squrdrons  companies,  platoons,  in  turn,  accordiug  to 
the  roster  for  such  detail. 

643.  When  the  detachment  is  to  consist  of  men  from 
every  company  or  troop,  the  first  on  the  roster  for  guard  are 
taken. 


82 

644.  Officers,  non-cornmissioned  officers,  and  soldiers^ 
whose  tour  it  is  to  go  on  detachment,  if  employed  otherwise 
at  the  time,  are  relieved  from  the  duty  they  are  on,  if  they 
can  reach  the  camp  in  time  to  march  with  the  detachment. 

G45.  When  detachments  meet,  the  command  is  regulated 
"while  they  serve  together  as  if  they  formed  one  detachment. 
But  the  senior  officers  cannot  prevent  the  commander  of 
any  detachment  from  moving,  when  he  thinks  proper,  to  ex- 
ecute the  orders  he  has  received. 

G40.  On  the  return  of  the  detachment,  the  commander 
reports  to  the  head-quarters  from  which  he  received  his 
orders. 

RECONNOISSANCES. 

647.  Near  an  enemy,  daily  reconnoissances  are  made  to 
observe  the  ground  in  front  and  to  discover  whether  the  ad- 
vanced guards  of  the  enemy  have  been  increased  or  put  in 
motion,  or  any  other  sign  of  his  preparation  for  march  or 
action. 

648.  They  are  made  by  small  parties  of  cavalry  and  in- 
fantry, from  the  brigade,  under  direction  of  the  General  of 
Division  or  the  General  of  a  separate  brigade,  and  to  less 
distance  by  the  patrols  of  the  grand  guard,  and  are  not  re- 
peated at  the  same  hour  or  by  the  same  route.  On  the 
plain,  reconnoissances  are  made  by  cavalry ;  among  moun- 
tains, by  infantry,  with  a  few  horsemen  to  carry  intelli- 
gence. 

649.  Reconnoitering  parties  observe  the  following  precau- 
tions: to  leave  small  posts,  or  sentinels  at  intervals,  to  trans- 
rait  intelligence  to  the  advanced  posts  of  the  army,  unless 
the  return  is  to  be  by  a  different  route ;  to  march  with  caution, 
to  avoid  fighting ;  and  see,  if  possible,  without  being  seen; 
to  keep  an  advanced  guard;  to  send  well-mounted  men 
ahead  of  the  advanced  guard,  and  on  the  flank  of  the  party  ; 
to  instruct  the  scouts,  that  no  two  should  enter  a  defile  or 
mount  a  hill  together,  but  to  go  one  at  a  time,  while  one 
watches  to  carry  the  news  if  the  other  is  taken. 

650.  Before  daybreak  the  advanced  guard  and  scouts  are 
drawn  closer ;  the  party  then  march  slowly  and  silently, 
stop  frequently  to  listen,  and  keep  the  horses  that  neigh  in 
the  rear.  The  party  should  enter  no  wood,  defile,  village,  or 
inclosure,  until  it  has  been  fully  examined  by  the  scouts. 

651.  Special  reconnoissances  are  made  under  the  instruct- 
tion  of  the  General  in  comman<3,  by  such  officers  and  with 
tjuch  force  as  he  may  direct. 


83 

652.  Offensive  or  forced  reconnoissances  are  to  ascertain 
with  certainty  points  in  the  enemy's  position,  oi'  his  strength. 
They  are  sometimes  preludes  to  real  actions,  and  some- 
times only  demonstrations.  They  drive  in  his  outposts,  and 
sometimes  engage  special  corps  of  his  line.  They  are  only 
made  by  order  of  the  General  commanding-in-chief,  or  the 
commander  of  an  isolated  corps. 

653.  In  all  reports  of  reconnoissances,  the  officer  making 
them  shall  distinguish  expressly  what  he  has  seen  from  the 
accounts  he  has  not  been  able  to  verify  personall}'-. 

654.  In  special  and  offensive  reconnoissance,  the  report 
must  be  accompanied  by  a  field-sketch  of  the  localities,  the 
disposition  and  defenses  of  the  enemy. 

PARTISANS  AND  FLANKERS. 

655.  The  operations  of  partisan  corps  depend  on  the  na- 
ture and  theatre  of  tlie  war;  they  enter  into  the  gen- 
eral plan  of  operations,  and  are  conducted  under  the  orders 
of  the  General  commanding-in-chief. 

656.  The  composition  and  strength  of  partisan  corps  and 
detachment  of  flankers  depend  on  the  object,  the  difl3culties, 
the  distance,  and  the  probable  time  of  the  expedition. 

657.  The  purpose  of  these  isolated  corps  is  to  recomoitrc 
at  a  distance  on  the  flanks  of  the  army,  to  protect  its  opera- 
tions, to  deceive  the  enemy,  to  interrupt  his  communications, 
to  intercept  his  couriers  and  his  correspondence,  to  threaten 
or  destroy  his  magazines,  to  carry  off  his  posts  and  his  con- 
voys, or  at  all  events,  to  retard  his  march,  making^him  de- 
tach largely  for  their  protection. 

658.  While  these  corps  fatigue  the  enemy  and  embarrass 
his  operations,  they  endeavor  to  inspire  confidence  and  se- 
cure the  good-will  of  the  inhabitants  in  a  friendly  country, 
and  to  hold  them  in  check  in  an  enemy's  country. 

659.  They  move  actively,  appear  unexpectedly  on  different 
points,  m  such  a  manner  as  to  make  it  impossible  to  estimate 
their  force,  or  to  tell  whether  they  are  irregular  forces  or  an 
advanced  guard. 

660.  These  operations  require  vigilance,  secrecy,  energy, 
and  promptness.  The  partisan  commander  must  fre- 
quently supply  by  stratagem  and  audacity  what  he  wants 
in  numbers. 

661.  These  detachments  are  sometimes  composed  of  dif- 
ferent arms,  but  the  service  belongs  more  particularly  to  the 
liglit  cavalry,  which   can  move    lo  a  distance  by    rapid 


8^ 

marches,  surprise  the  enemy,  attack  unexpectedly,  and  retire 
as  promptly. 

662.  Stormy  weather,  fogs,  extreme  heat,  and  the  night 
above  all,  are  favorable  to  the  success  of  ambuscades ;  when 
the  enemy  are  careless,  the  break  of  day  is  the  best  time. 
A  partisan  commander  should  communicate  to  his  second 
in  command  his  secret  orders,  the  direction  and  object  of 
the  expedition,  and  the  different  points  of  junction  with  the 
army. 

663.  Guides  of  the  country  and  spies  are  often  necessary 
to  the  partisan.  They  are  examined  separately,  and  con- 
fronted if  their  accounts  differ.  When  there  is  but  one  guide, 
he  marches  with  the  advanced  guard,  guarded  by  two  men, 
and  bound  if  necessary.  Peddlers  and  smugglers  are  spe- 
cially suitable  for  spies. 

664.  A  fit  time  to  attack  a  convoy  is  at  a  halt,  or  when  they 
begin  to  park,  or  when  they  are  watering  or  passing  a  wood 
or  a  defile ;  at  a  bend  of  the  road,  a  bridge,  or  steep 
ascent. 

665.  The  attacking  party  may  be  principally  cavalry,  with 
some  infantry.  The  first  object  is  to  disperse  the  escort.  A 
part  of  the  detachment  attacks  the  main  body  of  the  escort, 
another  the  wagons,  and  a  third  is  in  reserve ;  skirmishers 
line  the  road,  and  try  to  cut  the  traces,  and  to  seize  the  front 
and  rear  wagons,  and  turn  them  across  the  road,  to  prevent 
the  train  from  advancing  or  retreating. 

666.  If  the  convoy  is  parked,  the  cavalry  surrounds  it,  as- 
sails the  escort,  and  tries  to  draw  it  away  from  the  train. 
The  inflmtry  then  engage  the  troops  remaining  at  the  park, 
slip  under  the  wagons,  and  get  into  the  park.  When  the  caval- 
ry is  alone  and  the  enemy  are  shaken,  they  dismount  a  por- 
tion of  the  men  to  supply  the  want  of  infantry. 

667.  If  it  is  a  large  convoy,  the  principal  attack  is  made  on 
the  centre ;  the  most  valuable  wagons  are  also  selected,  and 
additional  horses  are  put  to  them'if  the  attack  is  successful. 
Those  that  can  not  be  carried  off  are  burned. 

MARCHES. 

608.  The  object  of  the  movement  and  the  nature  of  the 
ground  determine  the  order  of  march,  the  kind  of  troops  in 
each  column,  and  the  number  of  columns. 

669.  The  force  is  divided  into  as  many  columns  as  circum- 
stances permit,  without  weakening  any  one  too  much. 
They  ought  to  preserve  their  communications,  and  be  with- 


85 

in  supporting  distance  of  each  other.  The  commander  of 
each  couhimn  ought  to  know  the  strength  and  direction  of 
the  others. 

CJO.  The  advance  and  rear  guards  are  usually  light  troops; 
their  strength  and  composition  depend  on  the  nature  of  the 
ground  and  the  position  of  the  enemy.  They  serve  to  cover 
the  movements  of  the  army,  and  to  hold  the  enemy  in 
clieck  until  the  General  has  time  to  make  his  arrangements. 

671.  The  advance  guard  is  not  always  at  the  head  of  the 
column ;  in  a  march  to  a  flank,  it  takes  such  positions  as 
cover  the  movement.  Sappers  are  attached  to  the  advanced 
guard  if  required. 

G72.  ThCgcneral,"'  sounded  one  hour  before  the  time  of 
marching,  is  the  signal  to  strike  tents,  to  load  the  wagons, 
and  pack  horses,  and  send  them  to  the  place  of  assembling. 
The  fires  are  then  put  out,  and  care  taken  to  avoid  burning 
staw,  etc.,  or  giving  to  the  enemy  any  other  indication  of 
the  movement. 

G73.  The  "march,"  will  be  beat  in  the  infantry,  and  the 
"  advance"  sounded  in  the  cavalry,  in  succession,  as  each  is 
to  take  its  place  in  the  column. 

674.  When  the  army  should  form  suddenly  to  meet  the 
enemy,  the  "  lotig  roll "  is  beat,  and  "  to  horse  "  sounded.  The 
troops  form  rapidly  in  front  of  their  camp. 

675.  Batteries  of  artillery  and  their  caissons  move  with  the 
corps  to  which  they  are  attached  ;  the  field  train  and  ambu- 
lances march  at  the  rear  of  the  column ;  and  the  baggage 
with  the  rear  guard. 

676.  Cavaliy  and  infantry  do  not  march  together,  unless 
the  proximity  of  the  enemy  makes  it  necessary. 

677.  In  cavalry  marches,  when  distant  from  the  enemy, 
each  regiment,  and,  if  possible,  each  squadron,  forms  a  sepe- 
rate  column,  in  order  to  keep  up  the  same  gait  from  front  to 
rear,  and  to  trot,  when  desirable,  on  good  ground.  In  such 
cases,  the  cavalry  may  leave  camp  later,  and  can  give  more 
rest  to  the  horses,  and  more  attention  to  the  shoeing  and 
harness.    Horses  are  not  bridled  until  the  time  to  start. 

678.  When  necessary,  the  orders  specify  the  rations  the 
men  are  to  carry  in  their  haversacks.  The  field  officers  and 
Captains  make  inspections  frequently  during  the  march  ;  at 
halts  they  examine  the  knapsacks,  valices  and  haversacks, 
and  throw  away  all  articles  not  authorized.  The  officers 
and  non-commissioned  officers  of  cavalry  companies  attend 
personally  to  the  packs  and  girths. 


86 

679.  When  it  cau  be  avoided,  troops  should  not  be  assem- 
bled on  high  roads  or  other  places  where  they  interrupt  the 
communication. 

680.  Generals  of  Division  and  commanders  of  detached 
corps  send  a  staff  officer  to  the  rendezvous,  in  advance,  to 
receive  the  troops,  who,  on  arriving,  take  their  place  in  the 
order  of  battle,  and  form  in  close  column,  unless  otherwise 
ordered.  Artiller}',  or  trains  halted  on  the  roads,  form  in 
file  on  one  side. 

681.  The  execution  of  marching  orders  must  not  be  de- 
layed. If  the  commander  is  not  ^it  the  head  of  his  troops 
when  they  are  to  march,  the  next  in  rank  puts  the  column 
in  motion 

682.  If  possible,  each  column  is  preceded  by  a  detachment 
of  sappers,  to  remove  obstacles  to  the  march,  aided,  when 
necessary,  by  infantry,  or  the  people  of  the  country.  The 
detachment  is  divided  into  two  sections;  one  stops  to  re- 
move the  first  obstacle,  the  other  moves  on  to  the  next. 

683.  In  night  .marches,  and  at  bad  places,  and  at  cross- 
roads, when  necessary,  intelligent  non-commissioned  officers 
are  posted  to  show  the  way,  and  are  relieved  by  the  regi- 
ments as  they  come  up. 

684.  On  the  march,  no  one  shall  fire  a  gun,  or  cry  '"'-liaU" 
or  "  march  "  without  orders. 

685.  Soldiers  are  not  to  stop  for  water;  the  canteens 
should  be  filled  before  starting. 

686.  It  is  better  to  avoid  Villages ;  but  if  the  route  lies 
through  them,  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  are  to 
be  vigilant  to  prevent  straggling.  Halts  should  not  take 
place  at  villages. 

687.  Besides  the  rear  guard,  the  General  sometimes  takes 
a  detachment  Irom  the  last  regiment,  and  adds  to  it  non-com- 
missioned officers  from  each  regiment,  to  examine  villages 
and  all  hiding-places  on  the  route,  to  bring  up  stragglers  and 
seize  marauders. 

688.  In  night  marches,  the  Sergeant-Major  of  each  regi- 
ment remains  at  the  rear  with  a  drummer,  to  give  notice 
when  darkness  or  difficulty  stops  the  march.  In  cavalry,  a 
trumpet  is  placed  in  rear  of  _each  squadron,  and  the  signal 
repeated  to  the  head  of  the  regiment. 

689.  The  General  and  field  officers  frequently  stop,  or  send 
officers  to  the  rear,  to  see  that  the  troops  march  in  the  pre- 
scribed order,  and  keep  their  distaces.  To  quicken  the 
march,  the  General  warns  the  Colonels,  and  may  order  a 
signal  to  be  beat.    It  is  repeated  in  all  the  regiments. 


87 

090.  Ill  approaching  a  defile,  the  Colonels  are  warned  ; 
Ihcy  close  their  regiments  as  they  come  up ;  each  regiment 
passes  separately,  at  an  accelerated  pace,  and  in  as  close 
order  as  possible.  The  leading  regiment  liaving  passed,  and 
left  room  enough  for  the  whole  column  in  close  order,  then 
halts,  and  moves  again  as  soon  as  the  last  regiment  is 
through.  In  the  cavalry,  each  squadron,  before  quickening 
the  pace  to  rejoin  the  column,  takes  its  original  order  of 
march. 

691.  When  the  distance  from  the  enemy  permits,  each 
regiment,  after  closing  up  in  front  and  rear  of  the  defile, 
stacks  arms. 

693.  Halts  to  rest  and  re-form  the  troops  are  frequent  du- 
ring the  day,  depending  on  the  object  and  length  of  the 
march.  They  are  made  in  preference  after  the  passage  ot 
defiles. 

693.  No  honors  are  paid  by  troops  on  the  march,  or  at 
halts. 

694.  The  sick  march  with  the  wagons. 

695.  Led  horses  of  officers,  and  the  horses  of  dismounted 
men,  follow  their  regiment.  The  baggage  wagons  never 
march  in  the  column."  When  the  General  orders  the  field 
train  and  ambulances  to  take  place  in  the  column,  he  desig- 
nates tho  position  they  shall  take. 

690.  If  two  corps  meet  en  the  same  road,  they  pass  to  the 
right,  and  both  continue  their  march,  if  the  road  is  wide 
enough ;  if  it  is  not,  the  first  in  the  order  of  battle  takes  the 
road,  the  other  halts. 

697.  A  corps  in  march  must  not  be  cut  by  another.  If 
two  corps  meet  at  cross-roads,  that  which  arrives  last  halts 
if  the  other  is  in  motion.  A  corps  in  march  passes  a  corps 
at  a  halt,  if  it  has  precedence  in  the  order  of  battle,  or  if  the 
halted  corps  is  not  ready  to  move  at  once. 

698.  A  column  that  halts  to  let  another  column  pass  re- 
sumes the  march  in  advance  of  the  train  of  this  column.  If 
a  column  has  to  pass  a  train,  the  train  must  halt,  if  necessary, 
till  the  column  passes.  The  column  which  has  precedence 
must  yield  it  if  the  commander,  on  seeing  the  orders  of  the 
other,  finds  it  for  the  interest  of  the  service. 

BATTLES. 

699.  Dispositions  for  battle  depend  on  the  number,  kind, 
and  quality  of  the  troops  opposed  on  the  ground,  and  on  the 
objects  of  the  war ;  but  the  following  rules  are  to  be  observed 
generally  : 


88 

700.  In  attacking,  the  advanced  guard  endeavor  to  capture 
the  enemy's  outposts,  or  cut  them  off  from  the  main  body. 
Having  done  so,  or  driven  them  in,  it  occupies,  in  advancing^ 
all  the  points  that  can  cover  or  facilitate  the  march  of  the 
army,  or  secure  its  retreat,  such  as  bridges,  defiles,  woods, 
and  heights  ;  it  then  makes  attacks,  to  occupy  the  enemy, 
without  risking  too  much,  and  to  deceive  them  as  to  the 
march  and  projects  of  the  army. 

701.  When  the  enemy  is  hidden  by  a  curtain  of  advanced 
troops,  the  commandant  of  the  advanced  grard  sends  scouts, 
under  intelligent  officers,  to  the  right  and  left,  to  ascertain 
his  position  and  movements.  If  he  does  not  succeed  in  this 
way,  he  tries  to  unmask  the  enemy  by  demonstrations ; 
threatens  to  cut  the  advance  from  the  main  body ;  makes 
false  attacks ;  partial  and  impetuous  charges  in  echelon ;  and 
if  all  fail,  he  makes  a  real  attack  to  accomplish  the  object. 

702.  Detachments  left  by  the  advance  guard  to  hold  points 
in  the  rear,  rejoin  it  when  other  troops  come  up.  If  the 
army  takes  a  position,  and  the  advanced  guard  is  separated 
from  it  by  defiles  or  heights,  the  communication  is  secured 
by  troops  drawn  from  the  main  body. 

703.  At  proper  distance  from  the  enemy,  the  troops  are 
formed  for  the  attack  in  several  lines;  if  only  two  can  be  form- 
ed, some  battalions  in  column  are  placed  behind  the  wings  of 
the  second  line.  The  lines  may  be  formed  of  troops  in 
column  or  in  order  of  battle,  according  to  the  ground  and 
plan  of  attack. 

704.  The  advadced  guard  may  be  put  in  the  line  or  on  the 
wings,  or  other  position,  to  aid  the  pursuit  or  cover  the 
retreat. 

705.  The  reserve  is  formed  of  the  best  troops  of  foot  and 
horse,  to  complete  a  victory  or  make  good  a  retreat.  It  is 
placed  in  the  rear  of  the  centre,  or  chief  point  of  attack  or 
defense, 

706.  The  cavalry  should  be  distributed  in  echelon  on  the 
wings  and  at  the  centre,  on  f\ivorable  ground, 

707.  It  should  be  instructed  not  to  take  the  gallop  until 
within  charging  distance ;  never  to  receive  a  charge  at  a 
halt,  but  to  meet  it,  or,  if  not  strong  enough,  to  retire 
manoeuvring ;  and  in  order  to  be  ready  for  the  pursuit,  and 
prepared  against  a  reverse,  or  the  attacks  of  the  reserve,  not 
to  engage  all  its  squadrons  at  once,  but  to  reserve  one  third,, 
in  column  or  in  echelon,  abreast  of  or  in  the  rear  of  one 
of  the  wings ;  this  arrangement  is  better  than  a  second  line 
with  intervals. 


89 

708.  In  tlie  attack,  the  artillery  is  employed  to  silence  the 
batteries  that  protect  the  position.  In  the  defense,  it  is  bet- 
ter to  direct  its  fire  on  the  advancing  troops.  In  either  case, 
as  many  pieces  are  united  as  possible,  the  fire  of  artillery 
being  formidable  in  proportion  to  its  concentration. 

709.  In  battles  and  militar}'-  operations  it  is  better  to  as- 
sume the  offensive,  and  put  the  enemy  on  the  defensive  ; 
but  to  be  safe  in  doing  so  requires  a  larger  force  than  the 
enemy,  or  better  troops,  and  favorable  ground.  When 
obliged  to  act  on  the  defensive,  the  advantage  of  position 
and  of  making  the  attack  may  sometimes  be  secured  by 
forming  in  rear  of  ground  on  which  we  are  to  fight,  and  ad- 
vancing at  the  moment  of  action.  In  mountain  warfare,  the 
assailant  has  always  the  disadvantage ;  and  even  in  offen- 
sive w\arf\ire,  in  the  open  field,  it  may  frequently  be  very 
important,  when  the  artillery  is  well  posted,  and  any  ad- 
vantage of  the  grond  may  be  secured,  to  await  the  enemy 
and  compel  him'to  attack. 

710.  TJie  attack  should  be  made  with  a  superior  force  ou 
the  defensive  point  of  the  enemy's  position,  by  masking 
this  by  false  attacks  and  demonstrations  on  other  pointis,  and 
by  concealing  the  troops  intended  for  it  by  the  ground,  or  by 
other  troops  in  the  front. 

711.  Besides  the  arrangements  which  depend  on  the  sup- 
posed plan  of  the  enemy,  the  wings  must  be  protected  by 
the  ground,  or  supported  by  Iroops  in  echelon;  if 
the  attack  of  the  enemy  is  repulsed,  the  offensive  must  at 
once  be  taken,  to  inspire  the  troops,  to  disconcert  the  enemy, 
and  often  to  decide  the  action.  In  thus  taking  the  offensive, 
a  close  column  should  be  pushed  rapidly  on  the  wing  or 
flank  of  the  enemy.  The  divisions  of  this  column  form  in 
the  line  of  battle'successively,  and  each  division  moves  to 
the  front  as  soon  as  formed,  in  order,  by  a  rapid  attack  in 
echelon,  to  prevent  the  enemy  from  changing  front  or  bring- 
ing up  his  reserves.  In  all  arrangements,  especially  in  those 
for  attack,  it  is  most  important  to  conceal  the  design  until 
the  moment  of  execution,  and  then  to  execute  it  with  the 
greatest  rapidity.  The  night,  therefore,  is  preferred  for  the 
movement  of  troops  on  the  flank  or  rear  of  the  enemj^ 
otherwise  it  is  necessary  to  mask  their  march  by  a  grand 
movement  in  front,  or  by  taking  a  wide  circuit. 

712.  In  making  an  attack,  the  communications  to  the  rear 
and  for  retreat  must  be  secured,  and  the  General  must  give 
beforehand  all  necessary  orders  to  provide  for  tliat  event. 


713.  Wlieu  ;i  success  is  gained,  tlie  iiglit  troops  sliould 
pursue  the  enemy  promptly  and  rapidly.  The  other  troops 
will  restore  order  in  their  columns,  then  advance  from  posi- 
tion to  position,  always  prepared  for  an  attack  or  to  support 
the  troops  engaged. 

714.  Before  the  action,  the  Generals  indicate  the  places 
where  they  will  be ;  if  they  change  position,  they  give 
notice  of  it,  or  leave  a  staff  officer  to  show  where  they  have 
gone. 

715.  During  the  fight,  the  officers  and  non-commissioned 
officers  keep  the  men  in  the  ranks,  and  enforce  obedience  if 
neceseary.  Soldiers  must  not  be  permitted  to  leave  the 
ranks  to  strip  or  rob  the  dead,  nor  to  assist  the  wounded, 
unless  b}^  express  permission,  which  is  only  to  be  given  after 
the  action  is  decided.  The  highest  interest  and  duty  is  to 
win  the  victory,  which  only  can  insure  proper  care  of  the 
wounded. 

716.  Before  the  action,  the  Quartermaster  of  the  division 
makes  all  the  necessary  arrangements  for  the  transportation 
of  the  wounded.  He  establishes  the  ambulance  depots  in 
the  rear,  and  gives  his  assistants  the  necessary  instruction 
for  the  service  of  the  ambulance  wagons  and  other  means 
of  removing  the  wounded. 

717.  The  ambulance  depot,  to  which  the  wounded  are 
carried  or  directed  for  immediate  treatment,  is  generall}'' 
established  at  the  most  convenient  building  nearest  the  field 
of  battle.  A  red  flag  marks  its  place,  or  the  way  to  it,  to 
the  conductors  of  the  ambulances  and  to  the  wounded  who 
can  walk. 

718.  The  active  ambulances  follow  the  troops  engaged  to 
succor  the  wounded  and  remove  them  to  the  depots ;  for 
this  purpose  the  conductors  should  always  have  the  necessary 
assistants,  that  the  soldiers  may  have  no  excuse  to  leave  the 
ranks  for  that  object. 

719.  The  medical  director  of  the  division,  after  consulta- 
tion with  the  Quartermaster-General,  distributes  the  medical 
officers  and  hospital  attendants  at  his  disposal,  to  the  depots 
and  active  ambulances.  He  will  send  oflicers  and  attendants, 
when  practicable,  to  the  active  ambulances,  to  relieve  the 
wounded  who  require  treatment  before  being  removed  from 
the  ground.  He  will  see  that  the  depots  and  ambulances 
are  provided  with  the  necessary  apparatus,  medicines,  and 
stores.  He  will  take  post  and  render  his  professional  services 
at  the  principal  depot. 


720.  If  the  enemy  endanger  the  depot,  the  Quartermaster 
takes  the  orders  of  the  General  to  remove  it  or  to  strengthen 
its  guard. 

731.  The  wounded  in  the  depots  and  the  sick  are  removed, 
as  soon  as  possible,  to  the  hospitals  that  have  been  established 
by  the  Quartermaster-General  of  the  army,  on  the  flanks  or 
rear  of  the  army. 

723.  After  an  action,  th.e  officers  of  ordnance  collect  the 
munitions  of  war  left  on  tlie  field,  and  make  a  return  of  them 
to  the  General.  The  Quartermaster's  Department  collects 
the  rest  of  the  public  property  captured,  and  makes  the 
returns  to  head-quarters. 

723.  AVritten  reports  for  the  General  commanding-in-chief 
are  made  by  commandants  of  regiments,  batteries,  and 
separate  squadrons,  and  by  all  commanders  of  a  higher 
grade,  each  in  what  concerns  Lis  own  command,  and  to  his 
immediate  commander. 

724.  When  an  officer  or  soldier  deserves  mention  for  con- 
duct inaction,  a  special  report  shall  be  made  in  his  case,  and 
the  General  commanding-in-chief  decides  whether  to  men- 
tion him  in  his  report  to  the  government,  and  in  his  orders. 
But  he  shall  not  be  mentioned  in  the  report  until  he  has  been 
mentioned  in  the  orders  to  the  army.  These  special  reports 
are  examined  with  care  by  the  intermediate  commanders, 
to  verify  the  facts,  and  secure  commendation  and  rewards  to 
the  meritorious  only. 

725.  The  report  of  battles,  M'hich  must  frequently  be  made 
before  these  special  reports  of  persons  are  scrutinized,  is 
confined  to  general  praise  or  blame,  and  an  account  of  the 
operations. 

rUISONEIlS  OF   WAR. 

726.  Prisoners  of  war  will  be  disarmed  and  sent  to  the 
rear,  and  reported  as  soon  as  practicable  to  the  head-quar- 
ters. The  return  of  prisoners  from  the  Head-Quarters  of 
the  Army  to  the  War  Department  will  specify  the  number, 
lank,  and  corps. 

727.  The  private  property  of  prisoners  will  be  duly  res- 
pected, and  each  shall  be  treated  with  the  regard  due  to  his 
rank.  They  are  to  obey  the  necessary  orders  given  them. 
They  receive  for  subsistence  one  ration  each,  without  regard 
to  rank;  and  the  wounded  are  to  be  treated  with  the  same 
care  as  the  wounded  of  the  army.  Other  allowances  to 
them  will  depend  on  conventions  with  the  enemy.  Prison- 
ers' horses  will  be  taken  for  the  army. 


02 

728.  Exchanges  of  prisoners  and  i:eiease  of  officers  on  pa- 
role depend  on  the  orders  of  the  General  commanding-in- 
chief,  under  the  instructions  of  government. 

CONVOYS  AND   THEIR  ESCORTS. 

729.  The  strength  and  composition  of  the  escort  of  a  con- 
voy depend  on  the  country,  the  nature  and  value  of  the 
convoy,  and  the  dangers  it  may  incur.  A  larger  escort  is 
required  for  a  convoy  of  powder,  that  the  defense  may  not 
be  near  the  train. 

780.  Cavalry  is  employed  in  escorts  chiefly  to  reconnoitre ; 
the  proportion  is  larger  as  the  country  is  more  open, 

731.  Pioneer  or  working  parties  are  attached  to  convoys 
to  mend  roads,  remove  obstacles,  and  erect  defenses.  The 
convoys  should  always  be  provided  with  spare  wheels,  poles, 
axles,  *^etc. 

730.  The  commandant  of  the  escort  should  receive  de- 
tailed instructions  in  writing. 

733.  As  far  as  the  defense  permits,  the  commander  of  the 
escort  shall  refer  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  convoy  for 
the  hours  of  departure,  the  halts,  the  parking  and  order  ot 
the  train,  and  the  precautions  against  accidents. 

734.  Officers  who  accompany  the  convoy,  but  do  not  be- 
long to  the  escort,  shall  exercise  no  authority  in  it  except  by 
consent  of  the  commander.  If  those  officers  are  junior  to 
the  commander  he  may  assign  them  to  duty  if  the  defense 
requires  it. 

735.  Large  convoys  are  formed  into  divisions,  each  with  a 
conductor.  The  distance  between  the  wagons  is  four  paces. 
A  small  party  of  infantry  is  attached  to  each  division. 

736.  Generally,  munitions  of  war  are  at  the  head  of  the 
convoy,  subsistence  next,  and  then  other  military  stores ; 
the  sutler  last.  But  always  that  part  of  the  convoy  Avhicli 
is  most  important  to  the  army  shall  be  where  it  is  most 
secure  from  danger. 

737.  The  commandant  should  send  out  reconnoitering  par- 
ties, and  never  put  the  convoy  in  motion  until  their  reports 
have  been  received.  lie  always  forms  an  advance  and  rear 
guard,  and  keeps  the  main  body  under  his  immediate  order 
at  the  most  important  point,  with  small  guards  or  posts  at 
other  points. 

738.  In  an  open  country  the  main  body  marches  by  the 
side  of  the  road,  opposite  the  centre  of  the  convoy ;  in  other 
cases,  at  the  head  or  rear  of  the  column,  as  the  one  or  the 
other  is  more  exposed. 


93 

739.  The  adrance  guard  precedes  the  convoy  far  enough 
to  remove  all  obstacles  to  its  advance.  It  examines  the 
woods,  defiles,  and  villages,  and,  by  mounted  men,  gives  in- 
formation to  the  commander,  and  receives  his  orders.  It 
reconnoitres  places  for  halts  and  parks. 

740.  If  the  head  of  the  column  is  threatened,  the  advanced 
guard  seizes  the  defiles  and  places  which  the  enemy  might 
occupy,  and  holds  them  until  the  main  body  advances  to 
the  tront  and  relieves  it;  the  main  l)ody  holds  the  positions 
until  the  head  of  the  convoy  arrives,  and  then  leaves  de- 
tachments, which  are  relieved  by  the  parties  marching  with 
the  divisions;  the  posts  arc  not  abandoned  until  the  whole 
convoy  has  passed  and  the  position  is  no  longer  important. 

741.  Wlicn  the  rear  is  threatened,  like  measures  are  taken  ; 
the  rear  guard  defends  the  ground  and  retards  the  enemy  by 
breaking  the  bridges  and  blocking  the  road. 

742.  If  the  flanks  are  threatened,  and  the  ground  is  broken, 
and  many  defiles  are  to  be  passed,  the  defense  of  the  convoy 
becomes  more  difticuU;  the  advance  and  rear  guards  must 
be  reduced,  the  flanks  strengthened,  and  positions  which 
will  cover  the  march  of  the  convoy  must  be  occupied  by  the 
main  body  of  the  troops  before  the  head  of  the  convoy 
reaches  them,  and  until  it  has  passed. 

743.  If  the  convoy  is  large,  and  has  to  i^ass  places  that  the 
force  and  position  of  the  enemy  make  dangerous,  the  loss 
of  the  whole  convoy  must  not  l)e  risked ;  it  must  pass  b}^ 
divisions,  which  re-unite  after  the  jiassage.  In  this  case  the 
greater  part  of  the  troops  guard  the  first  division;  they  seize 
the  important  points,  and  cover  them  with  light  troops,  or, 
if  necessary,  with  small  posts,  and  hold  them  until  all  the 
divisions  have  passed. 

744.  If  there  is  artillery  in  the  convoy,  the  commander  of 
the  escort  uses  it  for  the  defense. 

745.  To  move  fjisterand  make  the  defense  easier,  the  wag- 
ons move  in  double  file  whenever  the  road  allows  it.  If  a 
wagon  breaks,  it  is  at  once  removed  from  tlic  road  ;  when 
repaired  it  takes  the  rear;  when  it  cannot  be  repaired,  its 
load  and  horses  are  distributed  to  some  of  the  other  wagons 
kept  in  the  rear  for  that  purpose. 

746.  Convoys  by^  water  arc  escorted  on  the  same  princi- 
ples. Each  boat  has  a  small  infantry  guard;  one  portion  of 
the  escort  precedes  or  follows  the  convoys  in  boats.  The 
cavalry  march  opposite  the  convoy;  the  advance  and  rear 
guard  n\ove  bv  land,   and  all  are  connected  bv  flankers 


94 

with  the  convoy.  Where  a  river  runs  through  a  narrow 
valley,  the  body  of  the  infantry  moves  by  land  to  prevent 
the  enemy  from  occupying  the  heights  and  disturbing  the 
convoy. 

747.  Convoys  halt  every  hour  to  let  the  horses  take  breath 
and  the  wagons  close  up.  Long  halts  are  made  but  seldom, 
and  only  in  places  that  have  been  reconnoitered  and  found 

; favorable  for  defense.  At  night  the  park  is  arranged  for 
defense,  and,  in  preference,  at  a  distance  from  inhabited  places 
if  in  an  enemy's  country. 

748.  The  wagons  are  usually  parked  in  ranks,  axle  against 
axle,  the  poles  in  the  same  direction,  and  with  sufficient 
space  between  the  ranks  for  the  horses.  If  an  attack  is 
feared,  they  are  parked  in  square,  the  hind-wheels  outside, 
and  the  horses  inside. 

749.  On  the  appearance  of  tlie  enemy  during  the  march, 
the  commander  closes  up  the  wagons  and  continues  his 
march  in  order ;  he  avoids  fighting ;  but  if  the  enemy  seizes 
a  position  that  commands  his  road,  he  attacks  vigorously 
with  the  mass  of  his  force,  but  is  not  to  continue  the  pursuit 
far  from  .the  convoy.  The  convoy  halts,  and  resumes  the 
march  when  the  position  is  carried, 

750.  When  the  enemy  is  too  strong  to  be  attacked,  the 
convoy  is  parked  in  square,  if  there  is  room ;  if  not,  closed 
up  in  double  file ;  at  tlie  front  and  rear  the  road  is  blocked 
by  w^agons  across  it.  The  drivers  are  dismounted  at  the  heads 
of  the  horses.  They  are  not  permitted  to  make  their  escape. 
The  light  troops  keep  the  enemy  at  a  distance  as  long  as 
possible,  and  are  supported  when  necessary,  but  prudently, 
as  the  troops  must  be  kept  in  hand  to  resist  the  main 
attack. 

751.  If  a  wagon  takes  fire  in  the  park,  remove  it  if  possi- 
ble ;  if  not,  remove  first  the  ammunition  wagons,  then  those 
to  leeward  of  the  the  fire. 

752.  When  a  whole  convoy  cannot  be  saved,  the  most  val- 
uable part  may  sometimes  be  by  abandoning  the  rest.  If  all 
efforts  fail,  anci  there  is  no  hope  of  succor,  the  convoy  m.ust  be 
set  on  fire  and  the  horses  killed  that  cannot  be  saved ;  the 
escort  may  then  cut  its  way  through. 

753.  If  the  convoy  is  of  prisoners  of  war,  every  effort 
Hhould  be  made  to  reach  a  village  or  stiT)ng  building  where 
they  may  be  confined ;  if  forced  to  fight  in  the  field,  the 
prisoners  must  be  secured  and  made  to  lie  down  until  the 
action  is  over. 


BAGGAGE   TRAI>^R^. 

754.  The  baggage  train  of  general  head-quarlerb  and  the 
trains  of  the  several  divisions  are  each  under  the  charge  of  an 
officer  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department.  These  officers  com- 
mand and  conduct  the  trains  under  the  orders  they  receive 
from  their  respective  head-quarters,  Wlien  the  trains  of 
different  divisions  march  together,  or  the  train  of  a  division 
marches  with  the  train  of  general  head-quarters,  tlie  senior 
Quartermaster  directs  the  whole. 

755.  The  regimental  Quartermaster  has  charge  of  the 
wagons,  horses,  equipments,  and  all  means  of  transport  em- 
ployed in  the  service  of  the  regiment.  Under  the  orders  of 
the  Colonel,  he  assembles  them  for  the  march,  and  maintains 
the  order  and  police  of  the  train  in  park  and  on  the  march. 
On  marches,  the  regimental  trains  are  under  the  orders  of 
the  Quartermaster  of  the  division.  When  the  march  is  by 
brigade,  the  senior  Regimental  Quartermaster  in  the  brigade, 
or  the  Quartermaster  of  the  brigade  has  the  direction  of  the 
whole.  The  necessary  wagon-masters,  or  non-commis- 
sioned officers  to  act  as  such,  are  employed  with  the  several 
trains. 

75G.  None  but  the  authorized  wagons  are  allowed  to  march 
with  the  train.  The  wagons  of  the  several  head-quarters, 
the  regimental  wagons,  and  the  wagons  of  sutlers  authorized 
by  orders  from  head-([uarters  to  march  with  the  train,  are 
all  to  be  conspicuously  marked. 

757.  When  the  train  cf  head-quarters  is  to  have  a  guard, 
the  strength  cf  the  guard  is  regulated  by  the  General.  Gen- 
erals of  Brigade  guard  their  trains  by  the  men  attached  to 
the  train  of  the  first  regiment  of  their  brigades.  The  regi- 
mental trains  are  loaded,  unloaded,  and  guarded,  as  far  as 
practicable,  by  convalescents  and  men  not  effective  in  the 
ranks;  in  the  cavalry,  by  dismounted  meu.  When  the 
guard  of  a  train  is  the  escort  for  its  defense,  the  regulations 
in  regard  to  convoys  and  escorts  take  effect. 

758.  Habitually,  each  division  is  followed  by  its  train,  the 
regimental  trains  uniting  at  the  brigade  rendezvous.  When 
otherwise,  the  order  for" the  movement  of  the  divisions,  brig- 
ade s  and  regiments,  contains  the  necessary  directions  in  re- 
gard Ijo  the  assembling  and  marching  of  the  respetive  trains. 
The  several  trains  march  in  an  order  analogous  to  the  rank 
of  the  generals,  and  the  order  of  battle  of  the  troops  to 
which  they  belong.  Trains  are  not  allowed  in  any  case 
to  be  in  the  midst  of  tlie  troops,  or  to  impede  the  march  of 
the  troops. 


96 

759.  The  wagon-masters,  under  the  orders  of  the  officers 
of  the  Qnartcrmaster's  Department,  exercise  the  necessary 
restraints  over  the  teamsters  and  servants  who  leave  their 
teams  or  do  not  properly  conduct  them ;  or  who  ill-treat 
their  horses,  or  who  attempt  to  pillage,  or  run  away  in  case 
of  attack. 

760.  The  General  commanding  the  army  and  the  Generals 
of  Division  will  not  permit  any  general  or  staff  officer,  or 
regiment  under  their  orders,  or  any  person  whatsoever,  at- 
tached to  their  command,  to  have  more  than  the  authorized 
amount  or  means  of  transportation,  For  this  purpose  they 
will  themselves  make,  and  cause  to  be  made,  frequent  re- 
views and  inspections  of  the  trains.  They  will  see  that  no 
trooper  is  employed  to  lead  a  private  horse,  no  soldier  to 
drive  a  xjrivate  vehicle,  and  that  no  trooper  is  put  on  foot  to 
lend  his  horse  to  an  officer.  They  will  not  permit  the 
wagons  of  the  artillery  or  of  the  train  to  be  loaded  with 
any  thing  foreign  to  their  proper  service,  nor  any  public 
horse,  for  any  occasion,  to  he  harnessed  to  a  private  car- 
riage. 

7G1.  The  officers  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  the 
wagon  masters,  and  all  conductors  of  trains,  are  charged 
with  watching  that  the  regulations  respecting  transportation 
allowances  are  strictly  observed. 

GENERAL  POLICE. 

762.  When  necessary,  the  General-in-chief  or  General  of 
Division  may  appoint  a  provost  marshal  to  take  charge  of 
prisoners,  with  a  suitable  guard,  or  other  police  force. 

763.  Private  servants,  not  soldiers,  will  not  be  allowed  to 
wear  the  uniform  ot  anj^  corps  of  the  army ;  but  each  wiU  be 
required  to  carry  with  him  a  certificate  from  the  officer  who 
employs  him,  verified,  for  regimental  officers,  by  the  signa- 
ture of  the  Colonel ;  for  other  officers,  under  the  rank  of 
Colonel,  by  the  chief  of  their  corps  or  department. 

764.  Laundresses  permitted  to  follow  the  army  will  be  fur- 
nished with  certificates,  signed  as  in  the  preceding  paragraph, 
and  no  Avoman  of  bad  character  will  be  allowed  to  follow 
the  army.  Other  persons  with  the  army,  not  officers  or  sol- 
diers, such  as  guides  of  the  country,  interpreters,  ct^.,  will 
carry  about  them  similar  certificates  from  the  head-quarters 
that  employs  them. 

765.  Deserters  from  the  enemy,  after  being  examined,  will 
be  secured  for  some  days,  as  they  may  be  spies  in  disguise; 


97 

as  opportunities  offer,  they  will  be  sent  to  the  rear ;  after 
■which,  if  they  are  found  lurking  about  the  army,  or  attempt- 
ing to  return  to  the  enemy,  they  will  be  treated  with  se- 
verity. 

796.  The  arms  and  accoutrements  of  deserters  will  be 
turned  over  to  the  Ordnance  Department,  and  their  horses 
to  the  corps  in  want  of  them,  after  being  branded  with  the 
letters  "C.  S."  The  compensation  to  be  accorded  to  deser- 
ters, for  such  objects,  will  be  according  to  appraisement 
made  under  the  direction  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 
The  enlistment  of  deserters,  without  express  permission 
from  general  head-quarters,  is  prohibited. 

767.  It  is  forbidden  to  purchase  horses  without  ascertain- 
ing the  right  of  the  party  to  sell.  Stolen  horses  shall  be 
restored.  Estrays,  in  the  enemy's  country,  when  the  owner 
is  not  discovered,  are  taken  for  the  army. 

768.  Plundering  and  marauding,  at  all  times  disgraceful 
to  soldiers,  when  committed  on  the  persons  or  property  of 
those  whom  it  is  the  duty  of  the  army  to  protect,  become 
crimes  of  such  enormity  as  to  admit  of  no  remission  of  the 
awful  punishment  which  the  military  law  awards  against 
offenses  of  this  nature. 

SAFEGUARDS. 

769.  Safeguards  are  protections  granted  to  persons  or 
property  in  foreign  parts  by  the  commanding  general,  or  by 
other  commanders  within  the  limits  of  their  command. 

770.  Safeguards  arc  usually  given  to  protect  hospital?, 
public  establishments,  establishments  of  religion,  charity,  or 
instruction,  museums,  dtspositories  of  the  arts,  mills,  post- 
oflSces,  and  other  institutions  of  public  benefit ;  also  to  indi- 
viduals whom  it  may  be  the  interest  of  the  army  to  respect. 

771.  A  safeguard  may  consist  of  one  or  more  men  of 
fidelity  and  firmness,  generally  non-effective  non-commis- 
sioned officers,  furnished  with  a  paper  setting  out  clearly  the 
protection  and  exemptions  it  is  intended  to  secure,  signed 
by  the  commander  giving  it,  and  his  staff  officer ;  or  it  may 
consist  of  such  paper,  delivered  to  the  party  whose  person, 
family,  house  and  property  it  is  designed  to  protect.  These 
safeguards  must  be  numbered  and  registered. 

772.  The  men  left  as  safeguards  by  one  corps  may  be  re- 
placed by  another.  They  are  withdrawn  when  the  country 
is  evacuated-  but  if  not,  they  have  orders  to  await  the 
arrival  of  the  enemy's  troops,  and  apply  to  the  commander 
for  a  safe-conduct  to  the  outposts. 

7 


98 


773.  Form  of  a  safeguard : 
By  authority  of- 


A  safeguard  is  hereby  granted  to  [A.  13 ,  or  the  house 

and  family  of  A.  B. ,  or  to  the  college,  mills,  or  pro- 
perty ;  stating  precisely  the  place,  nature,  and  description  of 
the  person,  property,  or  buildings].  All  officers  and  soldiers 
belonging  the  army  of  the  Confederate  States  are  therefore 
commanded  to  respect  this  safeguard,  and  to  afford,  if  neces- 
sary, protection  to  [the  person,  family,'or  property  of , 

as  the  case  may  be.] 

Given  at  Head-Quarters,  the — day  of . 

A.  B. ,  Major-General  commanding-in-chief. 

By  command  of  the  General. 
C.  D ,  Adjutant-General. 

55th  Article  of  the  Rules  and  Articles  of  War. 

"Whosoever  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  Confederate 
States,  employed  in  foreign  parts,  shall  force  a  safeguard, 
shall  suffer  death." 

SIEGES. 

774.  In  the  following  regulations  the  besieging  force  is 
supposed  to  be  two  divisions  of  infantry  and  a  brigade  of 
cavalry.    The  same  principles  govern  in  other  cases. 

775.  The  Brigadier-Generals  of  infantry  serve  in  turn  as 
Generals  of  the  trenches ;  one  or  more  of  them  are  detailed 
daily,  according  to  the  front  and  number  of  attacks,  they 
superintend  the  operations,  and  dispose  the  guard  of  the 
trenches  to  repulse  sorties  and  protect  the  works.  Officers 
of  the  general  staff  are  assigned  to  them  to  transmit  their 
orders  and  attend  to  the  details  of  service. 

776.  The  Colonels  and  Lieutenant-Colonels  of  infantry  al- 
ternate for  duty  in  the  trenches ;  one  or  more  are  detailed 
daily;  they  superintend  the  service  of  the  guards  and  work- 
men in  the  part  ot  the  work  to  which  the  General  of  the 
trenches  assigns  them,  being  posted  with  troops  of  their 
own  regiments  in  preference.  The  commandant  of  the  siege 
may  place  the  Colonels  on  the  roster  with  the  Brigadier- 
Generals. 

777.  The  commandants  of  engineers  and  artillery  occom- 
pany  the  first  troops  before  the  place  to  examine  the  works 
and  the  approaches.  When  the  engineers  have  completed 
the  reconnoissance  of  the  works,  and  of  each  front  as  far  as 
practicable,  the  commandant  of  engineers  makes  a  plan  of 


99 

the  works  as  exact  and  detailed  as  possible,  and  under  the 
instructions  of  the  General  commanding  the  siege,  draws  up 
the  general  plan  of  the  siege,  and  discusses  it  with  the  com- 
mandant of  artillery  in  regard  to  the  best  employment  of 
that  arm.  These  officers  then  mbmit  their  joint  or  separate 
opinions  to  the  General,  who  decides  on  the  plan  of  the 
siege,  and  gives  the  orders  for  the  execution.  The  com- 
mandant of  engineers  directs  the  construction  of  all  the 
works  of  the  siege,  under  the  authority  of  the  General,  and 
lays  before  him  every  day  a  report  of  his  operations,  and  a 
plan  showing  the  progress  of  the  attack.  The  commandant 
of  artillery  also  makes  daily  reports  to  the  General  of  all 
that  relates  to  his  branch  of  the  service. 

778.  The  Quartermaster-General  establishes  the  hospitals, 
and  organizes  the  means  for  transporting  the  wounded  to 
them. 

779.  The  commanding  General  appoints  a  fieM  officer  of 
the  trenches,  who  is  aided  by  one  or  two  Captains  or  Lieu- 
tenants. 

780.  The  field  officer  of  the  trenches  is  charged  with  ail 
the  details  relative  to  the  assembling  of  the  guards  and  the 
workmen.  He  distributes  the  guards  on  the  different  points 
of  the  attack  agreeably  to  the  orders  of  the  General  of  the 
trenches,  and  forms  the  detachments  of  workmen  for  the 
engineers  and  artillery;  that  he  maybe  prepared  for  this 
distribution,  he  receives  every  day  from  the  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral a  statement  of  the  details  for  the  next  day. 

781.  On  the  arrival  of  the  General  of  the  trenches,  the 
field  officer  of  the  trenches  gives  him  all  the  information 
necessary  to  enable  him  to  station  the  troops,  attends  him 
in  his  visit  to  the  trenches,  and  takes  his  orders  on  the 
■changes  to  be  made  in  the  position  of  the  troops.  The  exe- 
cution is  intrusted  to  the  commandants  of  the  troops. 

782.  The  field  officer  of  the  trenches  sees  that  men  and 
litters  are  always  ready  to  bring  off  the  wounded.  One  or 
more  companies  of  the  guards  of  the  trenches  are  put  under 
his  immediate  orders  for  the  preservation  of  order  and  police 
in  the  trenches. 

.  783.  The  divisions,  brigades,  regiments,  and  battalions, 
are  encamped  during  the  siege  in  the  order  of  battle.  Tho 
service  of  camp  is  conducted  as  heretofore  prescribed. 

784.  The  infantry  has  two  kinds  of  siege-service — the 
guard  of  trenches  and  the  work  of  the  trenches. 

785.  The  guards  of  the  trenches  mount  every  day  by  bat- 


100 

lalions,  iii  such  order  of  detail  that  all  the  troops  may  take  *", 
an  equal  share,  and  no  part  of  the  line  be  left  too  weak.  If  * 
only  one  battalion  is  required,  cacix  .li vision  furnishes  it 
alternately;  if  two  are  required,  eacli  ^'ivision  gives  one;  if 
three,  one  division  furnishes  two,  the  other  one,  alternately. 
The  two  battalions  of  the  same  divisons  are  not  taken  from 
the  same  brigade. 

780.  The  detail  for  work  of  the  trenches  is  by  company, 
from  all  the  regiments  at  one  time,  or  in  turn,  and  continues 
generally  twelve^  hours.  The  detail  from  any  regiment 
should  never  be  less  than  a  company.  If  only  half  a  com- 
pany would  be  needed  from  all  the  regiments  at  a  time, 
every  other  regiment  furnishes  a  full  company  alternately. 

787.  The  battalions  for  guard  are  detailed  at  least  twelve 
hours  in  advance ;  they  furnish  no  other  details  during  this 
tour.  If  the  whole  regiment  is  called  out,  it  leaves  a  suffi- 
cient police  guard  in  camp. 

788.  Twenty-four  hours,  or  twelve  at  least,  before  mount- 
ing guard  in  the  trenches,  the  battalions  detailed  for  guard 
do  not  furnish  workmen ;  and  the  companies  of  these  bat- 
talions whose  tour  it  would  have  been  to  work  in  the 
trenches,  do  not  go  there  for  twenty-fonr  hours  after  guard, 
if  possible,  or  at  the  least  twelve. 

789.  The^workmen  who  are  required  for  other  work  than 
that  of  the  trenches  are  taken  fi'om  the  roster  for  fatigue, 
from  the  battalions  and  companies  not  employed  in  the 
trenches. 

>790.  The  battalions  first  for  detail  for  guard  of  the 
trenches,  and  the  companies  first  for  detail  for  work  in  the 
trenches,  furnish  no  other  details,  and  are  held  on  picket, 
ready  to  march  at  the  call  of  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches. 

791.  Materials  for  the  siege,  such  as  fascines,  gabions, 
hurdles,  pickets,  etc.,  are  furnished  by  the  different  corps,  la 
the  proportion  ordered  by  the  General. 

792.  Guards  and  workmen  going  to  the  trenches  march 
without  beat  of  drum  or  music. 

793.  At  all  times,  and  especially  on  the  day  the  trenches 
are  opened,  everything  is  avioded  likely  to  attract  the  atten- 
tion of  the  enemy.  With  this  view  the  General  may  vary 
the  hour  of  relieving  guards. 

794.  The  chiefs  of  engineers  and  artillery  make  requisitions 
for  workmen  in  advance,  that  the  details  may  be  made  in 
time  to  prevent  any  delay  in  the  work.  They  should  exceed 
the  number  strictly  required,  that  there  may  be  a  reserve  for 


101 

tmforeseen  wants.  If  this  reserve  is  found  insufficient,  the 
General  directs  the  field  officers  af  the  trenches  to  call  on  the 
picket. 

795.  Before  the  guards  and  workmen  march,  the  field 
officer  of  the  trenches  arranges  them  so  that  each  detach- 
ment can  reach  its  gronnd  without  confusion.  The  troops 
are  posted  in  the  trenches  according  to  the  position  of  their 
regiments  in  the  order  of  battle,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  the 
companies  of  workmen  in  like  order.  The  reserves  of  work- 
men are  placed  at  the  depot  of  the  trenches,  or  the  nearest 
suitable  place  to  the  works. 

796.  The  workmen  leave  their  knapsacks  and  swords  in 
camp,  and  march  with  their  firearms  and  cartidge-boxes, 
which  they  place  near  them  while  at  work.  They  always 
carry  their  overcoats,  to  cover  them  in  resting  or  when 
wounded. 

797.  The  guards  always  enter  the  trenches  with  arms 
trailed,,  and  the  workmen  also,  unless  they  carry  materials  or 
tools,  when  the  arms  are  in  the  sling. 

798.  The  guards  and  detachments  of  workmen  send  a 
Corporal  to  the  openings  of  the  trenches  to  guide  the  relief. 
They  march  out  of  the  trenches  by  the  flank,  with  trailed 
arms. 

799.  Sand-bags,  forming  loop-holes,  are  placed  at  intervals 
on  the  parapet  to  cover  the  sentinels ;  they  are  more  numer- 
ous than  the  sentinels,  so  that  the  enemy  may  not  know 
where  the  sentinels  are  placed. 

800.  When  detachments  are  placed  at  night  in  advance  of 
the  trenches,  to  cover  the  workmen,  the  men  sit  or  lie  down, 
with  their  firearms  in  their  hands,  to  hide  themselves  better 
from  the  enemy ;  the  sentinels  put  their  ears  to  the  ground 
frequently,  that  they  may  hear  troops  coming  out  of  the 
place.  To  prevent  mistakes,  the  workmen  are  told  what 
troops  cover  them. 

801.  No  honors  are  paid  in  the  trenches.  When  the  Gen- 
eral commanding  the  siege  visits  them,  the  guards  place 
themselves  in  rear  of  the  banquette,  and  rest  on  their  arms. 
The  colors  are  never  carried  to  the  trenches  unless  the  whole 
regiment  marches  to  repulse  a  sortie  or  make  an  assault. 
Even  in  this  case  they  are  not  displayed  until  the  General 
commanding  the  siege  gives  a  formal  order. 

802.  The  materials  of  the  siege,  of  all  kinds,  together  with 
the  tools,  are  collected  in  part  at  the  depots  of  the  trenches, 
and  in  part  at  the  openings  of  the^trenches,  or  in  such  other 


>\^ 


102 

place  as  has  been  appointed  for  the  convenience  of  the 
service  by  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches,  on  the  advice  of 
the  chiefs  of  artillery  and  engineers.  They  are  in  charge  of 
officers  of  engineers  and  of  artillery,  with  guards  or  non-com- 
missioned ofhcers  of  both  corps.  But  if  these  corps  can  not 
furnish  them,  the  chiefs  apply  for  assistance  from  the 
infantry. 

803.  The  workmen,  in  going  to  the  trenches,  carry  such, 
tools  and  materials  as  are  required  by  the  artillery  and  engi- 
neers. In  Ibis  case,  the  field  officers  of  the  trenches  has- 
notice,  and  superintends  it. 

804.  The  soldiers  sent  to  the  trenches  go  with  their  cart- 
ridge-boxes filled.  Cartridges,  when  needed,  are  sent  to  the 
trenches  on  the  requisition  of  commanders  of  battalions,, 
approved  by  the  General  of  the  trenches. 

805.  In  the  case  of  a  sortie,  the  guards  move  rapidly  to  the 
places  that  have  been  designated  by  the  General  of  the 
trenches,  and  which  afford  the  best  delense  for  the  head  of 
the  works,  the  batteries,  the  communications,  or  the  flanks^ 
or  best  enable  them  to  take  the  sortie  itself  in  flank  or 
reverse.  Having  lined  the  banquette  to  fire  on  the  enemy, 
the  troops  form  on  the  reverse  of  the  trench  to.  receive  him. 
The  workmen  take  arms,  retain  their  positions,  or  retire 
with  their  tools,  as  ordered.  The  officers  commanding  the 
detachments  of  workmen  see  that  their  movements  are  made 
promptly  and  in  good  order,  so  as  to  avoid  all  confusion  in 
the  communications. 

806.  The  troops  that  advance  beyond  the  trenches  to  re- 
pulse the  sortie,  must  not  follow  in  pursuit.  The  General 
takes  care  that  they  return  to  the  trenches  before  the  retreat 
of  the  sortie  allows  the  artillery  of  the  place  to  open  on  them. 
When  the  workmen  return,  the  officers  and  non-commis- 
sioned ofiiccrs  of  the  detachments  call  the  roll  without  inter- 
rupting  the  work,  which  is  immediately  resumed. 

807.  When  it  is  necessary  to  dismount  cavalry  and  send 
them  to  the  trenches,  they  should  be  employed  as  near  their 
camp  as  possible,  and  posted  between  the  detachments  of 
infantry. 

808.  Men  belonging  to  the  cavalry  may,  in  assaults,  be 
employed  in  carrying  fascines  and  other  materials  to  fill 
ditches  and  to  make  passages. 

809.  The  general  officers  of  cavalry  are  more  particularly 
employed  in  the  service  of  posts  and  detachments  placed  in 
observation  to  protect  the  seige.    They  and  the  field  officers 


103 

of  this  arm  are  employed  in  the  command  of  escorts  to  con- 
voys, of  whatever  arms  the  escorts  may  be  composed. 
When  these  duties  are  not  sufficeint  to  employ  them,  they 
take  their  share  of  the  duty  of  the  trenches. 

810.  The  offlcers  of  engineers  and  artillery  of  the  trenches, 
make  to  the  General  ot  the  trenches  a  return  of  all  losses  in 
their  troops,  and  such  other  reports  on  the  work  as  he  re- 
quires, in  addition  to  the  reports  direct  to  their  respective 
chiefs  on  the  details  of  the  service. 

811.  At  the  end  of  each  tour,  the  field  officer  of  the 
trenches  draws  up  a  report  for  the  twenty-four  hours,  to  the 
general  of  the  trenches.  The  General  of  the  trenches  reports 
to  the  General  commanding  the  scige. 

812.  The  commanders  of  the  several  corps  in  the  trenches 
report,  when  relieved,  to  their  respective  head-quarters 
the  losses  during  the  tour,  and  the  conduct  of  offlcers  and 
men, 

813.  However  practicable  the  breach  may  appear,  or  how- 
ever ruined  the  works  in  rear  of  it,  the  heads  of  columns 
must  always  be  supplied  with  ladders  to  get  over  unexpected 
obstacles. 

814.  The  General  commanding  the  siege  designates  picked 
companies  to  protect  property  and  persons,  and  prevent  pil- 
lage and  violence,  from  the  moment  the  place  is  carried. 
The  officers  exert  themselves  to  restrain  the  men. 

815.  The  general  designates  the  places  requiring  particu- 
lar protection,  such  as  churches,  asylums,  hospitals,  colleges, 
schools  und  magazines.  The  order  for  their  protection 
should  remind  the  soldiers,  at  the  time,  of  the  penalty  of 
disobeying  it. 

816.  Whether  the  place  be  taken  by  assault  or  by  capitu- 
lation, the  provisions  and  military  stores,  and  the  public' 
funds,  are  reserved  for  the  use  of  the  army. 

817.  The  commander  of  engineers  will  keep  a  journal  of 
the  siege,  showing  the  operations  of  each  day  in  detail,  the 
force  employed  on  the  work,  the  kind  and  quantity  of  ma- 
terials used  in  them,  etc.  He  will  also  mark,  on  a  plan  of  the 
ground,  the  daily  progress  of  the  works,  and  make  the  neces- 
sary drawings  explanatory  of  their  construction. 

818.  The  commander  of  the  artillery  will  keep  a  daily 
journal  of  the  operations  under  his  direction,  showing  the 
number  and  kind  of  pieces  in  battery,  the  force  employed  in 
serving  them,  the  kind  and  quantity  of  ammunition  expended, 
the  number  of  rounds  fired  from  each  piece  of  ordnance, 


104 

be  effect  of  the  fire,  and  all  other  particulars  relative  to  his 
branch  of  the  service. 

819.,  These  journals  and  drawings  will  be  sent,  after  the 
siege,  with  the  report  of  the  General,  to  the  War  Depart- 
ment. 

DEFENSE  OF  FOIITIFIED  PLACES. 

820.  In  war,  every  commander  of  a  fortified  place  shall 
always  hold  himself  prepared  with  his  plan  of  defense,  as  if 
at  any  time  liable  to  attack.  He  arranges  this  plan  accord- 
ing to  the  probable  mode  of  attack,  determines  the  posts  of 
the  troops  in  the  several  parts  of  the  works,  the  reliefs,  the 
reserves,  and  the  details  of  service  in  all  the  corps.  He 
draws  up  instruction  lor  a  case  of  attack,  and  exercises  the 
garrison  according  to  his  plan  of  defense.  In  sea-coast' 
works,  he  provides  the  instructions  for  the  different  batteries 
on  the  approach  of  ships. 

821.  In  framing  his  plan,  he  studies  the  works  and  the  ex- 
terior within  the  radius  of  attack  and  investment,  the  strength 
of  the  garrison,  the  artillery,  the  munitions  of  war,  subsist- 
ence and  supplies  ot  all  kinds,  and  takes  immediate  meas- 
ures to  procure  whatever  is  deficient  of  troops  or  supplies, 
either  by  requisition  on  the  government  or  from  the  means 
put  at  his  disposal. 

822.  On  the  approach  of  an  enemy,  he  removes  all  houses, 
and  other  objects,  within  or  without  the  place,  that  cover 
the  approaches,  or  interrupt  the  fire  of  the  guns  or  the  move- 
ments of  the  troops.  He  assures  himself  personally  that  all 
posterns,  outlets,  or  embrasures,  etc.,  are  in  proper  state  of 
security. 

823.  Pie  shall  be  furnished  by  the  Department  of  War 
with  a  plan  of  the  works,  showing  all  the  details  of  the  for- 
tifications, and  of  the  exterior  within  the  radius  of  attack; 
with  a  map  of  the  environs  within  the  radius  of  investment ; 
with  a  map  of  the  vicinity,  including  the  neighboring  works, 
roads,  water-channels,  coasts,  etc.;  with  a  memoir  explain^ 
ing  the  situation  and  defense  of  the  place,  and  the  relations 
and  bearings  of  the  several  works  on  each  other,  and  on  the 
approaches  by  land  and  water — all  which  he  carefully 
preserves,  and  communicates  only  to  the  council  of 
defense. 

824.  He  consults  his  next  in  rank,  and  the  senior  officer  of 
the  engineers  and  of  the  artillery,  either  separately  or  as  a 
council  of  defense.    In  the  latter  case,  he  designates  an 


105 

officer  to  act  as  secretary  to  the  council,  and  to  record  their 
j^roceedings  and  their  joint  or  separate  opinions,  which  are 
to  be  kept  secret  during  the  siege.  The  members  -may 
record  their  opinions  under  their  own  signature.  In  all 
cases,  the  commander  decides  on  his  own  responsibility. 

825.  The  commander  of  the  place,  and  the  chiefs  of  en- 
gineers and  of  artillery,  shall  keep  journals  of  the  defense, 
in  which  shall  be  entered,  in  order  of  date,  without  blank 
or  interlineation,  the  orders  given  or  received,  the  manner 
in  which  they  are  executed,  their  results,  arid  every  event 
and  circumstance  of  importance  in  the  progress  of  the  de- 
fense. These  journals  and  the  proceedings  of  the  council 
of  defense,  shall  be  sent,  after  the  seige,  to  the  Department 
War. 

82G.  There  shall  be  kept  in  the  office  of  the  commandant 
of  the  place,  to  be  sent  alter  the  siege  to  the  Department  of 
War,  a  map  of  the  environs,  a  plan  of  the  fortifications,  and 
a  special  plan  of  the  front  attack,  on  which  tlie  chief  engi- 
neer will  trace,  in  succession,  the  positions  occupied,  and  the 
works  executed  by  the  enemy  from  the  investment;  and  also 
the  works  of  co\mtcr  approach  or  defense,  and  the  succes- 
sive positions  of  the  artillery  and  other  troops  of  the  garri- 
son during  the  progress  of  the  siege. 

827.  The  commander  shall  defend,  in  succession,  the  ad- 
vanced works,  the  covered  way  and  outworks,  the  body  of 
the  work,  and  the  interior  intreuchments.  He  will  not  be 
content  with  clearing  away  the  foot  of  the  breaches,  and  de- 
fending them  by  abattis,  mines,  and  all  the  means  used  in 
sieges,  but  he  shall  begin  in  good  time,  behind  the  bastions 
or  front  of  attack,  the  necessary  intreuchments  to  resist  as- 
saults on  the  main  work. 

828.  He  shall  use  his  means  of  defense  in  such  manner  as 
always  to  have  a  reserve  of  fresh  troops,  chosen  from  his 
best  soldiers,  to  resist  assaults,  retake  the  outworks,  and  es- 
pecially to  resist  the  assaults  on  the  body  of  the  place;  and 
a  reserve  of  provisions  for  the  last  period  of  the  siege,  and 
of  ammunition  for  the  last  attacks. 

829.  He  must,  in  every  case,  compel  the  besieging  force  to 
approach  by  the  slow  and  successive  w^orks  of  siege,  and 
must  sustain  at  least  one  assault  on  a  practicable  breach  in 
the  body  of  the  place. 

830.  When  the  cc  nmander  thinks  that  the  end  of  the  de- 
fense has  come,  he  shall  still  consult  the  council  of  defense 
on  the  means  that  may  remain  to  prolong  the  siege.    But  in 


106 

all  cases  he  alone  will  decide  on  the  time,  manner,  and  terms 
of  the  surrender.  In  the  capitulation,  he  shall  not  seek  or 
accept  better  terms  tor  himself  than  for  the  garrison,  but 
shall  share  their  fate,  and  exert  his  best  best  endeavors  for 
the  care  of  the  troops,  and  especially  of  the  sick  and 
wounded, 

831.  No  commander  in  the  field  shall  withdraw  troops  or 
supplies  from  an}^  fortified  place,  or  exercise  any  authority 
over  its  commandant,  unless  it  has  been  put  subject  to  bis 
orders  by  competent  authority. 

ARTICLE  XXXVII. 

TROOPS  ON  BOARD   OF  TRANSPORTS. 

832.  Military  commanders  charged  with  the  embarkation 
of  troops,  and  officers  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department 
intrusted  with  the  selection  of  the  transports,  will  take  care 
that  the  vessels  are  entirely  seaworthy  and  proper  for  such 
service,  and  that  suitable  arrangements  are  made  in  them  for 
the  health  and  comfort  of  the  troops. 

833.  If,  in  the  opinion  of  the  officer  commanding  the  troops 
to  be  embarked,  the  vessel  is  not  proper  or  suitably  arranged, 
the  officer  charged  with  the  embarkation  shall  cause  her  to 
he  inspected  by  competent  and  experienced  persons. 

834.  Immediately  after  embarking,  the  men  will  be  as- 
signed to  quarters,  equal  parties  on  each  side  of  the  ship, 
and  no  man  will  be  allowed  to  loiter  or  sleep  on  the  opposite 
side.  As  far  as  practicable,  the  men  of  each  company  will 
be  assigned  to  the  sam  part  ot  the  vessel,  and  the  squads,  in 
the  same  manner,  to  contiguous  berths. 

835.  Arms  will  be  so  placed,  if  there  be  no  racks,  as  to  be 
secure  from  injury,  and  enable  the  men  to  handle  them 
promptly — bayonets  unfixed  and  in  scabbard. 

836.  Ammunition  in  cartridge-boxes  to  be  so  placed  as  to 
be  entirely  secure  from  fire;  reserve  ammunition  to  be  re- 
ported to  the  master  of  the  transport,  with  request  that  he 
designate  a  safe  place  of  d'.'posit.  Frequent  inspections  will- 
be  made  of  the  service  ammunition,  to  insure  its  safety  and 
good  condition. 

837.  No  oflicer  is  to  sleep  out  of  his  ship,  or  to  quit  his 
ship  without  the  sanction  of  the  officer  commanding  on  board. 

838.  The  guard  will  be  proportioned  to  the  number  of  sen- 
tinels required.  At  sea,  the  guard  will  mount  with  side  arms 
only.    The  officer  of  the  guard  will  be  officer  of  the  day.  ,   ' 


839.  Sentinels  will  be  kept  over  the  fires,  with  buckets  of 
water  at  hand,  promptly  to  extinguish  fires.  Smoking  is 
prohibited  between  decks  or  in  the  cabins,  at  all  times ;  nor 
shall  any  lights  be  allowed  between  decks,  except  such  ship- 
lanterns  as  the  master  of  the  transport  may  direct,  or  those 
carried  by  the  ofiicer  of  the  day  iu  the  execution  of  his 
duty. 

840.  Regulations  will  be  adopted  to  enable  companies  or 
messes  to  cook  in  turn ;  no  others  than  those  whose  turn  it 
is,  will  be  allowed  to  loiter  around  or  approach  the  galleys  or 
other  cooking  places. 

841.  The  commanding  officer  will  make  arrangements,  in 
concert  with  the  master  of  the  vessel,  for  calling  tlie  troops 
to  quarters,  so  that,  in  case  of  alarm,  by  storm,  or  fire,  or  the 
approach  of  the  enemy,  every  man  may  repair  promptly  to 
his  station.  But  he  will  take  care  not  to  crowd  the  deck. 
The  troops  not  wanted  at  the  guns  or  to  assist  the  sailors,  and 
those  who  cannot  be  advantageously  employed  with  small 
arms,  will  be  formed  as  a  reserve  between  decks. 

843.  All  the  troops  will  turn  out  at ,  A.  M.,  without 

arms  or  uniform,  and  (in  warm  weather)  without  shoes  or 
Blockings ;  when  every  individual  will  be  clean,  his  hands, 
face  and  feet  waehed,  and  his  hair  combed.  The  same  per- 
sonal inspection  will  be  repeated  thirty  minutes  before  sunset. 
The  cooks  alone  will  be  exempted  from  one  of  these  inspec- 
tions per  day,  if  necessary. 

•  843.  Recruits  or  awkward  men  will  be  exercised  in  the 
morning  and  evening  in  the  use  of  arms,  au  hour  each  time, 
when  the  weather  will  permit. . 

844.  Officers  will  enforce  cleanliness  as  indispensible  to 
health.  When  the  weather  will  permit,  bedding  will  be 
brought  on  deck  every  morning  for  airing.  Tubs  may  be 
fixed  on  the  forecastle  for  bathing,  or  the  men  may  be  placed 
in  the  chains  and  have  buckets  of  water  thrown  over 
them. 

845.  Between  declcs  will  not  be  washed  oftener  than  once  a 
week,  and  only  when  the  the  weather  is  fine.  The  boards  of 
the  lower  berths  will  be  removed  once  or  twice  a  week,  to 
change  the  straw.  Under  the  direction  of  the  Surgeon  and 
the  officer  of  the  day,  frequent  fumigations  will  be  performed 
between  decks.  The  materials  required  are — common  salt, 
four  ounces ;  powdered  oxide  of  magnese,  one  ounce ;  sul- 
hhuric  acici,  one  ounce,  diluted  with  two  ounces  of  water. 
The  diluted  acid  is  poured   over  the  other  ingredients  in  a 


108 

"basin  placed  in  a  hot  sand-bath.     Solutions  of  chloride  of 
lime  and  chloride  of  zinc  arc  excellent  disinfecting  agents. 

846.  Diirmg  voyages  in  hot  weather,  the  master  of  the 
vessel  will  be  desired  to  provide  wind-sails,  which  will  be 
kept  constantly  hung  up,  and  frequently  examined,  to  see 
that  they  draw  well  and  are  not  obstructed. 

847.  During  cooking  hours,  the  officers  of  companies  visit 
the  caboose,  and  see  that  the  messes  arc  well  prepared.  The 
coppers  and  other  cooking  utensils  are  to  be  regularly  and 
well  washed,  both  before  and  after  use. 

848.  The  bedding  will  be  replaced  in  the  berths  at  sunset, 
or  at  an  earlier  hour,  when  there  is  a  prospect  of  bad  weather ; 
and  at  tattoo  every  man  not  on  duty  will  be  in  his  berth.  To 
insure  the  execution  of  this  regulation,  the  officer  of  the  day, 
with  a  lantern,  will  make  a  tour  between  decks. 

849.  Lights  will  be  extinguished  at  tattoo^  except  such  as 
are  placed  under  sentinels.  The  officer  of  the  day  will  see 
to  it,  and  report  to  the  commanding  officer.  The  officers' 
lights  will  be  extinguished  at  10  o'clock,  unless  special  per- 
mission be  given  to  continue  them  for  a  longer  time,  as  in 
case  of  sickness  or  other  emergency. 

860.  For  the  sake  of  exercise,  the  troops  will  be  occasion- 
ally called  to  quarters  by  the  beat  to  arms.  Those  appointed 
to  the  guns  will  be  frequently  exercised  in  the  use  of  them. 
The  arms  and  accoutrements  will  be  frequently  inspected. 
The  metallic  parts  of  the  former  will  be  often  wiped,  and 
greased  again. 

851.  The  men  will  not  be  allowed  to  sleep  on  deck  in  hot 
weather  or  in  the  sun ;  they  will  be  encouraged  and  required 
to  take  exercise  on  deck,  in  squads,  by  succession,  when 
necessary. 

852.  At  morning  and  evening  parades,  the  Surgeon  will 
examine  the  men,  to  observe  whether  there  be  any  appear- 
ance of  disease. 

853.  The  sick  will,  as  far  as  practicable,  be  separated  from 
the  healthy  men.  On  the  first  appearance  of  mali^^nant  con- 
tagion, a  signal  will  be  made  for  the  hospital  vessel  (if  there 
be  one  in  company,)  and  the  diseased  men  removed  to  her. 

854.  A  good  supply  of  hospital  stores  and  medicines  will 
be  taken  on  each  vessel,  and  used  only  for  the  sick  and  con- 
valescent. 

855.  The  Surgeon  will  guard  the  men  against  costiveness 
on  approaching  a  hot  climate.  In  passingthrough  the  West 
Indies,  to  the  Southern  coast  for  instance,  and  for  some  weeks 


109 

after  landing  in.  those  latitudes,  great  care  is  required  in  the 
use  of  fruit,  as  strangers  would  not  be  competent  to  judge 
of  it,  and  most  kinds,  after  long  voyages,  are  prejudicial. 

856.  In  harbor,  where  there  is  no  danger  from  sharks,  the 
men  may  bathe;  but  not  more  than  ten  at  a  time,  and 
attended  by  a  boat. 

857.  In  fitting  up  a  vessel  for  the  transportation  of  horses, 
care  is  to  be  taken  that  the  requisite  arrangements  are  made 
for  conveniently  feeding  and  cleaning  them,  and  to  secure 
them  from  injury  in  rough  weather,  by  ropes  attached  to 
breast-straps  and  breeching,  or  by  other  suitable  means;  and 
especially  that  proper  ventilation  is  provided  by  openings  in 
the  upper  deck,  wind-sails,  etc.  The  ventilation  of  steam- 
ers may  be  assisted  by  using  the  engine  for  that  purpose. 

858.  Horses  should  not  be  put  on  board  after  severe  exer- 
cise, or  when  heated.  In  hoisting  them  on  board,  the  slings 
should  be  made  last  to  a  hook  at  the  end  of  the  fall,  or  the 
knot  tied  by  an  expert  seaman,  so  that  it  may  be  well  secured 
and  easily  loosened.  The  horse  should  be  run  up  quickly, 
to  prevent  him  from  plunging,and  should  be  steadied  by  guide 
ropes.  A  halter  is  placed  on  him  before  he  is  lifted  from 
the  ground. 

859.  On  board,  care  is  to  be  taken  that  the  horses  are  not 
over-fed  ;  bran  should  form  part  of  their  ration.  The  face, 
eyes,  and  nostrils  of  each  horse  arc  to  be  washed  at  the 
usual  stable  hours,  and,  occasionallj',  the  mangers  should  be 
washed  and  the  nostrils  of  the  horses  sponged  with  vinegar 
and  water. 

860.  In  loading  vessels  with  stores  for  a  military  expedi- 
tion, the  cargo  of  each  should  be  composed  of  an  assortment 
of  such  stores  as  may  be  available  for  service  in  case  of  the 
non-arrival  of  others,  and  they  should  be  placed  on  board 
iu  such  a  manner  that  they  may  be  easily  reached,  in  the 
order  iu  which  they  are  required  for  service.  Each  store- 
ship  should  be  marked,  at  the  bow  and  stern,  on  both  sides, 
in  large  characters,  with  a  distinctive  letter  and  number. 
A  list  is  to  be  made  of  the  stores  on  boord  of  each  vessel, 
and  of  the  place  where  they  are  to  be  found  in  it ;  a  copy  of 
this  list  to  be  sent  to  the  chief  officer  of  the  proper  depart- 
ment in  the  expedition,  or  at  the  place  of  destination. 

ARTICLE  XXXVIII. 

COURTS-MARTIAL. 

861.  In  appointing  a  general  court-martial,  as  many  mem- 


110 

bers  will  be  detailed,  from  five  to  thirteen  inclusively,  as  can 
be  assembled  -without  manifest  injury  to  the  service. 

862.  The  decision  of  the  officer  appointing  the  court,  as  to 
the  number  that  can  be  assembled  without  manifest  injury 
to  the  service,  is  conclusive. 

863.  A  President  of  the  court  will  not  be  appointed.  The 
officer  liighest  in  rank  present  will  be  President. 

864.  Form  of  Order  appointing  a  general  court-martial ; 
the  last  paragraph  omitted  when  the  court  can  be  kept  up 
with  thirteen  members : 

Head- Quarters, etc. 

A  general  Court-martial  is  hereby  appointed  to  meet  at 

,  on  the  day  of ,  or  as  soon  thereafter  as 

practicable,  for  the  trial  ef ,  and  such  other  prisoners 

as  may  be  brought  before  it. 

Detail  for  the  Court: 

2! 9!  

3. 10.  

4.  11. 

5. 12. 

6.  13.  

7. Judge  Advocate. 

No  other  officers  than  those  named  can  be  assembled  with- 
out manifest  injury  to  the  service. 

By  order  of ,  commanding . 

Assistant  Adjutant-General. 


865.  In  the  detail  the  members  will  be  named,  and  they 
will  take  place  in  the  court,  in  the  order  of  their  rank.  A 
decision  of  the  proper  authority,  in  regard  to  the  rank  of  the 
members,  cannot  be  reversed  by  the  court. 

866.  The  place  of  holding  a  court  is  appointed  by  the 
authority  convening  it. 

867.  Application  for  delay  or  postponement  of  trial  must, 
when  practicable,  be  made  to  the  authority  convening  the 
court.  When  made  to  the  court,  it  must  be  before  plea,  and 
will  then,  if  in  the  opinion  of  the  court  well  founded,  be 
referred  to  the  authority  convening  the  court,  to  decide 
whether  the  court  should  be  adjourned  or  dissolved,  and  the 
charges  reserved  for  another  court. 

868.  Upon  application  by  the  accused  for  postponement 
on  the  ground  of  the  absence  of  a  witness,  it  ought  distinctly 
to  appear  on  his  oath,  Ist,  that  the  witness  is  material,  and 


ill 

how;  2d,  that  the  accused  has  used  due  diligence  to  procure 
his  attendance;  and,  3d,  that  he  has  reasonable  ground  to 
believe,  and  does  believe,  that  he  will  be  able  to  procure  such 
attendance  within  a  reasonable  time  stated. 

869.  The  President  of  a  court-martial,  besides  his  duties 
and  privileges  as  member,  is  the  organ  of  the  court,  to  keep 
order  and  conduct  its  business.  He  speaks  and  acts  for  the 
court  in  each  case  where  the  rule  has  been  prescribed  by 
law,  regulation,  or  its  own  resolution.  In  all  their  delibera- 
tions the  law  secures  the  equality  of  the  members. 

870.  The  76th  Article  of  War  does  not  confer  on  a  court- 
martial  the  power  to  punish  its  own  membel*.  For  disor" 
derly  conduct,  a  member  is  liable  as  in  other  offenses  against 
military  discipline;  improper  words  are  to  be  taken  down, 
and  any  disorderly  conduct  of  a  member  reported  to  the 
authority  convening  the  court. 

871.  The  Judge  Advocate  shall  summon  the  necessary 
witnesses  for  the  trial ;  but  he  shall  not  summon  any  witness 
at  the  expense  of  the  Confederate  States,  nor  any  officer  of 
the  army,  without  the  order  of  the  court,  unless  satisfied 
that  his  testimony  is  material  and  necessary  to  the  ends  of 
justice. 

872.  Every  court-martial  shall  keep  a  complete  and  accu- 
rate record  of  its  proceedings,  to  be  authenticated  by  the 
signatures  of  the  President  and  Judge  Advocate ;  who  shall 
also  certify,  in  like  manner,  the  sentence  pronounced  by  the 
court  in  each  case.  The  record  must  show  that  the  court 
was  organized  as  the  law  requires;  that  the  court  and  Judge 
Advocate  were  duly  sworn,  in  the  presence  of  the  prisoner  ; 
that  he  was  previously  asked  whether  he  had  any  objection 
to  any  member,  and  his  answer  thereto.  A  copy  of  the 
order  appointing  the  court  will  be  entered  on  the  record,  in 
each  case. 

873.  Whenever  the  same  court-martial  tries  more  prison- 
ers than  one,  and  they  are  arraigned  on  separate  and  dis- 
tinct charges,  the  court  is  to  be  sworn  at  the  commencement 
of  each  trial,  and  the  proceedings  in  each  case  will  be  made 
up  separately. 

874.  The  record  shall  be  clearly  and  legibly  written;  as 
far  as  practicable,  without  erasures  or  interlineations.  The 
pages  to  be  numbered  with  a  margin  of  one  inch  on  the  left 
side  of  each  page,  and  at  the  top  of  the  odd  and  bottom  of 
the  even  pages;  through  this  last  margin  the  sheets  to  be 
Blitched  together;  the"  documents  accompanying  the  pro- 


112 

cecdings  to  be  noted  and  marked  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
afford  an  easy  reference. 

875.  No  recommendation  will  be  embraced  in  the  body  of 
the  sentence.  Those  members  only,  who  concur  in  ihe 
recommendation  will  sign  it. 

876.  The  legal  punishments  for  soldiers,  by  sentence  of  a 
court-martial,  according  to  the  offense,  and  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  court,  are — death;  corporal  punishment  by  flogging; 
confinement  on  breadand  water  diet;  solitary  confinement; 
hard  labor ;  ball  and  chain ;  forfeiture  of  pay  and  allow- 
ances ;  discharges  from  service ;  and  reprimands.  Solitary 
confinement,  or  confinement  on  bread  and  water,  shall  not 
exceed  fourteen  days  at  a  time,  with  intervals  between  the 
periods  of  such  confinement  not  less  than  such  periods ;  and 
not  exceeding  eighty-four  days  in  any  one  year. 

877.  The  Judge  Advocate  shall  transmit  the  proceedings, 
wsthout  delay,  to  the  officer  having  authority  to  confirm 
the  sentence,  who  shall  stale,  at  the  end  of  the  proceedings, 
in  each  case,  his  decision  and  orders  thereon. 

878.  The  original  proceedings  of  all  general  courts-martial, 
after  the  decision  on  them  of  the  reviewing  authority,  and 
all  proceedings  that  require  the  decision  of  the  President, 
under  the  6oth  and  89th  Articles  of  War,  and  copies  of  all 
orders  confirming  or  disproving,  or  remitting  the  sentences 
of  courts-martial,  and  all  ofiicial  communications  for  the 
Judge  Advocate  of  the  army,  will  be  addressed  to  "  The 
Adjutant- General  of  the  Army^  War  Departments^''  marked  on 
the  cover,  '•'■  Judge  Advocatsy 

879.  The  proceedings  of  garrison  and  regimental  courts- 
martial  will  be  transmitted,  without  delay,  by  the  garrison  or 
regimental  commander,  to  the  department  head-quarters,  for 
the  supervision  of  the  department  commander. 

880.  The  power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  the  punishment  or- 
dered by  a  court-martial,  is  vested  in  the  authority  confirm- 
ing the  proceedings,  and  in  the  President  of  the  Confederate 
States.  A  superior  military  commander  to  the  officer  con- 
firming the  proceedings,  may  suspend  the  execution  of  the 
sentence  when,  in  his  judgment,  it  is  void  upon  the  face  of 
the  proceedings,  or  when  he  sees  a  fit  case  for  executive 
clemenc}'.  In  such  cases,  the  record,  with  his  order  prohib- 
iting the  execution,  shall  be  transmitted  for  the  final  orders 
of  the  President. 

881.  When  a  court-martial  or  court  of  inqury  adjourns 
without  da3%  the  members  will  return  to  their  respective 
posts  and  duties,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


^    ;  •      •  ^         113 

882.  When  a  court  adjourns  for  three  days,  the  Judge  Ad- 
vocate shall  report  the  fact  to  the  commander  of  the  post  or 
troops,  and  the  members  belon<;mg  to  the  command  will  be 
liable  to  duty  during  the  time. 

ARTICLE  XXXIX. 

WORKING-PARTIES. 

883.  When  it  is  necessary  to  employ  the  army  at  work  on 
fortifications,  in  surveys,  in  cutting  roads  and  other  constant 
labor  of  not  less  than  ten  days,  the  non-commissioned  offi- 
cers and  soldiers  so  employed  are  enrolled  as  extra-duty 
men,  and  are  allowed  twenty-five  cents  a  day  wlien  employed 
as  laborers  and  teamsters,  and  forty  cents  a  day  when  em- 
ployed as  mechanics,  at  all  stations  East  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  and  thirty-five  and  fift}^  cents  per  day,  respect- 
ively, at  all  stations  West  of  those  mountains. 

884.  Enlisted  men  of  the  Ordnance  and  Engineer  Depart- 
ments, and  artificers  of  artilley,  are  not  entitled  to  this  allow- 
ance when  employed  in  their'appropriate  work. 

885.  Soldiers  will  not  be  employed  as  extra-duty  men  for 
any  labor  in  camp  or  garrison  which  can  properly  be  per- 
formed by  fatigue  parties. 

886.  No  extra-duty  men,  except  those  required  for  the 
ordinary  service  of  the  Quartermaster,  Commissary  and 
Medical  Departments,  and  saddlers  in  mounted  companies, 
will  be  employed,  without  previous  authority  from  depart- 
ment head-quarters,  except  in  case  of  necessity,  which  shall 
be  promptly  reported  to  the  department  commander. 

887.  Extra-duty  pay  of  a  saddler  in  a  mounted  company, 
will  be  charged  on  the  company  muster-roll,  to  be  paid  by 
the  Paymaster  and  refunded  by  the  Ordnance  Department. 
Extra-duty  pay  of  cooks  and  nurses  in  the  hospital  service, 
will  be  paid  by  the  Quartermaster,  in  the  absence  of  a  medi- 
cal disbursing  officer,  and  refunded  by  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment. 

888.  The  officer  commanding  a  working-party  will  con- 
form to  the  directions  'and  plans  ot  the  engineer  or  other 
officer  directing  the  work,  without  regard  to  rank. 

889.  A  day's  work  shall  not  exceed  ten  hours  in  summer, 
nor  eight  in  winter.  Soldiers  are  paid  in  proportion  for  any 
greater  number  of  hours  they  are  employed  each  day.  Sum- 
mer is  considered  to  commence  on  the  1st  of  Ai3ril,  and 
winter  on  the  1st  of  October. 

890.  Although  the  necessities  of  the  service  may  require 

8 


114 

soldiers  to  be  ordered  on  working- parties  as  a  duty,  com- 
manding officers  are  to  bear  in  mind  that  fitness  for  military- 
service  by  instruction  and  discipline  is  the  object  for  Avhick 
the  army  is  kept  on  foot,  and  that  they  are  not  to  employ 
the  troops  when  not  in  the  field,  and  especially  the  mounted 
troops,  in  labors  that  interfere  with  their  military  duties  and 
exercises,  except  in  cases  of  immediate  necessity,  which 
shall  be  forthwith  reported  for  the  orders  of  the  War  De- 
partment. 

ARTICLE  XL. 

PUBLIC  PROPERTY,  MONEY,  AND  ACCOUNTS, 

891.  All  officers  of  the  Pay,  Commissary  and  Quartermas- 
ter's Departments,  and  military  store  keepers,  shall,  previous 
to  their  entering  on  tlie  duties  of  their  respective  offices, 
give  good  and  sufficient  bonds  to  the  Confederate  States, 
fully  to  account  for  all  moneys  and  public  property  which 
they  may  receive,  in  such  sums  as  the  Secietary  of  War 
shall  direct ;  and  the  officers  aforesaid  shall  renew  iheir 
bonds  every  four  years,  and  oftener  if  the  Secretary  of  War 
shall  so  require,  and  whenever  they  receive  a  new  commis- 
sion or  appointment. 

892.  The  sureties  to  the  bond  shall  be  bound  jointly  and 
severally  for  the  whole  amount  of  the  bond,  and  shall  satisfy 
the  Secretary  of  War  that  they  are  worth,  jointly,  double  the 
amount  of  the  bond,  by  the  affidavit  of  each  surety,  stating 
that  he  is  worth,  Qver  and  above  his  debts  and  liabilities, 
the  amount  of  the  bond,  or  such  other  sum  as  he  may 
specify,  and  each  surety  shall  state  his  place  of  residence, 

893.  The  chiefs  of  disbursing  departments  who  submit 
requisitions  for  money,  to  be  remitted  to  disbursing  officers, 
shall  take  care  that  no  more  money  than  is  actually  needed 
is  in  the  hands  of  any  officer. 

894.  The  Treasmy  Department  having  provided,  by  ar- 
rangement with  the  assistant  treasurers  at  various  points, 
secure  depositories  for  funds  in  the  hands  ot  disbursing  offi- 
cers, all  disbursing  officers  are  required  to  avail  themselves, 
as  far  as  possible,  of  this  arrangement,  by  depositing  with 
the  assistant  treasurers  such  funds  as  are  not  wanted  for 
immediate  use,  and  drawing  the  same  in  convenient  sums  as 
wanted. 

895.  No  public  funds  shall  be  exchanged  except  for  gold 
and  silver.     When  the  funds  furnished  are  gold  and  silver 


115 

all  payments  shall  be  in  gold  and  silver.  When  the  funds 
furnished  are  drafts,  Ihey  shall  be  presented  at  the  place  of 
payment,  and  paid  according  to  law ;  and  payments  shall  be 
made  in  the  funds  so  received  for  the  drafts,  unless  said 
funds  or  said  drafts  can  be  exchanged  for  gold  and  silver  at 
par.  If  any  disbursing  officer  shall  violate  any  of  these  pro- 
visions, he  shall  be  suspended  by  the  secretary  of  War,  and 
reported  to  the  President,  and  promptly  removed  from  office, 
or  restored  to  his  trust  and  duties  as  to  the  President  may 
seem  just  and  proper.    (Act  August  G,  184G.) 

896.  No  disbursing  officer  shall  accept,  or  receive,  or  trans- 
mit to  the  Treasury,  to  be  allowed  in  his  favor,  any  receipt 
or  voucher  from  a  creditor  of  the  Confederate  States  without 
having  paid  to  such  creditor,  in  such  funds  as  he  received 
for  disbursement,  or  such  other  funds  as  he  is  authorized  by 
the  preceding  article  to  take  in  exchange,  the  full  amount 
specified  in  such  receipt  or  voucher;  and  every  such  act  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  a  conversion  to  his  own  use  of  the  amount 
specified  in  such  receipt  or  voucher.  And  no  officer  in  the 
military  service  charged  with  the  safe  keeping,  transfer,  or 
disbursement  of  public  money,  shall  convert  to  his  own  use, 
or  invest  in  any  kind  of  merchandise  or  property,  or  loan 
with  or  without  interest,  or  deposit  in  anj^  bank,  or  exchange 
for  other  funds,  except  as  allowed  in  the  preceding  article, 
any  public  money  intrusted  to  him ;  and  every  such  act  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  a  fellony  and  an  embezzlement  of  so  much 
money  as  may  be  so  taken,  converted,  invested,  used,  loaned, 
deposited,  or"^exchanged.    (Act  August  6,#846.) 

897.  Any  officer  who  shall  directly  or  indirectly  sell  or 
dispose  of  for  a  premium,  any  Treasury  note,  draft,  warrant, 
or  other  public  securit}'-,  in  his  hands  for  disbursement,  or 
sell  or  dispose  of  the  proceeds  or  avails  thereof  without 
making  returns  of  such  premium  and  accunting  therefor  by 
•charging  it  in  his  accounts  to  the  credit  of  the  Confederate 
States,  will  forthwith  be  dismissed  by  the  President.  (Act 
August  6,  1846.) 

898.  If  any  disbursing  officer  shall  bet  at  cards  or  any 
caaie  of  hazard,  his  commanding  officer  shall  suspend  his 
functions,  and  require  him  to  turn  over  all  the  public  funds 
in  his  keeping,  and  shall  immediately  report  the  case  to  the 
proper  bureau  ol  the  War  Department. 

899.  All  officers  are  forbid  to  give  or  take  any  receipt  in 
'blank  for  public  money  or  property,  but  in  all  cases  the 
voucher  shall  be  made  out  in  full,  and  the  true  date,  place. 


IIG 

and  exact  amount  of  money,  in  words,  shall  be  written  out 
in  the  receipt  before  it  is  signed. 

900.  Wlien  a  signature  is  not  written  by  the  hand  of  the 
party,  it  must  be  witnessed. 

901.  No  advance  of  public  money  shall  be  made,  except 
advances  to  disbursing  officers,  and  advances  by  order  of  the 
War  Department  to  officers  on  distant  stations,  where  they 
can  not  receive  their  pay  and  emoluments  regularly ;  but  in 
all  cases  of  contracts  lor  the  performance  of  any  service,  or 
the  delivery  oi  articles  of  any  description,  payment  shall  not 
exceed  theValue  of  the  service  rendered,  or  of  the  articles 
delivered,  previously  to  such  payment. 

903.  No  officer  disbursing  or  directing  the  disbursement 
of  money  for  the  military  service,  shall  be  concerned,  directly 
or  indirectly,  in  the  purchase  or  sale,  tor  commercial  pur- 
poses,-of  any  article  intended  for,  making  a  part  of,  or  ap- 
pertaining to  the  department  of  the  public  service  in  which 
he  is  engaged,  nor  shall  take  or  apply  to  his  own  use,  any 
gain  or  emolument  for  negotiating  or  transacting  any  public 
business  other  than  what  is  or  may  be  allowed  by  law. 

903.  No  wagon-master  or  forage-master  shall  be  interested 
or  concerned,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  any  wagon  or  other 
means  of  transport  employed  by  the  Confederate  States,  nor 
in  the  purchase  or  sale  of  any  property  procured  for  or  be- 
longing to  the  Confederate  States,  except  as  the  agent  of  the 
Confederate  States. 

904.  No  officer  or  agent  in  the  military  service  shall  pur- 
chase from  an}--  other  person  in  the  military  service,  or  make 
any  contract  with  any  such  person,  to  furnish  supplies  or 
services,  or  make  any  purchase  or  contract  in  which  such 
person  shall  be  admitted  to  any  share  or  part,  or  to  any  bene- 
fit to  arise  therefrom. 

905.  No  person  in  the  military  service  whose  salary,  pay, 
or  emoluments  is  or  are  fixed  by  law  or  regulations,  shall 
receive  any  additional  pay,  extra  allowance,  or  compensation 
in  any  form  whatever,  for  the  disbursement  of  public  money, 
or  any  other  service  or  duty  whatsoever,  unless  the  same 
shall  be  authorized  by  law,  and  explicitly  set  out  in  the  ap- 
propriation. 

906.  All  accounts  of  expenditures  shall  set  out  a  sufficient 
explanation  of  the  object,  necessity  and  propriety  of  the  ex- 
penditure. 

907.  The  facts  on  which  an  account  depends  must  be 
stated  and  vouched,  by  the  certificate  of  an  officer  or  other 
sufficint  evidence. 


lit 

908.  If  any  account  paid  on  the  certificate  of  an  officer  to 
the  facts,  is  afterwardSidisallowed  for  error  of  fact  in  the  cer- 
tificate, it  shall  pas3  to  the  credit  of  the  disbursing  officer, 
and  be  charged  to  the  officer  who  gave  the  certificate. 

909.  An  officer  shall  have  credit  for  an  expenditure  of  mo- 
ney or  property  made  in  obedience  to  the  order  of  his  com- 
manding officer.  If  the  expenditure  is  disallowed,  it  shall 
be  charged  to  the  officer  who  ordered  it. 

910.  Disbursing  officers,  when  they  have  the  money,  shall 
pay  cash,  and  not  open  an  account.  Heads  of  bureaus  shall 
take  care,  by  timely  remittances,  to  obviate  the  necessity  of 
any  purchase  on  credit. 

911.  When  a  disbursing  officer  is  relieved,  he  shall  certify 
the  outstanding  debts  to  his  successor,  and  transmit  an  ac- 
count of  the  same  to  the  head  of  the  bureau,  and  turn  over 
his  public  money  and  property  appertaining  to  the  service 
from  which  he  is  relieved  to  his  successor,  unless  otherwise 
ordered. 

912.  The  chief  of  each  military  bureau  of  the  War  De- 
partment shall,  under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War, 
regulate,  as  f\ir  as  practicable,  the  employment  of  hired  per- 
sons required  for  the  administrative  service  of  his  depart- 
ment. 

913.  When  practicable,  persons  hired  in  the  military  ser- 
Tice  shall  be  paid  at  the  end  of  the  calendar  month,  and 
when  discharged.  Separate  pay-rolls  shall  be  made  for  each 
month. 

914.  When  a  hired  person  is  discharged, "and  not  paid,  a 
■certified  statement  of  his  account  shalfbe  given  him. 

915.  Property,  paid  for  or  not,  must  be  taken  up  on  the 
return,  and  accounted  for  when  received. 

916.  No  officer  has  authority  to  insure  public  property  or 
money. 

917.  Disbursing  officers  are  not  authorized  to  settle  with 
heirs,  executors,  or  administrators,  except  by  instructions 
from  the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department  upon  ac- 
counts duly  audited  and  certified  by  the  proper  accounting 
officers  of  the  Treasury'. 

918.  Public  horses,  mules,  oxen,  tools,  and  implements, 
shall  be  branded  conspicuously,  C.  S.,  before  l)eing  used  in 
service,  and  all  other  public  property  that  it  may  be  useful 
to  mark ;  and  all  public  property  having  the  brand  of  the 
■C.  S.,  when  sold  or  condemned,  'shall  be  branded  with  the 
letter  C. 


118 

919.  No  public  property  sliall  be  used,  nor  labor  hired  for 
the  public,  be  employed  tor  any  private  use  whatsoever  not 
authorized  by  the  regulations  of  the  service, 

920.  When  public  property  becomes  damaged,  except  by 
fair  wear  and  tear,  the  officers  accountable  for  the  property 
shall  report  the  case  to  the  commanding  officer,  who  shall 
appoint  a  board  of  survey  of  two  or  more  officers  to  examine 
the  property  and  ascertain  the  cause  and  amount  of  damage, 
and  whether  by  any  fault  of  any  person  in  the  miltar^'-  ser- 
vice, and  report  the  facts  and  their  opinion  to  him;  which 
report,  with  his  opinion  thereon,  he  shall  transmit  to  the 
chief  of  the  department  to  which  the  property  appertains^ 
and  give  a  copy  to  the  officer  accountable  for  the  property 
and  to  the  person  chargeable  for  the  damage. 

921.  If  any  article  of  public  property  be  lost  or  damaged 
by  neglect  or  fault  of  any  officer  or  soldier,  he  shall  pay  the 
value  of  such  article,  or  amount  of  damage,  or  cost  of  re- 
pairs, and  be  proceeded  against  as  the  Articles  of  War  pro- 
vide, if  he  demand  a  trial  by  court-martial,  or  the  circum- 
tances  require  it. 

922.  Charges  against  a  soldier  shall  be  set  against  his  pay 
on  the  muster-roll.  Charges  againt  an  officer  to  be  set 
against  his  pay,  shall  be  promptly  reported  to  the  Secretary 
of  War.* 

923.  If  any  article  of  public  property  be  embezzled,  or  by 
neglect  lost  or  damaged,  by  any  person  hired  in  the  public 
service,  the  value  or  damage  shall  be  charged  to  him,  and 
set  against  any  pay  or  money  due  him. 

924.  Public  property  lost  or  destroyed  in  the  military  ser- 
vice, must  be  accounted  tor  by  affidavit,  or  the  certificate  of 
a€ommissioned  officer,  or  other  satisfactory  evidence. 

925.  Affidavits  or  depositions  may  be  taken  betore  any  of- 
ficer in  the  list,  as  follows,  when  recourse  can  not  be  had  to 
any  before-named  on  said  list,  which  fact  shall  be  certified  by 
the  officer  ofiering  the  evidence :  1st,  a  civil  magistrate  com- 
petent to  administer  oaths ;  2d,  a  judge  advocate;  3d,  the 
recorder  of  a  garrison  or  regimental  court-martial ;  4th,  the- 
Adjutant  of  a  regiment ;  5th,  a  commissioned  officer. 

92G.  When  military  stores  or  other  army  supplies  are  un- 
suitable to  the  service,  the  officer  in  charge  thereof  shall  re- 
port the  case  to  the  commanding  officer,  who  shall  refer  the 


*  If  the  pay  of  an  officer  or  sold'e:  is  wrongfully  withheld  for  arrears  or 
liabilities  to  the  Confedeia'e  States,  a  civil  reme'ly  is  provided  by  the  a;t  of 
January  25, 1S28. 


119 

report,  with  his  opinion  thereon,  to  the  bureau  of  the  depart- 
ment to  which  the  property  appertains,  for  the  order  in  the 
case  of  the  Secretary  of  War.  But  if,  from  the  nature  or 
condition  of  the  property,  or  exigency  of  the  service,  it  be 
necessary  to  act  without  the  dehiy  of  sucli  reference,  in  sucli 
case  of  necessity  the  commanding  officer  sliall  appoint  a 
board  of  survey,  composed  of  two  or  more  competent  offi- 
cers, to  examine  the  property  and  report  to  him,  subject  to 
his  approval,  what  disposition  the  public  interest  requires  to 
be  made  of  it;  which  he  shall  cause  to  be  made,  and  report 
the  case  to  the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department  for 
the  information  of  the  Secretaiy  of  War.  These  cases  of 
necesssity  arise  when  the  property  is  of  a  perishable  nature, 
and  can  not  be  kept,  or  when  the  expense  of  keeping  it  is 
too  great  in  proportion  to  its  value,  or  when  the  troops,  in 
movement,  would  be  compelled  to  abandon  it.  Horses  in- 
curably unfit  for  any  public  service  may  also  constitute  a 
case  of  necessity,  but  shall  be  put  to  death  only  in  case  of 
an  incurable  wound  or  contagious  disorder. 

927.  When  military  stores  or  other  army  supplies  are  re- 
ported to  the  War  Deparment  as  unsuitable  to  the  service,  a 
proper  inspection  or  survey  of  them  shall  be  made  by  an 
Inspector  General,  or  such  suitable  officer  or  officers  as  the 
Secretary  of  War  may  appoint  for  that  purpose.  Separate 
inventories  of  the  stores,  according  to  the  disposition  to  be 
made  of  them,  shall  accompany  the  inspection  report:  as  of 
articles  to  be  repaired,  to  be  broken  up,  to  be  sold,  of  no  use 
or  value,  and  to  be  dropped,  etc.,  etc.  The  inspection  report 
and  inventories  shall  show  the  exact  condition  of  the  differ- 
ent articles. 

928.  Military  stores  and  other  army  supplies  found  unsuit- 
able to  the  public  service,  after  inspection  by  an  Inspector 
General,  or  such  special  inspection  as  may  have  been  directed 
in  the  case,  and  ordered  for  sale,  shall  be  sold  for  cash ,  at 
auction,  on  due  public  notice,  and  in  such  market  as  the  pub- 
lic interest  may  require.  The  officer  making  the  sale  will 
bid  in  and  suspend  the  sale,  when,  in  his  opinion,  better 
prices  may  be  got.  Expenses  of  the  sale  will  be  paid  from 
its  proceeds.  The  auctioneer's  certified  account  of  the  sales, 
in  detail,  and  the  vouchers  for  the  expenses  of  the  sale,  will 
be  reported  to  the  chief  of  the  department  to  which  the 
property  belonged.  The  net  proceeds  will  be  applied  as  the 
Secretary  of  W  ar  may  direct. 

929.  No  officer  making  returns  of  property  shall  drop  from 


120  .     ^ 

liis  return  any  public  property  as  worn  out  or  unserviceable^ 
until  it  has  been  condemned,  after  proper  inspection,  and 
ordered  to  be  so  dropped. 

930.  An  officer  issuing  stores  shall  deliver  or  transmit  to 
the  reccivinir  officer  an  exact  list  of  them  in  duplicate  in- 
voices, and  the  receiving  officer  shall  ruturn  him  duplicate 
receipts. 

981.  When  an  officer  to  whom  stores  are  forwarded  has 
reason  to  suppose  them  miscarried,  he  shall  promptly  inform 
the  issuing  and  forwarding  officer,  and  the  bureau  of  the  de- 
partment to  which  the  property  appertains. 

932.  When  stores  received  do  not  correspond  in  amount 
or  quality  with  the  invoice,  they  will  be  examined  by  a  board 
of  survey,  and  their  report  communicated  to  the  proper 
bureau,  to  the  issueing  and  forwarding  officer,  and  the  officer 
authorized  to  pay  the  transportation  account.  Damages  re- 
covered from  the  carrier  or  other  party  liable,  will  ,be  re- 
funded to  the  proper  department. 

933.  On  the  death  of  any  officer  in  charge  of  public  prop- 
erty or  money,  the  commanding  officer  shall  appoint  a  board 
of  survey  to  take  an  inventory  of  the  same,  which  he  shall 
forward  to  the  proper  bereau  of  the  War  Department,  and 
he  shall  designate  an  officer  to  take  charge  of  the  said  prop- 
erty or  money  till  orders  in  the  case  are  received  from  the 
proper  authority. 

934.  When  an  officer  in  charge  of  public  property  is  re- 
moved from  the  care  of  it,  the  commanding  officer  shall 
designate  an  officer  to  receive  it,  or  take  charge  of  it  him- 
self, till  a  successor  be  regularly  appointed.  When  no  officer 
can  remain  to  receive  it,  the  commanding  officer  will  take 
suitable  means  to  secure  it,  and  report  the  facts  to  the  proper 
authority. 

935  ^  Every  officer  having  public  moneys  to  account  for, 
and  failing  to  render  his  account  thereof  quarter-yearly,  with 
the  vouchers  necessary  to  its  correct  and  prompt  settlement, 
within  three  months  after  the  expiration  of  the  quarter,  if 
resident  in  the  Confederate  States,  and  within  six  months  if 
resident  in  a  foreign  country,  will  be  promptly  dismissed  by 
the  President,  unless  he  shafl  explain  the  default  to  the  satis- 
faction of  the  President.     (Act  of  Jan.  31,  1833.) 

936.  Every  officer  intrusted  with  public  money  or  prop- 
erty shall  render  all  prescribed  returns  and  accounts  to  the 
bureau  of  the  department  in  which  he  is  serving,  where  all 
such  returns  and  accounts  shall  pass  through  a  rigid  admin- 


121 

istrative  scrutiny  before  the  money  accounts  are  transmitted 
to  the  proper  offices  of  the  Treasury  Department  for  settle- 
ment. 

937.  The  head  of  the  bureau  shall  cause  his  decision  on 
each  account  to  be  indorsed  on  it.  He  shall  bring  to  the 
notice  of  the  Secretary  of  War  all  accounts  and  matters  of 
account  that  require  or  merit  it.  When  an  account  is  sus- 
pended or  disallowed,  the  bureau  shall  notify  it  to  the  officer, 
that  he  may  have  early  opportunity  to  submit  explanations 
or  take  an  appeal  to  the  Secretary  of  War. 

938.  When  an  account  is  suspended  or  disallowed  in  the 
proper  office  of  the  Treasury  Department,  or  explanation  or 
evidence  required  from  the  officer,  it  shall  be  promptly  no- 
tified to  him  by  tlie  head  of  the  military  bureau.  ^  And  all 
vouchers,  evidence  or  explanation  returned  by  him  to  the 
Treasury  Department  shall  pass  through  the  bureau. 

939.  Chiefs  of  the  disbursing  departments  shall,  under  the 
direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  designate,  as  far  as  prac- 
ticable, the  places  where  the  principal  contracts  and  pur- 
chases shall  be  made  and  supplies  procured  for  distribu- 
tion. 

940.  All  purchases  and  contracts  for  supplies  or  services 
for  the  army,  except  personal  services;  when  the  public  exi- 
gencies do  not  require  the  immediate  delivery  of  the  article 
or  performance  of  the  service,  shall  be  made  by  advertising 
a  sufficient  time  previously  for  proposals  respecting  the 
same. 

941.  The  officer  advertising  for  proposals  shall,  when  the 
intended  contract  or  purchase  is  considerable,  transmit  forth- 
with a  copy  of  the  advertisement  and  report  of  the  case  to 
the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department. 

942.  Contracts  will  be  made  with  the  lowest  responsible 
bidder,  and  purchases  from  the  lowest  bidder  who  produces 
the  proper  article.  But  when  such  lowest  bids  are  unreason- 
able, they  will  be  rejected,  and  bids  again  invited  by  public 
notice ;  and  all  bids  and  advertisements  shall  be  sent  to  the 
bureau. 

943.  When  sealed  bids  are  required,  the  time  of  opening 
them  shall  be  specified,  and  bidders  have  privilege  to  be 
present  at  the  opening. 

944.  When  immediate  delivery  or  performance  is  required 
by  the  public  exigency,  the  article  or  service  required  may 
be  procured  by  open  purchase  or  contract  at  the  places,  and 
in  the  mode  in  which  such  articles  are  usually  bought  and 
aold,  or  such  services  engaged,  between  individuals. 


122 

945.  Contracts  shall  be  made  iu  quadruplicate;  one  to  be 
kept  by  the  officer,  one  by  the  contractor,  and  two  to  be  sent 
to  the  military  bureau,  one  of  which  for  the  officer  of  the 
Second  Comptroller  of  the  Treasury. 

946.  The  contractor  shall  give  bond,  with  good  and  suffi- 
cient security,  for  the  true  and  faithful  performance  of  his 
contract,  and  each  surety  shall  state  his  place  of  residence. 

947.  An  express  condition  shall  be  inserted  in  contracts  that 
no  member  of  Congress  shall  be  admitted  to  any  share  or 
part  therein,  or  any  benefit  to  arise  therefrom. 

948.  No  contract  shall  be  made  except  under  a  law  author- 
izing it,  or  an  appropriation  adequate  to  its  fulfillment, 
except  contracts  by  the  Secretary  of  War  for  the  subsistence 
or  clothing  of  the  army,  or  the  Quartermaster's  Depart- 
ment. 

949.  It  is  the  duty  of  every  commanding  officer  to  enforce 
a  rigid  economy  in  the  public  expenses, 

950.  The  commander  of  a  geographical  district  or  depart- 
ment shall  require  abstracts  to  be  rendered  to  him,  at  least 
once  in  each  quarter,  by  every  officer  under  his  orders  who 
is  charged  with  the  care  of  public  property  or  the  disburse- 
ment of  public  money,  showing  all  property  received,  issued, 
and  expended  by  the  officer  rendering  the  account,  and  the 
property  remaining  on  hand,  and  all  monies,  received,  paid, 
or  contracted  to  be  paid  by  him,  and  the  balances  remaining 
in  his  hands;  and  where  such  officer  is  serving  under  any 
intermediate  commander,  as  of  the  post,  regiment,  etc.,  the 
abstracts  shall  be  revised  by  such  commander ;  and  both  the 
accounting  officer  and  the  commanding  officer  shall  accom- 
pany the  abstracts  with  full  explanations  of  every  circum- 
stance that  may  be  necessary  to  a  complete  understanding, 
by  the  commander  of  the  department,  of  all  the  items  on  the 
abs'racts.  These  abstracts,  wiiere  the  accounting  officer  is 
serving  in  more  than  one  staff  appointment,  will  be  made 
separately  for  each. 

951.  Tlie  commander  of  the  department  shall  promptly 
correct  all  irregularities  and  extravagances  which  he  may 
discover.  He  sliall  also  forward,  as  soon  as  practicable,  the 
money  abstracts  to  the  bureau  cf  the  War  Department  to 
which  the  accounts  appertain,  with  such  remarks  as  may  be 
necessary  to  explain  his  opinions  and  action  thereon. 

952.  All  estimates  for  supplies  of  property  or  money  for 
the  public  service  within  a  department  shall  be  forwarded 
through  the  commander  of  the  department,  and  carfully  re- 


123 

vised  by  him.  And  all  such  estimates  shall  go  through  the 
immediate  commander,  if  such  there  be,  of  the  officer  render- 
ing the  estimate,  as  of  the  post  or  rv.^giment,  who  shall  be  re- 
quired by  the  department  commander  to  revise  the  estimates 
for  the  service  of  his  own  command. 

953.  The  administrative  control  exercised  by  department 
commanders  shall,  when  troops  are  in  the  field,  devolve  on 
the  commanders  of  division  ;  or,  when  the  command  is  less 
than  a  division,  on  the  commander  of  the  whole, 

954,  955,  95G,  957,  doS— Omitted. 

ARTICLE  XLI.  ^lIlHI 

quartermaster's  department. 

959.  This  department  provides  the  quarters  and  transpor- 
tation of  the  army;  storage  and  transportation  for  all  army 
supplies;  army  clothing;  camp  and  garrison  equipage; 
cavalry  and  artillery  horses ;  fuel ;  forage ;  straw,  and 
stationery. 

9G0.  The  incidental  expenses  of  the  aniiy  paid  through 
the  Quartermaster's  Department  include  per  diem  to  extra- 
duty  men;  postage  on  public  service;  the  expenses  of  court- 
martial,  ot  the  pursuit  and  apprehension  of  deserters,  of  the 
burials  of  the  officers  and  soldiers,  of  hired  escorts,  of  ex- 
presses, interpreters,  spiesandguides,  of  veterinary  surgeons, 
and  medicines  for  horses,  and  of  supplying  posts  with  water  ; 
and  generally  the  proper  and  authorized  expenses  for  the 
movements  and  operations  of  an  army  not  expressly  assigned 
to  any  other  department. 

barracks  and  quarters. 

961.  Under  this  head  are  included  the  permanent  buildings 
for  the  use  of  the  ai-my,  as  barracks,  quarters,  hospitals^ 
store-houses,  offices,  stables. 

962.  When  barracks  and  quarters  are  to  be  occupied,  they 
will  be  allotted  by  the  Quartermaster  at  the  station,  under 
the  control  of  the  commanding  officer. 

963.  Omitted. 

964.  Merchantable  hard  wood  is  the  standard  ;  the  cord  is 
128  cubic  feet. 

965.  No  officer  shall  occupy  more  than  his  proper  quarters 
except  by  order  of  the  commanding  officer  when  there  is  an 
excess  of  quarters  at  the  station;  which  order  the  quarter- 
master shall  forward  to  the  Quartermaster-General,  to  be 


124 

laid  before  the  Secretary  of  War.  But  the  amount  of  quar- 
ters sliall  be  reduced  pro  rata  by  the  commandhig  officer 
when  the  number  of  officers  and  troops  make  it  necessary; 
and  when  the  public  buildings  are  not  sufficient  to  quarter 
the  troops,  the  commanding  officer  shall  report  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  department  for  authority  to  hire  quarters,  or 
other  necessary  orders  in  the  case.  The  department  com- 
mander shall  report  the  case,  and  his  orders  therein,  to  the 
Quartermaster-General. 

966.  A  mess-room,  and  fuel  for  it,  are  allowed  only  'when 
a  majority  of  the  officers  of  a  post  or  regiment  unite  in  a 
mess ;  never  to  less  than  three  officers,  nor  to  any  who  live 
in  hotels  or  boarding-houses.  Fuel  for  a  mess-room  shall 
not  be  used  elsewhere,  or  for  any  other  purpose. 

967.  Fuel  issued  to  officers  or  t,o  troops  is  public  property 
for  their  use;  what  they  do  not  actually  consume  shall  be  re- 
turned to  the  quartermaster,  and  taken  up  on  his  quarterly 
return. 

968.  In  November,  December,  January  and  February,  the 
fuel  is  increased  one-fourth  at  stations  from  the  39th  decree 
to  the  43d  degree  North  latitude,  and  one-third  at  stations 
north  of  the  43d  degree. 

969.  Fuel  shall  be  issued  only  in  the  month  when 
due. 

970.  In  allotting  quarters,  officers  shall  have  choice  accor- 
ding to  rank,  but  the  commanding  officer  may  direct  the 
officers  to  be  stationed  convenient  to  their  troops. 

971.  An  officer  may  select  quarters  occupied  by  a  junior; 
but,  having  made  his  choice,  he  must  abide  by  it,  and  shall 
not  again  at  the  post  displace  a  junior,  unless  himself  dis- 
placed by  a  senior. 

973.  The  set  of  rooms  to  each  quarters  will  be  assigned  by 
the  ciuartermaster,  under  the  control  of  the  commanding 
officer ;  attics  not  counted  as  rooms. 

973.  Officers  cannot  choose  rooms  in  different  sets  of 
quarters. 

974.  When  public  quarters  cannot  be  furnished  to  officers 
at  stations  without  troops,  or  to  enlisted  men,  general  or  de- 
partment head-quarters,  quarters  will  be"commuted  at  a  rate 
fixed  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  and  fuel  at  the  market  price 
delivered.  When  fuel  and  quarters  are  commuted  to  an 
officer  by  reason  of  his  cmyloyment  on  a  civil  work,  the 
commutation  shall  be  charged  to  the  appropriation  for  the 
work.  No  commutation  of  rooms  or  fuel  is  allowed  for 
offices  or  messes. 


125 


975.  An  officer  is  not  deprived  of  his  qaarters  and  fuel 
or  commutation,  at  liis  station,  by  temporary  absence  on 
duty. 

976.  Officers  and  troops  in  the  field  are  not  entitled  ta 
commutation  for  quarters  or  fuel. 

977.  An  officer  arriving  at  a  station  shall  make  requisition 
on  the  quartermaster  for  his  quarters  and  fuel,  accompanied 
by  a  copy  of  the  order  putting  him  on  duty  at  the  station. 
If  in  command  of  troops,  his  requisition  shall  be  for  the 
whole,  and  designate  the  number  of  officers,  soldiers,  ser- 
vants, and  washerwomen. 

978.  Bunks,  benches  and  tables,  provided  for  the  soldiers* 
barracks  and  hospitals,  are  not  to  be  removed  from  them, 
except  by  the  quartermaster  of  the  station,  or  order  of  the 
commanding  officer,  and  shall  not  be  removed  from  the  ast- 
tion  except  by  order  of  the  Quartermaster-General. 

979.  980,  981,  982,  983,  984,  985,  QBQ—Omitkd 

ARMY  TRANSPORTATION. 

987.  When  troops  are  moved,  or  officiers  travel  with  es- 
corts or  stores,  the  means  of  transport  provided  shall  be  for 
the  whole  command.  Proper  orders  in  the  case,  and  an  exact 
return  of  the  command,  including  officers' servants  and  com- 
pany women,  will  be  furnished  to  the  quartermaster,  who  is 
to  provide  the  transportation. 

988.  The  baggage  to  be  transported  is  limited  to  cimp  and 
garrison  equipage,  and  officers'  baggage.  Officers'  baggage 
shall  not  exceed  (mess-chest  and  all  personal  effects  included) 
as  follows : 


Changing  atations. 


General  officers !    125  pounds.     1000  pounds 


Field  officers. 
Captains. . 
Subalterns 


800 
700 
600 


These  amounts  shall  be  reduced  pro  rata  by  the  command- 
ing officer  when  necessary,  and  may  be  increased  by  the 
Quartermaster-General  on  transports'by  water,  when  proper, 
in  special  cases. 

989.  The  regimental  and  company  desk  prescribed    in 


126 

army  regulations  will  be  transported;  also  for  staff  officers, 
the  books,  papers,  and  instruments  necessary  to  their  duties ; 
and  for  medical  officers,  their  medical  chest.  In  doubtful 
cases  under  this  regulation,  and  whenever  baggage  exceeds 
the  regulated  allowance,  the  conductor  of  the  train,  or  offi- 
cer in  charge  of  the  transportation,  will  report  to  the  com- 
manding officer,  who  will  order  an  inspection,  and  all  excess 
to  be  rejected. 

990.  Estimates  of  the  medical  director,  approved  '  by  the 
commanding  officer,  for  the  necessary  transportation  to  be 
provided  for  the  hospital  service,  will  be  turnislied  to  the 
Quartermaster, 

991,  The  sick  will  be  transported  on  the  application  of 
the  medical  officers, 

992,  Certified  invoices  of  all  public  stores  to  be  transported, 
will  be  furnished  to  the  Quartermaster  by  the  officer  having 
charge  of  them.  In  doubtful  cases,  the  orders  of  the  com- 
manding officer  will  be  required, 

993.  Where  officers'  horses  are  to  be  transported,  it  must 
be  authorized  in  the  orders  for  the  movement, 

994.  The  baggage  trains,  ambulances,  and  all  the  means 
of  transport  continue  in  charge  of  the  proper  officers  of  the 
Quartermaster's  Department,  under  the  control  of  the  com- 
manding officers. 

995,  996,  997,  998,  999,  1000,  1001,  1002,  1003,  1004,  1005, 
1006, 1007,  1008,  1009— Omitted 

FORAGE, 

1010.  The  forage  ration  is  fourteen  pounds  of  hay  and 
twelve  pounds  of  oats,  corn  or  barley. 

1011.  Forage  shall  be  issued  to  officers  only  in  the  month 
when  due,  and  at  their  proper  stations,  and  for  the  horses 
actually  kept  by  them  in  service.  *  -k-  *  *  * 
*           -X-  *'*.•«•  *  *  -x-         *  *         -X- 

1012.  No  officer  shall  sell  forage  issued  to  him.  Forage 
issued  to  public  horses  or  cattle  is  public  property;  what 
they  do  not  actually  consume  to  be  properly  accounted 
for, 

STHAW. 

1013.  In  barracks,  twelve  pounds  of  straw  per  month,  for 
bedding,  will  be  allowed  to  each  man,  servant,  and  company 
woman. 

1014.  The  allowance  and  change  of  straw  for  the  sick  is 
regulated  by  the  surgeon. 


12' 


1015.  One  hundred  pounds  per  month  is  allowed  for  bed- 
ding to  each  horse  in  public  service. 

1016.  Omitted. 

Straw  not  actually  used  as  bedding  shall  be  accounted  for 
as  other  public  property. 

1017.  Issues  of  stationery  are  made  quarterly,  in  amount 
as  follows : 


fli 

{3 

a. 

CJ 

ce 

^ 

PL4 

(Ih 

0 

.« 

Cm 

ho 

m 

bo 

1 

T, 

3 

c 

C3 

ff 

c 

0 

^ 

.i^ 

0 

I 

I 

.a 

3 

a 

2 

3 

3 

3 

tl3 

a 

Cf 

'^. 

0 

0 

pL, 

Commander  of  an  army,  department  or  division 
(what  may  he  necessary  for  himself  and  staff 
for  their  public  duty) 

Commander  of  a  brigade,  for  himself  and  staff 

Oflicer  commanding  a  regiment  or  post  of  not 
less  than  five  companies,  for  himself  and 
staff 

Officer  commanding  a  post  of  more  than  two, 
and  less  than  five  companies 

Commanding  officer  of  a  post  of  two  compa- 
nies   

Commanding  oflicer  of  a  post  of  one  company 
or  less,  and  commanding  officer  of  a  com- 
pany  

A  Lieutenant-Colenel  or  Major  not  in  command 
of  a  regiment  or  post 

Officers  of  the  Inspector-General's,  Pay,  and 
Quartermaster's  Department  (the  prescribed 
blank  books  and  printed  forms,  and  the  sta- 
tionery required  for  their  public  duty) 

All  officers,  including  Chaplains,  not  enumera- 
ted above,  when  on  duty  and  not  supplied  by 
their  respective  departments 


12 

1 

50 

^ 

8 

2 

10 

1 

40 

1 

6 

2 

8 

H 

30 

M 

5 

1 

C 

H 

25 

)< 

4 

1 

5 

M 

20 

H 

8 

1 

3 

H 

12 

\{ 

2 

1 

1.^ 

1/ 

6 

/B 

1 

X 

% 


Steel  pens,  with  one  holder  to  12  pens,  may  be  issued  in 
place  of  quills,  and  envelopes  in  place  of  envelope  paper,  at 
the  rate  of  100  to  the  quire. 

'   1018.  When  an  officer  is  relieved  in  command,  he  shall 
transfer  the  office-stationery  to  his  successor. 

1019.  To  each  office  table  is  allowed  one  inkstand,  one 
stamp,  one  paper-folder,  one  sand-box,  one  wafer-box,  and 


128 

as  many  lead  pencils  as  may  be  required,  not  exceeding  four 
per  annum. 

1020.  Necessary  stationery  for  military  courts  and  boards 
■will  be  furnished  on  the  requisition  of  the  recorder,  approved 
by  the  prcsidiugr^fficer. 

1021.  The  commander  of  an  army,  department  or  division, 
may  direct  orders  to  be  printed,  when  the  requisite  dispatch 
and  the  number  to  be  distributed  make  it  necessary.  The 
necessity  will  be  set  out  in  the  order  for  the  printing,  or  cer- 
tified on  the  account. 

1022.  Regimental,  company,  and  post  books,  and  printed 
blanks  for  the  officers  of  Quartermaster  and  Pay  Depart- 
ments, will  be  procured  by  timely  requisition  on  the  Quar- 
termaster-General. 

1023.  OmiUM. 

EXPENSES  OF   COURTS-MARTIAL. 

1024.  An  officer  who  attends  a  general  court-martial  or 
court  of  inquiry,  convened  by  authority  competent  to  order 
a  general  court-martial,  will  be  paid,  if  the  court  is  not  held 
at  the  station  where  he  is  at  the  time  serving,  one  dollar  i 
day  while  attending  the  court  and  traveling  to  and  from  it 
if  entitled  to  forage,  and  one  dollar  and  twenty-five  cents  a 
day  if  not  entitled  to  forage. 

1025.  The  Judge  Advocate  or  Kecorder  will  be  paid,  be- 
sides, a  per  diem  of  one  dollar  and  twenty-five  cents  for 
every  day  he  is  necessarily  employed  in  the  duty  of  the 
court.  When  it  is  necessary  to  employ  a  clerk  to  aid  the 
Judge  Advocate,  the  court  may  order  it ;  a  soldier  to  be 
procured  when  practicable. 

1026.  A  citizen  witness  shall  be  paid  his  actual  transpor- 
tation or  stage  fare,  and  three  dollars  a  day  while  attending 
the  court  and  traveling  to  and  from  it,  counting  the  travel 
at  fifty  miles  a  da3^ 

1027.  The  certificate  of  the  Judge  Advocate  shall  be  evi- 
dence of  the  time  of  attendance  on  the  court,  and  of  the 
time  he  was  necessarily  employed  in  the  duty  of  the  court. 
Of  the  time  occupied  in  traveling,  each  officer  will  make  his 
own  certificate. 

EXTRA-DUTY  MEN. 

1028.  Duplicate  rolls  of  the  extra-duty  men,  to  be  paid  by 
the  Quartermaster's  Department,  will  be  made  monthly,  and 
certified  by  the  Quartermaster,  or  other  officer  having  charge 


129 


of  the  work,  and  countersigned  by  tlie  commanding  officer. 
One  of  these  will  be  transmitted  direct  to  the  Quartermaster- 
General,  and  the  other  tiled  in  support  of  the  pay-roll. 

PUBLIC   POSTAGE. 

1029.  Postage  and  dispatches  by- telegraph,  on  public  busi- 
ness, paid  by  an  officer,  will  be  refunded  to  him  on  his  cer- 
tificate to  the  account,  and  to  thenecessity  of  the  communi- 
cation by  telegraph.  The  amount  for  postage,  and  for  tele 
graph  dispatches,  will  be  stated  separately. 

HORSES   FOK   MOUNTED   OFFICEKS. 

1030.  In  the  field,  or  on  the  frontier,  the  commanding  offi- 
cer may  authorize  a  mounted  officer,  who  cannot  otherwise 
provide  himself  with  two  Iiorses,  to  take  them  from  the 
public  at  the  cost  price,  when  it  can  be  astertained,  and 
when  not,  at  a  far  valuation,  to  be  fixed  by  a  board  of  sur- 
vey, provided  he  shall  not  take  the  horse  of  any  trooper.  A 
horse  so  taken  shall  not  be  exchanged  or  returned.  Iiorses 
of  mounted  officers  shall  be  shod  by  the  public  tarrier  or 
blacksmith. 

CLOTHING,  CAMP  AND  GARRISON  F^qVirAGK—Omi'tteif. 

1031.  1033,  1033,  lOU— Omitted. 

ALLOWANCE  OF  CAMP  AND  GARRISON  EQUIPAGE. 


a 
H 


a 
a, 

re 


A  General 

Field  or  staff  officer  above 
the  rank  of  Captain 

Other  stall'  officers  or  Cap- 
tains  

Subalterns  of  a  compan}',  to 
every  two \ . . . 

To  every  15  foot  and  13 
mounted  men. | 


1    I    2 


I    2 


O   1  ^ 


1    I 


130- 

lOli'O.  Bed-SHCKb  are  provided  lor  troops  in  garrison,  and 
iron  pots  may  be  furnished  to  them  instead  of  camp  kettles. 
Requisitions  will  be  sent  to  the  Quartermaster-General  for 
the  authorized  flags,  colors,  standards,  guidons,  drums  fifes, 
bugles,  and  trumpets. 

allowance  of  clothing. 

1030, 1037— 0//ijY^<?. 

1038.  Commanders  of  companies  draw  the  clothing  of 
their  men,  and  the  camp  and  garrison  equipage  for  the  offi- 
cers and  men  of  their  company.  The  camp  and  garrison 
equipage  of  other  officers  is  drawn  on  their  own  receipts. 

1039.  When  clothing  is  needed  for  issue  to  the  men,  the 
company  commander  will  procure  it  from  the  quartermaster 
on  requisition,  approved  by  the  commanding  officer. 

1040.  Ordinarily  the  company  commander  will  procure 
and  issue  clothing  to  his  men  twice  a  year ;  at  other  times, 
when  necessary  in  special  cases. 

1041.  Such  articles  of  clothing  as  the  soldier  may  need 
will  be  issued  to  him.  When  the  issues  equal  in  value  his 
allowance  for  the  year,  further  issues  are  extra  issues,  to  be 
charged  to  him  on  the  ne.xt  muster-roll. 

1042.  Omitted. 

1043.  Officers  receiving  clothing,  or  camp  and  garrison 
equipage,  will  render  quarterly  returns  of  it  to  the  Quarter- 
master-General. 

1044.  Commanders  of  companies  will  take  the  receipts  of 
their  men  for  the  clothing  issued  to  them,  on  a  receipt-roll, 
witnessed  by  an  officer,  or,  in  the  absence  of  an  officer,  by  a 
non-commissioned  officer;  the  witness  to  be  witness  to  the 
fact  of  the  issue,  and  the  acknowledgment  and  signature  of 
the  soldier.  The  several  issues  to  a  soldief  to  be  entered 
separately  on  the  roll,  and  all  vacant  spaces  on  the  roll  to  be 
filled  with  a  cipher.  This  roll  is  the  voucher  for  the  issue 
to  the  quarterly  return  of  the  company  commander.  Extra 
issues  will  be  so  noted  on  the  roll, 

1045.  Each  soldier's  clothing-account  is  kept  by  the  com- 
pany commander  in  u  company  book.  This  account  sets 
out  only  the  money- value  of  the  clothing  wJiich  he  received 
at  each  issue,  for  which  his  receipt  is  entered  in  tiie  book, 
and  witnessed  as  in  the  preceding  paragraph. 

104G,  When  a  soldier  is  transferred  or  detached,  the 
amount  due  to  or  by  him  on  account  of  clothing  will  be 
stated  on  his  discriptive  list. 


131 

1047.  When  a  soldier  is  discliai'gecl,  the  amount  due  to  or 
by  hiui  for  clothing  will  be  stated  on  the  duplicate  certifi- 
cates given  for  the  settlement  of  his  accounts. 

1848.  Deserters'  clothing  will  be  turned  into  store.  The 
invoice  of  it,  and  the  quartermaster's  receipt  for  it,  will 
state  its  condition,  and  the  name  of  the  deserter. 

1049.  The  inspection  report  on  damaged  clothing  shall 
set  out,  with  the  amount  of  damage  to  each  article,  a 
list  of  such  articles  as  are  fit  for  issue,  at  a  reduced  price 
stated. 

1050.  Commanding  officers  may  order  necessary  issues  of 
clothing  to  prisoners  and  convicts,  taking  deserters'  or  other 
damaged  clothing  when  there  is  such  in  store. 

1051.  In  all  cases  of  deficiency,  or  damage  of  any  article 
of  clothing,  or  camp  or  garrison  equipage,  the  officer  ac- 
countable tor  the  property  is  required  by  law  "  to  show  by 
one  or  more  depositions  setting  forth  the  circumstances  of 
the  case,  that  the  deficiency  was  by  unavoidable  accident  or 
loss  in  actual  service,  without  any  fault  on  his  part,  and  in 
case  of  damage,  that  due  care  and  attention  were  exerted  on 
his  part,  and  that  the  damage  did  not  result  from  neglect." 

RETURNS  IN  THE  QUARTERMASTER'S  DEPARTMENT. 

1052.  All  officers  and  agents  having  money  and  property 
of  the  Department  to  account  for,  are  required  to  make  the 
monthly  and  quarterly  returns  to  the  Quartermaster-General, 
prescribed  in  the  Regulations  of  the  Quartermaster'?  De-  ^ 
partment. 

1053.  1054, 1055,  1056, 1057,  Wm—OmiUed 


132 


1^ 

'2- 

t 

P 

8 

3 

?^  « 

o 

,_, 

^  ? 

a 

O) 

«^ 

o 

?1 

o   ^. 

o 

rl 

^§ 

-^ 

a 

o 

>K 

«*-( 

Ph 

::3 

g<! 

c 

f4 

P= 

O 

"^ 

, , 

CC! 


'S 


^ 


"^  -• 

a 

d 

3  ?^ 

o 

•^.Si 

1 

3   . 

'«  b 

1 

§1 

o.S 

O  -— ' 

cc  h:^ 

'r-^ 

^ 

5  rt 

Is 

8^ 

c^ 

s 

en  *^ 

o  h 

■^ 

'3  *« 

C3   j3 

'g 

II 

O   o 

■T^  "S 

■rO  a 

•~ 

CQ 

=3    fl 

■    ' 

OJ    O) 

^^ 

r:3   ;-. 

c*-i 

0)  tS 

-M   q; 

o 

^B 

t^^ 

5|^ 

GO 

?.r 

§1 

T- 1 

r^  -^ 

.2    53 

flt3 

1 

ff 

o  c 

P 

*^1 

11 

HH    « 

P: 

133 


Soo 


:^   i" 


^1? 


C5      <~ 


'k.: 


^ 


•I 


1 

p 

1 

0 

•spunoj 

•spiisng 

^ 

•soipui 

•}39J 

•spjoo 

•pp.TOD  ui  'qoua 

01     00UBiiO[IB     'iC[mUOK 

! 
i 

i 
1 

1 

1 
1 

i 
1 

c 

E- 

•I«^oi 

1    -.13 s    puT!    sass3jpum;T[ 

1                        'sajBAud 
1  puTj    Bnttptsniu  'siaD 
1   -550  pauoissiuunoo-uoij 

•sujanuqns 

•sniT!iaKO 

1 

I     4)         TT 
!    J=      .   O 


c2 
g   r 

et        o 


5        K- 

1    i 


T5        t- 


s    s 


to 


.2  <u 


134 


'S. 


5^ 


< 


! 

1 
i 

i 

(ft 

■a 

1 

K 

i 

i  'i 

•spuiioj; 

1 

•spiisua 

1 

•saqoni 

i     o 

1^ 

•199^ 

1 
1 

•spjoo 

1 

i 

1 

i 

1 

i 
i 

o 

!> 
r-i 

5 

O 

fi 

fi 

t3 

O 

& 

o 

{> 

Kt 

^ 

HH 

0} 

j3 

c3 

•H 

■£ 

■t^ 

g 

rrT 

T3 

1 

7^ 

a 

c3 

8)  - 

CO 

d 
o 

^  - 

'c. 

^ 

l-l 

^ 

^sr 

O 

o 

!-i 

'—' 

03 

G5   O 

trr 

U 

O 

rdoO 

.2 

1 

^ 
S" 

d 

M 

|0>d 

f^ 

o 

o  • 

l> 

o  drf 

o 

1>  5  S^ 

rrt 

-§^.2^ 

<u 

P.T 

pi 

a 

^ 

■*-' 

5 

o 

d 
o 

rd 

rl 

'TJ 

d 

o 

rd 

certify 
for  an 
eceive 
es  of 

1 

\—i 

-^wt. 

J?; 

•^ 

n 

r- 


1^5 


'1 

1 

i 

liave  now  in  service 
ot  been  received  for 

of  the  Confederate 
3at9, pounds  of 

1    . 
s 

i 
1 

1 

u 

JO  spnnoj 

1 

2^        rt^ 

-Jlg 

a 

JO  gpunoj 

■ 

^  a-    r  ■ 

2 

JO  spatioj 

i     \ 

1 

JO  spnnoj 

1 

R   TO 

md  0 
endin 

JO  spunoj 

ill 

1 

ri 

^§ 

>> 

Mappoj  spanoj 

1 

1^-: 

•;fBq  JO  spiinoj 

: 

.2   c/: 

ill 

as 

Tl". 

•9i«o  JO  spnnoj 

o 

^t^  : 

•^9I.iBq  spxmoj 

•ajoo    spnuoj 

•suoiTCJ  JO  jaqinn^v 

1       . 

<Ct?P  jo  jaqmnx 

1 

1  -siBramB 

jaqtnntf  x^oj. 

•a 

:    2 

2 

j            -adx-ojo  jaqnrnx 

i 

•    "3   1    : 

if  i 
i  i  1  i 

§=3S.L§ 

'          -sa 

nra  JO  .loqranM 

1 

^ 

•SdS 

aoq  JO  aaqinn^ 

i; 

•-> 

•aoT) 

i«inTj 

3.T   10  31^(1 

{ 

=     ^    1   ^ 
1    5       ^ 

"irt$ 

130 


O 


rt  -5^ 


Hay.      Fodder. 

•spunoj 


•gpunoj 


•spunoj 


•epunoj 


^^ 


O        "00 


ft. 


- 

(■sqi  95) 
'spqsna 

•spunoj 

o 

•spunoj 

1 

•spunoj 

•sasjou  JO  JDquinx 

■■ 

•I 

^ 

1 

!  From 

>» 

.& 

a 

2^ 

a> 

cS 

a 

< 

^ 

^^  .£ 

T3 

6  js 

B 

<l> 

-  2i 

93 

2   u 

J3 

H   ^ 

5  .£ 

"e3 

o'  ;::^ 

<-,    O    ■-       <£ 

•H  2  t^    *^ 

r  .p  T.    CO 


13: 


^             1 
o 

is 

.o 

•g 

1 

i 

correct  and  just,  and  that  straw  has  not  been 

G    H.,  Commandinfj    Company. 
C.  8.  Army,. . . .  pounds  of  straw,  in  full  of  the 

G.  H.,  Commandimj  Company. 

J^ 

1 
Total  allowance 

Pounds. 

i 

1 

r2 

1 

L 

o 
> 

T 

d 

i 

Total  drawn  for 

1             i 

le  above  leturn  is 
me  charged. 

of.  ...18  ,  of.... 

:ates.) 

•S^UUAJOS 

5^:3       •     ^ 

•sassajpunBT[| 

6^     -     ^ 

•S911^AI.ld 

Ipuusunpisnui 

siaoijjo  iiouios                     j 

-siraraoo-ooj^i                  J_ 

Si    Z-^ 

1           n 

3 

! 

1^8 


'^       tn' 


CO      

00      i 


^€> 


II 


e  : 

■to  ^ 


•spAvod 
-5inr  JO  sj9di? J 

•DdeiJO  89091^1 

-1B9S  JO  S9onno 

•SJ9JB.\i. 

JO  s9onrtQJ 


•snmb 
JO  jgqinRj*^ 


.i9dTJd  aSpii 

-5.IB0    JO    SJ99TI8 


•J9dud  di?o 
-s[ooj  JO  S9jra^ 
M9dt}d 
joiPt  JO   sojin^ 


5^o 
cro 

•  a 

•  3 

•  o 


o 

•  Is 

•  o 


c3    03    c3 

S  §  :  S 
^  -.^-^ 


•  C 

o  ^^ 


S      : 

above 

ified. 

nthe 

§  o 

erg 

o  o 

•      g^ 

-a  g*  • 

•  a. 

■i-^  IV  i^  ^ 


139 


o 

H 

Pi 
K 

O 


is '7-0 

c  o  ^.^ 
f -^  --  o 

«^    ^K  Si 

:p:  ..  cr   2 

?  c  c 


G  I 


c  o 

^  o 

a  fee 

c3   C 


2   O 

8g 


fc 


,2  c, 


.£  a  ♦-  *-; 

i:  e:  2  c  .ts 

^  ■"  IK  K  '3 

^  ^   cr.   t^   0 

>-.  3  c  c  _^ 
I  S  ^  C..S 

—.5      '-c: 


cut: 


i? 


140 


S^ 


*^i^    ! 

so     ^  ! 

«o    te        i, 


o 


>.« 


I)  m 
sr  a.' 

C    r^ 


^ 

C/J 

0 

.5 

"S 

0 

6 

i-, 

J 

0 

^ 

^ 

d 

'£. 

*t 

Uj 

=4-1 

^ 

0 

0 

9 

s 

8^ 


50^. 


PS   . 


CO  '^ 
QO    !^ 


fl 


^a  fl 
^   0 

0 

0  "SS 

§•8-3 

'^•S  cr 

rt       "^ 

fl    (D    ^ 

^ 

6  2 

r^ 

a 

"G       0       5 

p 

0)    t«  — ^ 

0  fl  *- 

'r^ 

QJ 

^ll 

< 

p 

141 


c 

^-^ 

o 

t 

i;^ 

g 

^. 

-*; 

C^ 

Ph 

r^ 

CP 

^ 

<1 

J^    ^ 

g 

■S-| 

p* 

'S  ■? 

a 

I| 

o 

1^' 

!> 

~ — ' 

1 

c-v 

1 

<^ 

o 

^ 

o 

^ 

d 

><: 

^ 

t,' 

^ 


ft; 


Cents. 

i 

05 

■ 

i 
1 

" 

i 
1       _ 

1 
i 
i 

1   . 

I  1 

i 

1 

i 

i 

"o 

I- 

«5   C 


-"11 


3^P 

O    «     _ 

—  ^  .Si 


-H- 


I       r'  '"'  cu  .ti 

c3   £  ~ 


i42 
AKTIOLE  XLIL 

SCBSISTENCE  DEPARTMENT. 

SUPPLIES —  Omittm. 
1059,  3060,  1001,  1062,  1063,  1064,  1060,  1066,  1067,  1068—- 
Omitted. 

THE  IIATION. 

1069.  The  ration  is  three-fourths  of  a  pound  of  pork  or 
bacon,  or  one-and-a-fourth  pounds  of  fresh  or  salt  beef; 
eighteen  ounces  of  bread  or  flour,  or  twelve  ounces  of  hard 
bread,  or  onc-and-a-fourth  pounds  of  corn  meal;  and  at  the 
rate,  to  one  hundred  rations,  of  eight  quarts  of  peas  or 
beans,  or,  in  lieu  thereof,  ten  pounds  of  rice ;  six  pounds 
coffee;  twelve  pounds  sugar ;  four  quarts  of  vinegar;  one- 
and-a-half  pounds  of  tallow,  or  one-and-a-fourth  pounds 
adamantine,  or  one  pound  spenn  candles ;  four  pounds  of 
soap,  and  two  quarts  of  salt. 

1070.  The  annexed  table  shows  the  quantity  of  each  part 
of  the  ration  in  any  number  of  rations  from  one  to  ten 
thousand. 

1071.  On  a  campaign,  or  on  marches,  or  on  board  of  trans- 
ports, the  ration  of  hard  bread  is  one  pound. 

I8SUE8. 

1072.  Returns  for  issues  to  companies  will,  when  practica 
ble,  be  consolidated  for  the  post  or  regiment  (see  Form  14)- 
At  the  end  of  the  month,  the  issuing  commissary  will  make 
duplicate  abstracts  of  the  issues,  which  the  commanding 
officer  will  compare  with  the  original  returns,  and  certify 
(see  Form  2).  This  abstract  is  a  voucher  of  the  issue  for  the 
monthly  return. 

1073.  Issues  to  the  hospital  will  be  on  returns  by  the  med- 
ical officer,  for  such  provisions  only  as  arc  actually  required 
for  the  sick  and  the  attendants.  The  cost  of  such  parts  of 
the  ration  as  are  issued  will  be  charged  to  the  hospital  at 
contract  or  cost  prices,  and  the  hospital  will  be  credited  by 
the  whole  number  of  complete  rations  due  througli  the 
month  at  contract  or  cost  prices  (see  note  7);  the  balance, 
constituting  the  Hospital  Fund,  or  any  portion  of  it,  may  be 
expended  by  the  commissary,  on  the  requisition  of  the 
medical  officer,  in  the  purchase  of  any  article  for  the  sub- 
sistence or  comfort  of  the  sick,  not  authorized  to  ])c  other- 
wise  furnished  (see  Form  3).     At  large  depots  or  general 


143 

hospitals,  tills  iund  may  be  partly  expended  for  the  benefit 
of  dependent  posts  or  detachments,  on  requisitions  approved 
by  the  medical  director  or  senior  Surgeon  of  the  district. 
On  the  1st  of  January,  each  year,  one-fourth  of  every  hos- 
pital fund,  if  less  than  $150,  and  one  half  if  more,  will  be 
dropped  by  the  commissary  from  the  fund  (Form  3),  and 
will  be  paid  over  to  the  Treasurer  of  the  Military  Asylum 
by  the  Commissary- General. 

1074.  The  articles  purchased  for  the  hospital,  as  well  as 
those  issued  from  the  subsistence  store  house,  will  be  included 
in  the  Surgeon's  certificate  of  issues  to  the  hospital,  and 
borne  on  the  monthly  return  of  provisions  received  and 
issued.  Vouchers  for  purchases  for  the  hospital  must  either 
be  certified  by  the  Surgeon  or  accompanied  by  his  requi- 
sition. 

1075.  Abstracts  of  the  issues  to  the  hospital  will  be  made 
by  the  commissary,  certified  by  the  Surgeon,  and  counter- 
signed by  the  commanding  ofiicer  (see  Form  8). 

1076.  In  order  that  the  authorized  women  of  companies 
may  draw  their  rations  Xvhile  temporarily  separated  from 
their  companies,  the  ofliccr  commanding  the  company  must 
make  a  report  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  post  where 
the  women  may  bo  left,  designating  such  as  are  to  draw  ra- 
tions as  attached  to  his  company.  Their  rations  are  not 
commuted,  and  they  can  only  draw  them  at  a  military  post 
or  station  where  there  are  supplies. 

1077.  OmitUd. 

1078.  Issues  to  volunteers  and  militia,  to  sailors,  to  ma- 
rines, to  citizens  employed  by  any  of  the  departments,  or  to 
Indians,  will  be  entered  on  seperate  abstracts  to  the  monthly 
return. 

1079.  An  extra  issue  of  fifteen  pounds  of  tallow  or  ten  of 
sperm  candles,  per  month,  may  be  made  to  the  principal 
guard  of  each  camp  and  garrison,  on  the  order  of  the  com- 
manding oflicer.  Extra  issues  of  soap,  caudles  and  vinegar, 
are  permitted  to  the  hospital  when  the  Surgeon  does  not 
avail  himself  of  the  commutation  of  the  hospital  rations,  or 
when  there  is  no  hospital  fund ;  salt  in  small  quantities  may 
be  issued  for  public  horses  and  cattle.  When  the  oflicers  of 
the  Medical  Department  find  anti-scorbutics  necessary  for 
the  health  of  the  troops,  the  commanding  officer  may  order 
issues  of  fresh  vegetables,  pickled  onions,  sour  krout  or  mo- 
lasses, with  an  extra  quantity  of  rice  and  vinegar.  (Pota- 
toes are  usually  issued  at  the  rate  of  one  pound  per  ration. 


144 

and  onions  at  the  rate  of  three  busliels  in  lieu  of  one  of 
beans).  Occasional  issues  (extra)  of  molasses  are  made — 
two  quarts  to  one  hundred  rations — and  of  dried  apples,  ot 
from  one  to  one-and-aud-a-halt  bushels  to  one  hundred  ra- 
tions. Troops  at  sea  are  recommended  to  draw  rice  and  an 
extra  issue  of  molasses  in  lieu  of  beans.  AVhen  anti-scor- 
butics are  issued,  the  medical  officer  will  certify  the  necessity, 
and  the  circumstances  which  cause  it,  upon  the  abstract 
of  extra  issues  (see  Form  4). 

1080.  When  men  leave  their  company,  the  rations 
they  have  drawn,  and  left  with  it,  will  be  deducted  from  the 
next  return  for  the  company;  a  like  rule  when  men  are  dis- 
charged from  the  hospital,  will  govern  the  hospital  return. 

RECRriTiNG  SERYiCE — Omitted. 

1081,  1082,  1083,  1084,  1085,  1086,  1087,  1^^^—Oniiti^d. 

SUBSISTENCE    TO    OFFICERS. 

1089.  An  officer  may  draw  subsistence  stores,  paying  cash 
for  them  at  contract  or  cost  prices,  without  including  cost  of 
transportation,  on  his  certificate  that  they  are  for  his  own 
use  and  the  use  of  his  iiimily.  These  certified  lists  the  com- 
manding officer  shall  compare  with  the  mothly  abstracts  of 
sales,  which  he  shill  countersign  (see  Form  5).  The  com- 
missary will  enter  the  sales  on  liis  monthly  return,  and 
credit  the  money  in  his  quarterly  account  current. 

U ACK  R ATIOK s —  Om  itted. 

1090.  0 milted. 

COMMUTATION   OF    RATIONS. 

1091.  When  a  soldier  is  detached  on  duty,  and  it  is  im- 
practict  ble  to  carry  his  subsistence  with  him,  it  will  be  com- 
muted at  seventy-five  cents  a  day,  to  be  paid  by  the  com- 
missary when  due,  or  in  advance,  on  the  order  of  the  com- 
manding officer.  The  officer  detaching  the  soldier  will  cer- 
tify, on  the  voucher,  that  it  is  impracticable  for  him  to  carry 
his  rations,  and  the  voucher  will  show  on  its  face  the  nature 
and  extent  of  the  duty  the  soldier  was  ordered  to  perform 
(see  Form  18). 

1093.  The  expenses  of  a  soldier  placed  temporarily  in  a 
piivate  hospital,  on  the  advice  of  the  senior  Surgeon' of  the 
post  or  detachment,  sanctioned  by  the  commanding  officer, 
will  be  paid  by  the  Subsistence  Department,  not  to  exceed 
scvcntv-five  cents  a  dav. 


145  4 

1093.  The  ration  of  a  soldier  stationed  in  a  city,  "with  no 
opportunity  of  messing,  -will  be  ccmmuted  at  forty  cents. 
The  rations  of  the  non-commissioned  regimental  staff  and 
ordnance  sergeants,  when  they  have  no  opportunity  of  mes- 
sing, and  of  soldiers  on  furlough,  or  stationed  where  rations 
cannot  be  issued  in  kind,  may  be  commuted  at  the  cost  or 
value  of  the  ration  at  the  post, 

1094.  When  a  soldier  on  duty  has  necessarily  paid  for  his 
own  subsistence,  he  may  be  refunded  the  cost  of  the  ration. 
When  more  than  the  cost  of  the  ration  is  claimed,  the  account 
must  be  submitted  to  the  Commissary-General. 

EXTRA-DUTY  MEX. 

1095.  The  commanding  officer  will  detail  a  suitable  non- 
commissioned officer  or  soldier  for  extra  duty,  under  the 
orders  of  the  Commissary,  and  to  be  exempt  from  ordinary 
company  and  garrison  duty.  All  extra-duty  men  employed 
in  the  Commisariat  will  be  paid  the  regulated  allowance  (see 
Article  XXXIX)  by  the  Commissary,  if  not  paid  extra  pay 
in  any  other  department. 

109G.  Barrels,  boxes,  hides,  etc.,  will  be  sold,  and  the  pro- 
ceeds credited  in  the  quarterly  account  current. 

ACCOrNTS. 

1097.  The  following  are  the  accounts  and  returns  to  be 
rendered  to  the  Commissary-General : 

MoniMy. 

lleturn  of  provisions  and  forage  received  and  issued 

in  the  month Form  1 

Abstracts  of  issues  to  troops,  etc.  (see  paragraph 

1078) "        2 

Abstract  of  issues  to  hospital "        -3 

Abstract  of  extra  issues "        4 

Abstract  of  sales  to  officers "        5 

Distinct  abstract  of  other  sales. 

Summary  statement  of  money  received  and  expend- 
ed during  the  month "        ^ 

Quarterly. 

Account  current Form  7 

Abstract  of  all  purchases  of  provisions  and  forage 

during  the  quarter "        ^ 

10 


146 

Abstract  of  all  expenditures  in  the  quarter,  except 
for  purchase  of  provisions,  and  forage  for  cattle 
(Paragraph  1064) "        9 

Consolidated  abstract  of  sales  to  officers  during  the 
quarter "      10 

Distinct  abstract  of  other  sales. 

Estimate  ot  funds  required  for  next  quarter "      11 

Quarterly  return  of  all  property  in  the  department, 
except  provisions,  and  forage  for  cattle "      12 

1098.  The  abstracts  of  issues  will  show  the  corps  or  de- 
tachment. When  abstracts  require  more  than  one  sheet,  the 
sheets  will  be  numbered  in  series,  and  not  pasted  together  ; 
the  total  at  the  foot  of  each  carried  to  the  head  of  the  next, 
etc.,  etc. 

1099.  All  lists  of  subsistence  shall  run  in  this  order ;  meat, 
breadstuff,  rice  and  beans,  coffee,  sugar,  vinegar,  candles, 
soap,  salt,  anti- scorbutics,  purchases  for  hospital,  forage  for 
cattle. 

1100.  Xo  charge  for  printing  blanks,  as  forms,  will  be  al- 
lowed. 

1101.  A  book  will  be  kept  by  the  Commissary  at  each 
post,  in  which  will  be  entered  the  monthly  return  of  pro- 
visions received  and  issued  (Form  1).  It"  will  show  _  from 
whom  the  purchases  have  been  made,  and  whether  paid  for. 
It  is  called  the  Commissary's  Book,  and  will  not  be  removed 
from  the  post. 

1102.  When  any  officer  in  the  Commissariat  is  relieved, 
lie  will  close  his  property  accounts;  but  money  recounts 
will  be  kept  open  till  the  end  of  the  quarter,  unless  he 
ceases  to  do  duty  in  the  department. 

1103.  Commissaries  of  Subsistence  in  charge  of  principal 
depots  will  render  quarterly  statements  of  the  cost  and 
quality  of  the  ration,  in  all  its  parts,  at  their  stations. 


147 

NOTES. 

1,2,3,  i,5,&—0mitt€d. 

7.  Mode  of  ascertaining  the  hospital  ration,  100  complete 
rations  consist  of,  say- 
Cost. 

32  rations  of  fresh  beef,  is  40  lbs.  at  4  cents $1  60 

68        "  pork,  is  51  lbs.  at  6  cents 3  06 

lOO        "  Hour,  is  112  lbs.  at  2  cents 2  25 

(  100        *'         beans,  is  8  quarts,  at  4  cents 32  ) 

]  or         "  ^0  46 

( 100        "         rice,  is  10  lbs.  at  6  cents 60  ) 

100        "         coffee,  is  0  lbs.  at  9  cents 0  54 

100        "  surgar,  is  12  lbs.  at  8  cents 0  96 

100  rations  of  vinegar,  is  4  quarts  at  5  cents 0  20 

100        "  candles,  is  U  lbs.  at  12  cents 0  18 

100        "  soap,  is  4  lbs.  at  6cents 0  24 

100        '-'  salt,  is  2  quarts  at  3  cents 0  00 

Cost  of  one  hundred  rations $9  55 

or  9  cents  fiye  mills  per  ration. 


148 


CO 


o 


^ 


^ 


?5i 


S 


f^ 


REMARKS. 

i 
1 

1 

' 

•^i^s  1 

•clBOg  1 

•saipiiuo  1 

MESaiiiA  1 

•jcSng  1 

•aajjoo  1 

•aoia  1 

•snTJog;  | 

•juoij  1 

■-110^  1 

•jaaq  iisai^  1 

•snoTiBi  JO  .laqmnx 

1 

•SiCtjp  JO  JDqcan^ 

"= 

•^ox 

•nauioAi  JO  jaqum^ 

•uora  JO  laqran^ 

! 

POST  OR  STATION. 

1 

149 


-2. 


^1 


-2.& 


I 

1 

o 
o 

RATIONS  OP 

1 

•n«s  1 

■cK'og  1 

•saipiiuo  1 

MTjSauiA  1 

•.reSng  1 

•93JJO0  1 

•ooiH  1 

1 

•SUT?9a  1 

•.moi^  1 

1 

•51.I0J  1 

•jaog  TIS9.IJ  I 

suopBi  JO  joqran^ 

•siup  JO  loqranx 

I 

•l^iox 

•namo.\\.  jo  joqranx 

•nara  ;o  .laqranjsj 

1 

1 

§ 

I 


1^ 


150 

MISCELLANEOUS  ITEMS. 

A  box,  24  by  16  inches  square,  and  22  inches  deep,  TV  ill 
contain  one  barrel,  or  10,752  cubic  inches. 

A  box,  16  by  16.8  inches  square,  and  8  inches  deep,  will 
contain  one  bushel,  or  2150.4  cubic  inches. 

A  box,  8  by  8.4  inches  square,  and  8  inches  deep,  "will 
contain  one  peck,  or  537 . 6  cubic,  inches. 

A  box,  7  by  4  inches  square,  and  4.8  inches  deep,  will 
contain  a  half  gallon,  or  131 .4  cubic  inches. 

A  box,  4  by  4  inches  square,  and  4.2  inches  deep,  will 
contain  one  quart,  or  67.2  inches. 

One  bushel  of  corn  weighs 56  pounds. 

"     wheat    "      60        " 

"      rye         "      56 

"      buckwheat   weighs 52        " 

"     barley  ''      48 

"     oats  "      40        " 

"     beans  "      60 

"     potatoes  "      60        " 

"      onions  ''       57        " 

"      dried  peaches  "       33 

"      dried  apples      "       22 

*'      salt  "       50 

Ten  gallons  pickled  onions      "       83        " 

"  sourkrout  ''      81        " 


151 


i     JO  suoiiUJ  pOT3saoi{j  dUQ 

1 

! 

O        ! 

a  i 

3    i 

Bacon. 
Flour. . 
Pilot  B 
Do.. 
Beans  . 
-liice... 
Coffee. 
Sugar  . 
Vinega: 
Candlei 
Soap  . . 
Salt . . . 

III 

1 

.*  .'^ »2 

• 

o      o      o 

o       1 

o 

• 

o      o      o 

p: 

p. 

: 

l-^O  i-i  O  i-i  o 

•^    1 

1                                                         ?;Ot-*.h-iK-irfi.rfi.rfi>CS 

C3    O      i 

H-i.  i-i  i-j.  i-j  to  JN5  ~.3  o  ct  c: :        c:        O        Ol 

►fi.  c:  to  CT  c«  o  >^  10  ex;  t-'  ;^  c;  Qc        o       to       c? 

qdooct'     c::rc;TCOOOOi-^--:j.^f:^to>^^:rcst2 

00  O               to  O         H^  I-'  00  Or  00  wT    c:  to  o  o  Cl  cc 

Pj    U-.       1 

to  C5          ct  (-^      00  C--T  C5  cs  CI       o  cno  ci  CI  o 

i^  p    li 

O0C;i                                 ^:?Ci<Jt-^»-^        It0-30000K^ 

!-»■        K^            1        to        to        to 

5-g!  ;: 

H-i         ^  ^o.  o  <?  H^  ^7  -3 ,         to         O         CC 

w  rfs.  i-i  so  to  C5  o  oi  o  CT  to  OT  o?       a      '-"  _'  <^ 

0300ltOOOOCTOOClOOitOCilOC:tO|-' 

^1 '    *    ci io  io  o  to  cc  to 

CT                                                                          Ci  wf  1-^  CT  ~£  CT 

5  ft>     1  i 

^      S      to 

ci-crg'  !' 

M   =t    : 

1                                                   1-1.        l-i.        l-il        to        to        cc 

5-0  ;: 

1                         i-iH-i.         l-iH-itOCCtOCOtOl          -}         hP^         o 

COrf^M-OCC -11-^-1  to  to  OiO^i         to        ^        4^ 

—  !:   ! 

00  Cr.  -3  -3  CT  O  4=-  -7  'X  |-^  rf^  w  oc,:  to  p  to  p  CC  -3 

5  S  ; 

cs  OD  CT  br  c:  o  ct  ic  o  c>  O  H-A  -:}  i  -■?  f^  '^^  to  o  '-' 
iocc           too      >-^  ^  cc  oi  cc  Oiit^  ^t  >-^  >t^  ^  oc 

sen;    h 

to  C5           ct  1-^      oc  CI  c:  c:  c;        c:  ci  cc  ckj  o 

i^s' 

00  ci                        -?c;-i^H-^     Ihf^-^tooci-^H-i. 

ry:    ?i-     1 

,_L                                            !               ^^              W_X              H-^ 

oooooooototr:c.i*-cx|_    p_    c:_    H^ 

'm.  h-i  O  CC  CI  CC  '^  -7  O  O  ^7  JC  -7    o  to  o  io  O  OC 

cnocooc       >ft^ci^rfi'C;iooCT   t-^oc^cii-'.ti 

Q 

CS-7tOCC         ODtO»^OCt-^Oi-A           OtOC5C-|>-^tO 

■—1 

ts  -7  ci           oc  i^  to           <j  CO       to  •<{  to  c;  00  rfi> 

i 

H                    "-"^             !.  .w.  ,td.^^ 

^                    '^>=: 

O-^  C^  dc 

1 

f     ^? 

5:  ^  "p^ 

1 

j 

l' 

Ct.O  P-O  C-T* 

C    N    O    N    C    o- 

5±                                 pe 

'     ^— '  *     '-~-^  '      Ci 

3 

s             '1 

V  i 

o     1 

^ 

'^ 

^ 

o* 

^      B 

P     ! 

?-                       -'  ^ 

1 

W                                               -0.1.1-1.1.1 

j 

p^ 

§ 

1 

?> 

^ 

^ 

a 


15: 


w    > 


W5 


^ 

^ 

ti 

o 

^ 

^3 

? 

'Ss 

^ 

ri 

n 

^' 

^ 

n 

o 

.■~: 

_5i 

El 

Sc 

q' 

? 

op-     .C 


'  s 

o^ 

en 

1        v» 

^ 

^ 

t^ 

^ 

<rs* 

i-j 

s' 

s 

«. 

e3 

^ 

2 

\      y^^ 

S 

3 

t 

o 

S" 

»=1 

*^ 

o 

1         Ob 

?d 

■x. 

O 

72 

Cl 

Ci 

«> 

*-; 

<-& 

^ 

^ 

K 

yi 

**> 

O 

c^ 

•^ 

!    ^ 

K 

i    '^^^ 

H 

c^ 

3 

s^ 

,-^ 

1       a 

5 

H 

jft 

i 

1 

bd 

1 

l>^ 

1 

P 

1         vi 

1         «. 

2^ 

153 


r« 

p 

c 

c; 

1? 

jr 

5' 

o 

§3 

2 

^ 

c  ?^ 

Ik 

< 

CD 

«  5 

-• 

►rs 

^ 

^g- 

o 

p 

-■o 

ra 

c+ 

o  ° 

crq 

^ 

r*  <I> 

2. 

t:' 

^S 

^ 

5' 

o 

§1 

1— I 

Oq 

^ 

5  <^ 

CO 

1-1 

re 

•^^ 

►o 

S 

o 

" 

a 

3 

63 

c 

S! 

o 

ra  CL, 


!=^  bi.    o 


en         t::         S-i 


B 


I 

5^ 


o 


o 


8 


154 

Form  12. 
Army  of  the  Confederate  States. 

(Coat  of  Arms.) 

Certificate  of  Dkability  for  BUcharge. 

A.  B.,  of  Captain 's  company  ( — )  of  the regiment 

of  Confederate  States ,  ^Yas  enlisted  by ,  of  the 

regiment  of ,  at ,  on  the day  of  ,  to 

serv^e years ;  he  was  born  in ,  in  the  State  of , 

is years  of  age, feet inciies  high,  com- 
plexion,   eyes, hair,  and  by  occupation  when  en- 
listed   .    During  the  last  two  months  said  soldier  has 

been  unfit  for  duty days. 

(The  company  commander  will  here  add  a  statement  of 
all  the  fads  known  to  him  concerning  the  disease  or  wound, 
or  cause  of  disability  of  the  soldier;  the  time,  place,  manner, 
and  all  the  circumstances  under  which  tlie  injury  occurred, 
or  disease  originated  or  appeared ;  the  duty,  or  service,  or 
situation  of  the  soldier  at  the  time  the  injury  was  received 
or  disease  contracted,  or  supposed  to  be  contracted ;  and 
whatever  facts  may  aid  a  judgment  as  to  the  cause,  imme- 
diate or  remote,  of  the  disabilit}^,  and  the  circumstances  at- 
tending it.)  C.  D.,  Commanding  Company. 

When  the  facts  are  not  known  to  the  company  com- 
mander, the  certificate  of  any  oflicer,  or  affidavit  of  other 
person  having  such  knowledge,  will  be  appended. 

I  CERTIFY  that  I  have  carefully  examined  the  said 

of  Captain   's  company,  and  find  him  incapable  of 

performing  the  duties  of  a  soldier,  because  of  (here  describe 
particularly  the  disability,  wound,  or  disease ;  the  extent  to 
which  it  deprives  him  of  the  use  of  any  limb  or  faculty,  or 
affects  his  health,  strength,  activity,  constitution,  or  capacity 
to  labor  or  earn  his  subsistence.)  The  surgeon  will  add, 
from  his  knowledge  of  the  facts  and  circumstances,  and 
from  the  evidence  in  the  case,  his  professional  opinion  of  the 
cause  or  origin  of  the  disability. 

E.  R,  Surgeon. 

(Duplicates.) 


155 


Remarks. 

The  remarks  will 
state  the  cause  of 
rejecting   any 
who    are  exam- 
ined, etc.,  etc. 

By  whom  enlisted. 

Profession. 

1 

1 

!i      i 

State  or 
kingdom. 

Town    or 
county. 

Name. 

1 

, 

1 

1 
1 
i 

! 

^ 


156 


Date. 

1 
j 

1 

Company. 

1 

In  hospital 

In  qu'rt'rs. 

ain'g 
last 
)ort. 

i                                                   Taken  sick.                 i 

In  hospital 

Total. 

In  qu'rt'rs. 

Returned  to  duty.       ' 

Discharged. 

1  Sent  to  gen'l  hospital. ' 

Died. 

1 

In  hospital 

Ilemain'g 

In  qu'rt'rs. 

1 

?3 
> 

' 

'^^ 


&5 


^ 


^ 
^ 


157 
Form  IT. 

CO^■TRACT   WITH   A  PRIVATE   niYSICIAN. 

This  contract  entered  into  this day  of IS— , 

at ,  State  of ,  between ,  of  the  Confe- 
derate States  Army,  and  Dr.  ,  of  — ^ — ,  in  the 

State  of ,  -vvitnespeth,  that  for  the  consideration  here- 
after mentioned,  the  said  Dr. promises  and  agrees 

to  perform  the  duties  of  a  medical  officer,  agreeably  to  the 

Army  Regulations,  at '{and  to  furnish  the  necessary 

medicines.)    And  the  said  promises  and  agrees,  on 

behalf  of  the  Confederate  States,  to  pa}',  or  cause  to  be  paid, 

to  the  said  Dr. the  sum  of  — dollars  for  each 

and  ever}'  month  he  shall  continue  to  perform  the  services 
above  stated,  '\\hich  shall  be  his  full  compensation,  and  in 
lieu  of  all  allowances  and  emoluments  whatsoever,  [except 

that  for  medicines  furnished,  which  shall  be  at  the  rate  of 

per  cent,  on  his  monthly  pay,  to  he  determined  by  the  Snrgeon 
General)  This  contract  to  continue  till  determined  by  the 
said  doctor,  or  the  commanding  officer  for  the  time  being, 
or  the  Surgeon  General. 

[Seal.] 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  } 
in  presence  of  ( 

.      [Seal  1 

I  certify  that  the  number  of  persons  entitled  to  medical 

attendance,  agreeably  to  regulations,  at  is ,  and 

that  no  competent  physician  can  be  obtained  at  a  lower 
rate.  " ,  Commanding  Officer. 


158 

Form  No.  4. 

Certijkatc  to  he  glmn  a  soldier  at  the  time  of  Tus  discharge. 

I  CERTIFY  that  the  within  named ,  a  of 

Captain company  ( — )  of  tlie  regiment  of 

born  in ,  in  the  State  of  ,  aged 


years, feet inches  high, complexion, 

eyes, hair,  and  b}'  profession  a  ,  was  enlisted 

by ,  at ,  on  the day  of eighteen 

hundred  and to  serve  for years,  and  is  now  enti- 
tled to  a  discharge  by  reason  of , 

The  said was  last  paid  by  Paymaster , 

to  include  the day  of ,  eighteen  hundred  and  — , 

and  has  pay  due  from  that  time  to  the  present  date. 

There  is  due  to  him dollars  retained  pay. 

There  is  due  to  him dollars  on  account  of  clothing 

not  drawn  in  kmd. 

He  is  indebted  to  the  Confederate  States dollars,  on 

account  of  extra  clothing,  etc. 

He  is  indebted  to ,  laundress,  at ,  

dollars. 

The  contract  price  of  the  ration  at is cents. 

Given  in  duplicate  at ,  this day  of ,  18 — . 


Commanding  Company. 


Note.— When  a  soldier  transfei-s  his  certificates,  the  transfer  must  be  made 
on  them,  witnessed  by  a  commissioned  ofllcer,  when  practicable,  or  by  some 
other  reputable  person  known  to  the  Paymaster, 


159 


REMARK  S . 

•0)9  '-o^a 

1 

K 

2 
c 

f 

1 
1 

•8)as  'saSBnS  ^oqg 

'-^ 

rH 

•gpunod  'qo^Bca  Aioig 

g" 

S 

•sptmod  '.lap-ttod  uouuBQ 

i§ 

1 

■  •saxoq-aSpij^jKO  Xj-juvjui 

II 

O 

•6aSi3u.ivo  unS  upd-g 

«« 

r-l 

O 

i 

o 

1 

1 

1 

J 

c 
C 

S    £: 


160 


i 
1 

U 
a 

i 
1       • 

1 

1 

h 

n 

|g 
11 

>l 

'~'<2 

}| 
II 

1 

1       -saSpuj-iBo  iiKq-}9JisnK 

•<N 

1 

1               "psxg  '^oqs  upd-g 

S: 

r-< 

!                          -sSuiis-uno 

! 

05 

•sa^uid  liaq-:)siBAV 

jS 

o 

i            •sp.TuqqBOS-^auo^ua 

:^ 

? 

•s^iaq  xoq-93pT.t:>JTJ3 

:^ 

§ 

•saxoq-aSpu^JBO 

:^ 

C5 

'spjojis  saaougo  PjUioo-ao>i 

•  o> 

OS 

•9}aidraoo  's^aJisnK 

:^ 

^ 

1                 -soSbi-libd  Mpd-f) 

0^1      • 

o< 

•uouuBO  ssBjq  Mpd-g 

**    ; 

CM 

1 

i 

a 

"    .2^ 

« 

-a      --S^g 

"2^ 

i  §■« 

sS 

corn 
it  of 

!t 

HV 

i? 

III 

1-^ 

c  t"^ 

c> 

3  >>^ 

"S  ^V 

3     . 

i 

r 

C   03     ^ 

rs 

.2  2?5 

O 

y  tn     , 

§fi-5 

^ 

S-2 

o 

S'5 


li  it 


as  tc 


<^ 


161 


ARTICLE  XLYII. 

RECRUITING    SERVICE. 

1283.  The  recriiitiug  service  will  be  conducted  by  the  Ad- 
jutant-General, under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

1284.  Field  ofticers  will  be  detailed  to  superintend  the  re- 
cruiting districts,  and  lieutenants  to  take  charge  of  the  re- 
cruiting parties.  The  recruiting  service  will  form  a  special 
roster.  The  Adjutant-General  will  detail  the  Held  officers, 
and  announce  in  orders  the  number  of  lieutenants  to  be  de- 
tailed fiom  each  regiment  by  the  Colonel.  When  the  detail 
is  not  according  to  the  roster,  the  special  reason  of  the  case 
shall  be  reported  and  laid  before  the  Secretary  of  War. 

1285.  A  recruiting  party  will  consist  generally  of  one  lieu- 
tenant, one  non-commissioned  officer,  two  privates,  and  a 
drummer  and  fifer.  The  parties  will  be  sent  from  the  prin- 
cipal depots,  and  none  buc  suitable  men  selected. 

1286.  Officers  on  the  general  recruiting  service  are  not  to 
be  ordered  on  any  other  duty,  except  from  the  Adjutant- 
General's  office. 

"^287.  As  soon  as  a  recruiting  station  is  designated,  t^e 
superintendent  sends  estimates  for  funds  to  the  Adjutant- 
General,  and  requisitions  on  the  proper  departments  (through 
the  Adjutant-General)  for  clothing,  camp  equipage,  arms 
and  accoutrements. 

1288.  Subsequent  supplies  for  the  station  in  his  district 
are  procured  by  the  superintendent  on  consolidated  esti- 
mates; these  arc  made  quarterly  for  funds,  and  every  six  or 
twelve  months  for  clothing,  equipage,  arms  and  accoutre- 
ments.   Estimates  for  funds  will  be  In  the  following  form : 

Estimates  of  Recruiting  Funds  required  for  the 

during  the  quarter  ending  180 


Names. 

1 

Regiment. 
Station. 

Am'nt  ex- 
pend'd last 
quarter. 

1 

Am'nt  on!  Amount 

hand,     required 

Remark.s. 

$ 

eta. 

% 

Ct3.         $    jCk8. 

1             1 

i      1 

!      I 

! 

11 


Sup&n'ni&ncl^ni, 


1289.  Funds  and  supplies  ot  clothing,  camp  and  garrison 
equipage,  arms  and  acoutrements,  when  ordered,  will  be  sent 
direct  to  each  station. 

1290.  For  subsistence  to  recruiting  stations,  see  regulations 
of  the  Subsistence  Department.  When  anny  rations  are 
issued  for  recruits,  savings  on  the  rations  shall  be  applied  for 
their  benefit,  as  in  companies. 

1291.  The  superintendents  will  transmit  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  consolidated  monthly  returns  of  the  recruiting  par- 
ties under  their  superintendence,  according  to  directions  on 
the  printed  blanks,  accompanied  by  one  copy  of  the  enlist- 
ment of  each  recruit  enlisted  within  the  month. 

1292.  When  recruits  should  be  sent  to  regiments,  a  super- 
intendent will  report  to  the  Adjutant-General  for  instruc- 
tions in  reference  thereto. 

1293.  When  recruits  are  sent  from  a  depot  or  rendezvous 
to  a  regiment  or  post,  a  muster  and  descrijMce  roll,  and  a7i  ac- 
count of  clothing  of  the  detachment,  will  be  given  to  the  offi- 
cer assigned  to  the  command  of  it.  And  a  duplicate  of  the 
muster  and  descriptive  roll  will  be  forwarded  to  theAdju- 
tdbt-General  by  the  superintendent,  who  will  note  on  it  the 
names  of  all  the  officers  on  duty  with  the  detachment,  and 
the  day  of  its  departure  from  the  depot  or  rendezvous. 

1294.  The  superintendent  will  report  all  commissioned  or 
non  commissioned  oflEicers  who  may  be  incapable  or  negli- 
gent in  the  discharge  of  their  functions.  Where  a  recruiting 
party  fails  to  get  recruits  from  any  cause  other  than  i\\Qi  fault 
of  the  oflScer,  the  superintendent  will  recommend  another 
station  tor  the  party. 

1395.  When  a  rendezvous  is  closed,  the  superintendent 
will  give  the  necessary  instructions  for  the  safe-keeping  or 
disposal  of  the  public  propert}^,  so  as  not  to  involve  any 
expense  for  storage. 

1296.  Tours  of  inspection  by  superintendents  will  be  made 
only  on  instruction  from  the  Adjutant-General's  office,  offi- 
cers on  the  recruiting  service  will  not  be  sent  from  place  to 
place  without  orders  from  the  same  source.  Recruiting  offi- 
cers will  in  no  case  absent  themselves  from  their  stations 
without  authority  from  the  superintendent. 

1297.  They  will  not  allow  any  man  to  be  deceived  or  in- 
veigled into  the  service  by  false  representations,  but  will  in 
person  explain  the  nature  of  the  service,  the  length  of  the 
term,  the  pay,  clothing,  rations,  and  other  allowances  to 
which  a  soldier  is  entitled  by  law,  to  every  man  before  be 
signs  the  enlistment. 


163 

1298.  With  the  sanction  of  superintendents,  recruiting  offi- 
cers may  insert,  in  not  exceeding  two  newspapers,  brief 
notices  directing  attention  to  the  rendezvous  for  further  in- 
formation. 

1299.  Any  free  white  male  person  above  the  age  of  eigh- 
teen and  under  thirty-five  years,  being  at  least  five  feet  four 
and  a-half  inches  high,  effective,  able-bodied,  sober,  free  from 
disease,  of  good  character  and  habits,  and  with  a  competent 
knowledge  of  the  English  language,  may  be  enlisted.  This 
regulation,  so  far  as  respects  the  /wight  and  age  of  the  recruit, 
^hall  not  extend  to  musicians  or  to  soldiers  who  may  "  re- 
enlist,^'  or  have  served  honestly  and  faithfully  a  previous 
enlistment  in  the  army. 

1300.  No  man  having  a  wife  or  child  shall  be  enlisted  in 
time  of  peace  without  special  authority  obtained  from  the 
Adjutant-Generars  Office,  through  the  superintendent.  This 
rule  is  not  to  apply  to  soldiers  who  ^'re-enUsty 

1301.  No  person  under  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  is  to 
be  enlisted  without  the  written  consent  of  his  parent,  guar- 
dian, or  master.  The  recruiting  officer  must  be  very  partic- 
ular in  ascertaining  the  true  age  of  the  recruit. 

1302.  If  a  minor  who  has  no  parent  or  guardian  ofFe?  to 
enlist,  a  guardian  (who  must  not  be  any  one  connected  with 
the  recruiting  party)  may  be  appointed  by  the  proper  legal 
autliority. 

1303.  After  the  nature  of  the  service  and  terms  of  enlist- 
ment have  been  fairly  explained  to  the  recruit,  the  offier, 
before  the  enlistments  are  filled  up,  will  read  to  him,  and 
offer  for  his  signature,  the  annexed  declaration,  to  be  appen- 
ded to  each  copy  of  his  enlistment : 

I, ,  desiring  to  enlist  in  the  Army  of  the  Confederate 

States  for  the  period  of years,  do  declare  that  I  am 

years  and months  of  age;  that  I  have  neither 

wife  nor  child  ;  that  I  have  never  been  discharged  from  the 
Confederate  States  service  on  account  of  disability,  or  by 
sentence  of  a  court-martial,  or  by  order  before  expiration  of 
a  term  of  enlistment;  and  I  know  of  no  impediment  to  my 
serving  honestly  and  faithfully  as  a  soldier  for years. 

Witness : 


1304.  If  the  recruit  4je  a  minor,  his  parent,  guardian,  or 
master,  must  sign  a  consent  to  his  enlisting,  wliich  will  be 
added  to  the  preceding  declaration,  in  the  following  form: 

I, ,  do  certify  that  1  am  the  { father,  only  siiri-eving  pa- 


164 

rent^  legal  master^  or  guardian^  as  the  case  may  be)  of ;  that 

the  said is years  of  age ;  and  I  do  hereby  freely 

give  my  consent  to  his  enlisting  as  a  soldier  in  the  Army  of 

the  Confederate  States  for  the  period  of years. 

Witness : 


1305.  The  forms  of  declaration,  and  of  consent  in  case  of  a 
minor,  having  been  signed  and  witnessed,  the  recruit  will 
then  be  duly  examined  by  the  recruiting  officer,  and  surgeon 
if  one  be  present,  and  if  accepted,  the  20th  and  87th  Articles 
of  War  will  be  read  to  him;  after  which  he  will  be  allowed 
time  to  consider  the  subject  until  his  mind  appears  to  be 
fully  made  up  before  the  oath  is  administered  to  him. 

1306.  As  soon  as  practicable,  and  at  least  within  six  days 
after  his  enlistment,  the  following  oath  will  be  administered 
to  the  recruit : 

"I,  A —  B — ,  do  solemnly  swear  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may 
be)  that  I  will  bear  true  allegiance  to  the  Confederate  States 
of  America,  and  that  I  will  serve  them  honestly  and  faith- 
fully agaist  all  their  enemies  or  opposers  whatsoever,  and 
observe  and  obey  the  orders  of  the  President  of  the  Confed- 
erate States,  and  the  orders  of  the  officers  appointed  over 
me,  according  to  the  rules  and  articles  for  the  government 
of  the  armies  of  the  Confederate  States."  (See  10th  Art.  of 
War). 

1307.  Under  the  article  of  war  above  cited,  and  the  acts  of 
Congress  approved  September  16th,  1850,  and  July  29th, 
1854,  a  justice  of  the  peace,  the  chief  magistrate  of  any  town 
or  city  corporate  (not  being  an  officer  of  the  Army),  a  notary 
public,  or,  when  recourse  cannot  be  had  to  such  civil  magis- 
trates, a  judge  advocate  may  administer  the  above  oath. 

1308.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  recruiting  officer  to  be  present 
at  the  examination  of  the  recruit  by  the  medical  officer. 

1809.  Recruiting  officers  will  not  employ  private  physi- 
cians without  authority  from  the  Adjutant-General's  Office, 
for  the  special  purpose  of  examining  the  recruits  prior  to 
their  enlisting. 

1310.  If  it  be  necessary,  as  in  case  of  sickness,  to  employ 
a  physician,  the  recruiting  officer  may  engage  his  services 
by  contract  on  reasonable  temis,  "by  the  visit,"  or  by  the 
month.  If  by  the  month,  the  examination  of  the  recruits 
must  be  stated  in  the  contract  as  part  of  his  duty.  In  vouch- 
ers for  medical  attendance  and  medicines,  the  name  of  each 
patient,  date  of,  and  charge  for  each  visit,  and  for  medicine 


165 

furnished,  must  be  given,  and  the  certificate  of  the  phj-sician 
added,  that  the  rates  charged  are  the  usual  rates  of  the 
place. 

1311.  Enlistments  must,  in  all  cases,  betaken  in  triplicate. 
The  recruiting  officer  Mill  send  one  copy  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  with  his  quarterly  accounts,  a  second  to  the  super- 
intendent with  his  monthly  return,  and  a  third  to  the  depot 
at  the  time  the  recruits  are  sent  there.  In  cases  of  soldiers 
re-enlisted  in  a  regiment,  or  of  regimental  recruits,  the  third 
copy  ot  the  enlistment  will  be  seiit  at  its  date  to  regimental 
head-quarters  for  tile. 

1312.  When  ordnance  sergeants  re-enlist,  the  recruiting 
officer  will  immediately  send  the  second  copy  of  the  enlist- 
ment direct  to  the  Adjutant-General,  and  the  third  copy  to 
the  station  of  the  ordnance  sergeant  for  file. 

1313.  A  non-commissioned  officer,  musician,  or  private 
soldier,  who  may  re-enlist  into  his  company  or  regiment 
within  two  months  before,  or  one  month  after  the  expira- 
tion of  his  term  of  service,  shall  receive  a  bounty  of  three 
months'  extra  pay — that  is  to  say,  the  pay  he  was  receiving 
as  pay  of  his  grade,  and  as  additional  pay  for  length  of  ser- 
vice and  for  certificate  of  merit.  This  bounty  shall  be  paid 
by  the  recruiting  officers  at  the  time  of  enlistment,  and  noted 
on  the  desbriptive  list.  Ordnance  sergeants  and  hospital 
stewards  are  non-commissioned  officers  entitled  to  the 
bounty  in  the  case  provided. 

1314.  Enlistments  must,  in  no  case,  be  ante-dated  so  as  to 
entitle  a  soldier  to  bounty  who  applies  after  the  period  for 
''^re-enhsting'"  has  expired. 

1315.  A  premium  of  two  dollars  will  be  paid  to  any  citi- 
zen, non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier  for  each  accepted 
recruit  that  he  may  bring  to  the  rendezvous  ;  but  not  for  sol- 
diers who  receive  bounty  for  "  rc-enlisting.'"  • 

1316.  The  recruiting  officer  will  see  that  the  men  under 
his  command  are  neat  in  their  personal  appearance,  and  will 
require  the  permanent  party  to  wear  their  military  dress  in 
a  becoming  manner,  especially  when  permitted  to  go 
abroad. 

1317.  Only  such  articles  of  clothing  as  are  indispensable 
for  immediate  use  will  be  issued  to  recruits  at  the  rendez- 
vous. Their  equipment  will  not  be  made  complete  till  after 
they  have  passed  the  inspection  subsequent  to  their  arrival 
at  the  depot. 

1318.  The  instruction  of  the  recruits  will  commence  at  the 


106 

rendezvous  from  the  moment  of  enlistment.  The  general 
sapcrintendant  will  see  that  all  recuriting  officers  give  par- 
ticular attention  to  this  subject. 

1319.  Recruits  will  be  sent  from  rendezvous  to  depots 
every  ten  days,  or  oftener  if  practicable,  provided  the  num- 
ber disposable  exceeds  three.  The  detachments  of  recruits 
will  be  sent  from  rendezvous  to  depots  under  charge  of  a 
non-commissioned  officer. 

1320.  Every  officer  commanding  a  recruiting  party  wil! 
procure  the  necessary  transportation,  forage,  fuel,  straw,  and 
stationery,  taking  the  requisite  vouchers. 

1321.  The  transportation  of  recruits  to  depots,  and  from  one 
recruiting  station  to  another,  will  be  paid  from  the  recruit- 
ing funds ;  transportation  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  on  the 
recruiting  service  will  be  paid  in  the  same  manner,  except 
when  first  proceeding  to  join  that  service,  or  returning  to 
their  regiment  after  having  been  relieved. 

1322.  No  expenses  of  transportation  of  officers  will  be 
admitted  that  do  not  arise  from  orders  emanating  from  the 
Adjutant-General's  Office^  except  they  be  i-equired  to  visit 
branch  or  auxiliary  rendezvous  uncles  their  charge,  wiien 
they  will  be  allowed  the  stage,  steam-boat,  or  railroad  fare, 
porterage  included. 

1323, 1324,  1325,  1326,  1327,  1328,  lS2d.— Omitted. 

1330.  To  each  office  table  is  allowed  one  inkstand,  one 
wafer-stamp,  one  Avafer-box,  one  paper-folder,  one  ruler,  and 
as  many  lead  pencils  as  may  be  required,  not  exceeding  four 
per  annum. 

1331.  Such  blank  books  as  may  be  necessary  are  allowed 
to  the  general  superintendent  and  at  permanent  recruiting 
depots ;  also  one  descriptive  book  for  the  register  of  recruits 
at  each  permanent  station.  Blank  books  will  be  purchased 
by  recruiting  ofBcers,  under  instructions  from  the  superin- 
tendent. 

1332.  When  a  recruiting  officer  is  relieved,  the  blanks, 
books,  and  unexpended  stationery,  with  all  the  other  public 
property  at  the  station,  will  be  transfered  to  his  successor, 
who  will  receipt  for  the  same. 

^^n'd.— Omitted. 

1334.  Letters  addressed  to  the  Adjutant  General  ''on  re- 
cruiting service,''''  will  be  so  indorsed  on  the  envelopes,  under 
the  words  "official  business." 

1335.  On  all  vouchers  for  premiums  for  bringing  recruits, 
and  fees  for  oaths  of  enlistment,  the  names  of  the  recruits 


167 

for  whom  the  expenditures  made  must  be  given.  The 
youchcrs  may  be  made  in  form  of  coAsolidated  receipt  rolls, 
authenticated  by  the  officer's  certificate  that  they  are  cor- 
rect. 

1336.  The  fee  usually  allowed  for  administering  the  oath 
of  enlistment  being  twenty-five  cents  for  each  recruit,  when 
a  greater  amount  is  paid,  the  officer  must  certify  on  the 
voucher  that  it  is  the  rate  allowed  by  law  of  the  State  or  Ter- 
ritory. 

1337.  To  each  voucher  for  notices  inserted  in  newspapers, 
a  copy  of  the  notice  will  be  apdended. 

1338.  Enlistments  must  be  filled  up  in  a  fair  and  legible 
hand.  The  real  name  of  the  recruit  must  be  ascertained, 
correctly  spelled,  and  written  in  the  same  way  wherever  it 
occurs;  the  Clirktian  name  must  not  be  abbreviated.  Num- 
bers must  be  written,  and  not  expressed  by  figures.  Each 
«listment  must  be  endorsed  as  follows: 

No.— 

A- B , 

enlisted  at 


January  — ,  186 — , 

By  Lt.  C-^^ D , 

—  Regiment  of 

The  number  in  each  mouth  to  correspond  with    the  names, 
alphabetically  arranged. 

1389.  Whenever  a  soldier  re-enters  the  service,  the  officer 
who  enlisted  him  will  indorse  on  the  enlistment,  next  below 
his  own  name  and  regiment,  "second  (or  third)  enlistment 
as  the  case  may  be,  together  with  the  name  of  the  regiment 
and  the  letter  of  the  company  in  which  the  soldier  last  served, 
and  date  of  discharge  from  Ihe  former  enlistment.  This  in- 
formation the  recruiting  officer  must  obtain,  if  possible,  from 
the  soldier's  discharge^  which  he  should  in  all  cases  be  re- 
quired to  exhibit.    (See  22d  Art.  of  War.) 

1340.  The  name  of  the  SkiU^  as  well  as  the  town,  where 
«ach  recruit  is  enlisted,  will  be  recorded  on  all  muster,  pay 
and  descriptive  rolls. 

1341, 1342,  lU^.—OmitUd. 

1344.  The  recruits  are  to  be  dressed  in  uniform  according 
10  their  respective  arms,  and  will  be  regularly  mustered  and 
inspected.    They  are  to  be  well  drilled  in  the  infantry  tac- 


ns 

ticts,  through  the  school  of  the  soldier  to  that  of  the  battal- 
ion, and  in  the  exercise  of  field  and  garrison   pieces.     Duty 
to  be  done  according  to  the  strict  rules  of  the  service. 
1345,  1846,  VPA7.— Omitted. 

1348.  Pei'manent  parties  at  depots,  and  recruiting  partieSy 
will  be  mustered,  inspected,  and  paid  in  the  same  manner  as 
other  soldiers.  Recruits  Avill  be  mustered  for  pay  only  at 
depots,  and  when  ]xiid  there,  one-half  of  their  monthly'pay 
^Yi^  be  retained  until  they  join  tlieir  regiments. 

1349.  The  Rules  and  Articles  of  War  are  to  be  read  to  the 
recruits  in  depot  ever}^  month  after  the  inspection;  and  so 
ir.uch  thereof  as  relates  to  the  duties  of  non-commissioned 
officers  and  soldiers  will  be  read  to  them  every  week. 

1350.  Recruits  are  not  to  be  put  to  any  labor  or  work 
which  would  interfere  with  their  instruction,  nor  are  they 
to  be  employed  otherwise  than  as  soldiers  in  the  regular  du- 
ties of  garrison  or  camp. 

1351.  When  recruits  are  received  at  a  garrisoned  post,  the 
commauding  officer  will  place  them  under  the  charge  of  a 
commissioned  officer. 

1352.  The  superintendent  or  commanding  officer  will  cause 
a  minute  and  critical  inspection  to  be  made  of  every  recruit 
received  at  a  depot,  two  days  after  his  arrival ;  and  should 
any  recruit  be  found  unfit  for  service,  or  to  have  been  en- 
listed contrary  to  law  or  regulations,  he  shall  assemble  a 
Board  of  Ins-pectors  to  examine  into  the  case. 

1353.  Every  detachment  ordered  from  a  depot  to  any  regi- 
ment or  post,  shall,  immediately  preceding  its  departure,  be 
critically  inspected  by  the  superintendent  or  commanding 
officer  and  surgeon ;  and,  when  necessary,  a  Board  of  In- 
spectors will  be  convened. 

1354.  Recruits  received  at  a  military  post  or  station  shall 
be  carefully  inspected  by  the  commanding  officer  and  sur- 
geon, on  the  third  day  after  their  arrival ;  and  if,  on  such 
inspection,  any  recruit,  in  their  opinion,  be  unsound  or  other- 
wise defective  in  such  degree  as  to  disqualify  him  for  the 
duties  of  a  soldier,  then  aBoard  of  Inspectors  will  be  assem- 
bled to  examine  into  and  report  on  the  case. 

1355.  Boards  of  Innpectors  for  the  examination  of  recruits 
will  be  coniposed  of  the  three  senior  regimental  officers 
present  on  duty  with  the  troops,  including  the  commanding 
officer  and  the  senior  medical  officer  of  the  army  present. 

135G.  In  all  cases  of  rejection^  the  reasons  therefor  will  be 
stated  at  large  in  a  special  report  by  the  board  ;  which,  to- 


169 

getber  with  the  surgeon's  certificate  of  disability  for  service, 
will  be  forwarded  by  the  superintendent  or  commandant  ot 
the  post  direct  to  the  Adjutant-General.  If  the  recommen- 
dation of  the  board  for  the  discharge  of  the  recruit  be  ap- 
proved, the  authority  will  be  indorsed  on  the  certificate, 
which  will  be  sent  back  to  be  filled  up  and  signed  by  the 
commanding  ofticer,  who  will  return  the  same  to  the  Adju- 
tant-General's Office. 

I'oo7.  The  board  will  state  in  the  report  whether  the  dis- 
ability, or  other  cause  of  rejection,  existed  before  his  enlist- 
ment, and  whether,  with  jiroper  care  and  examination^  it  might 
have  been  then  discovered. 

1358.  An  ofilcer  intrusted  with  the  command  of  recruits 
ordered  to  regiments,  on  arriving  at  the  place  of  destin- 
ation, forward  the  following  papers: 

1.  To  the  Adj u ta fit- Gcficra I  ixnd  the  Superintendent,  each,  a 
descriptive  roll  and  an  account  of  clothing  of  such  men  as 
may  have  deserted,  died,  or  been  left  on  the  route  from  any 
cause  w^hatever  ;  with  a  special  report  of  the  date  of  his  arrival 
at  the  post,  the  strength  and  condition  of  the  detachment 
when  turned  over  to  The  commanding  oflicer,  and  all  cir- 
cumstances worthy  of  remark  which  may  have  occurred  on 
the  march. 

2.  To  the  Coi/nnandt/if/  Officer  of  the  regiment  or  post,  the 
muster  and  descriptive  roll  furnished  him  at  the  time  of  set- 
ting out,  properly  signed  and  completed  by  recording  the 
names  of  the  recruits  j?7mst^;jf,  and  by  nothing  in  column  for 
remarks,  opposite  the  appropriate  spaces,  the  time  and  place 
of  death,  desertion  apprehension,  or  other  casualty  that  may 
have  occurred  on  the  route.  • 

1359.  Should  an  officer  be  relieved  in  charge  of  a  detach- 
ment en  route,  before  it  reaches  its  destination,  the  date  and 
place,  and  name  of  the  officer  by  whom  he  is  relieved,  must 
be  recorded  on  the  detachment  roll.  Without  tlie  evidence 
of  such  record,  no  charge  for  extra  pay  for  clothing  ac- 
countability of  a  detachment  equal  to  a  company  will  be 
allowed. 

13G0.  The  "original  muster  and  descriptive  roll"  of  every 
detachment,  with  remarks  showing  the  final  disposition  of 
each  recruit,  and  the  regiment  and  letter  of  the  compan}^  to 
which  he  be  assigned,  will  be  signed  by  the  commanding 
officer,  and  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General. 

13GI.  The  regimental  recruiting  will  be  conducted  in  the 
manner  prescribed  for  the  general  service. 


no 

1363.  Every  commander  of  a  regiment  is  the  snperinten- 
dent  of  the  recruiting  service  for  his  regiment,  and  will  en- 
deavor to  keep  it  up  to  its  establishment ;  for  which  purpose 
he  will  obtain  the  necessary  funds,  clothing,  etc.,  by  requisi- 
tion to  the  Adjutant-General. 

1363.  At  every  station  occupied  by  his  regiment,  or  any 
part  of  it,  the  colonel  will  designate  a  suitable  officer  to  at- 
tend to  the  recruiting  duties ;  which  selection  will  not  relieve 
such  officer  from  his  company  or  other  ordinary  duties.  The 
officer  thus  designated  will  be  kept  consantly  furnished  with 
funds,  and,  when  necessary,  with  clothing  and  camp 
equipage. 

1364.  The  regimental  recruiting  officer  will,  with  the  ap- 
probation of  the  commanding  officer  ot  the  station,  enlist  all 
suitable  men.  He  will  be  governed,  in  rendering  his  ac- 
counts and  returns,  by  the  rules  prescribed  for  the  general 
service ;  and  when  leaving  a  post,  will  turn  over  the  funds 
in  hands  to  the  senior  company  officer  of  his  regiment 
present,  unless  some  other  be  appointed  to  receive  them. 


171 
Form  A. 


Abstract  of  disbursements  07i  account  of  contingen- 
cies of  the  Recruting  Service^  by ,  in  the 

quarter  ending ,  18 . . ,  a^ 


Recruiting  Offi^^r 


iV2 
Form  B. 


The  C  on  federate  States^ 
To 


Dii. 


I  certitV  that  the  above  account  is  correct. 


Received, 

recruiting  officer, 
above  account. 


this 


Recruiting  Officer. 

clay  of ,  18 — ,  of , 

dollars  and  - — cents,  in  full  of  the 


(Duplicates.) 


APPENDIX. 


ARTICLES  OF  ^VA.:R. 

AN  ACT  FOK  ESTAIJLISIIIXG  lilLKS  AND  AKTICLK,«} 
FOR  THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  THE  ARMIES  OF  THE 
CONFEDERATE    STATES.* 

Section  1.  That,  from  and  after  the  passing  of  this  act, 
the  following  shall  be  the  rules  and  articles  by  which  the 
armies  of  the  Confederate  States  shall  be  governed  : 

Article  1.  Every  officer  now  in  the  army  of  the  Confed- 
erate States  shall,  in  six  months  from  the  passing  of  this  act, 
and  every  officer  who  shall  hereafter  be  appointed  shall,  be- 
fore he  enters  on  the  duties  of  his  office,  subscribe  these 
rules  and  regulations. 

Art.  3.  It  is  earnestly  recommended  to  all  officers  and 
soldiers  diligently  to  attend  divine  service;  and  all  officers 
who  shall  behave  indecently  or  irreverently  at  any  place  of 
divine  worship  shall,  if  commissioned  officers,  be  brought 
before  a  general  court-martial,  there  to  be  publicly  and  se- 
verely reprimanded  by  the  President ;  if  non-commissioned 
officers  or  soldiers,  every  person  so  offending  shall,  for  his 
first  offense,  forfeit  one  sixth  of  a  dollar,  to  be  deducted  out 
of  his  next  pay ;  for  the  second  offense,  he  sliall  not  only 
forfeit  a  like  sum,  but  be  confined  twenty-four  hours ;  and 
for  every  like  offense,  shall  suffer  and  pay  in  like  manner; 
which  money,  so  fortified,  shall  be  applied,  by  the  captain 
or  senior  officer  of  the  troop  or  company,  to  the  use  of  the 
sick  soldiers  of  the  company  or  troop  to  which  the  offender 
belongs. 

Art.  3. .  Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who 

♦These  rules  and  articles,  with  the  exceptions  indicated  by  the  notes  annexed 
to  articles  20,  65  and  87,  remain  unaltered,  and  in  force  »"t  present. 


114 

shall  use  any  profane  oath  or  execration,  shall  incur  the 
penalties  expressed  in  the  foregoing  article  ;  and  a  commis- 
sioned officer  shall  forfeit  and  pay,  for  each  and  every  such 
offense,  one  dollar,  to  be  applied  as  in  the  preceding 
article. 

Art.  4.  Every  chaplain  commissioned  in  the  army  or 
armies  of  the  Confederate  States,  who  shall  absent  himself 
from  the  duties  assigned  him  (excepting  in  cases  of  sickness 
or  leave  of  absence,)  shall,  on  conviction  thereof  before  a 
court-martial,  be  fined  not  exceeding  one  month's  pay,  be- 
sides the  loss  of  his  pay  during  his  absence ;  or  be  discharged, 
as  the  said  court-martial  shall  judge  proper. 

Art.  5.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  use  contemptuous 
or  disrespectful  words  against  the  President  of  the  Confed- 
erate States,  against  the  Vice-President  thereof,  against  the 
Congress  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  against  the  Chief 
Magistrate  or  Legislature  of  any  of  the  Confederate  States 
in  which  he  may  be  quartered,  if  a  commissioned  officer, 
shall  be  cashiered,  or  otherwise  punished,  as  a  court-martial 
shall  direct;  if  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  he 
shall  suffer  such  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  on  him  by 
the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  6.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  behave  himself 
with  contempt  or  disrespect  toward  his  commanding  officer, 
shall  be  punished  according  to  the  nature  of  his  ottense,  by 
the  judgment  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  7.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  begin,  excite, 
cause,  or  join  in,  anj'  mutiny  or  sedition,  in  any  troop  or 
compan)^  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  in  an}-- 
party,  post,  detachment,  or  guard,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such 
other  punishment  as  by  a  court-martial  shall  be  inflicted. 

Art.  8.  Any  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier, 
who,  being  present  at  any  mutiny  or  sedition,  does  not  use 
his  utmost  endeavor  to  suppress  the  same,  or,  coming  to  the 
knowledge  of  any  mtended  mutiny,  does  not,  without  delay, 
give  information  thereof  to  his  commanding  officer,  shall  be 
punished  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial  with  death,  or 
otherwise,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense. 

Art.  9.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  strike  his  superior 
officer,  or  draw  or  lift  up  any  weapon,  or  offer  any  violence 
against  him,  being  in  the  execution  of  his  office,  or  any  pre- 
tence whatsoever,  or  shall  disobey  any  lawful  command  of 
his  superior  officer,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  shall,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  be  in- 
flicted upon  him  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 


175 

Art.  10.  Every  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  who 
shall  enlist  himself  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States, 
shall,  at  the  time  of  his  so  enlisting,  or  within  six  days  after- 
ward, have  the  Articles  for  the  government  of  the  armies  of 
the  Confederate  States  read  to  him,  and  shall,  by  the  officer 
who  enlisted  him,  or  by  the  commanding  officer  of  the  troop 
or  company  into  which  he  was  enlisted,  be  taken  before  the 
next  justice  of  the  peace,  or  chief  magistrate  of  any  city  or 
town  corporate,  not  being  an  officer  of  the  army,  or  where 
recourse  cannot  be  had  to  the  civil  magistrate,  before  the 
Judge  Advocate,  and  in  his  presence  shall  take  the  following 
oath  or  affirmation :  "  I,  A.  B.,  do  solemnly  swear  or  affirm 
(as  the  case  may  be,)  that  I  will  bear  true  allegiance  to  the 
Confederate  Stages  of  America,  and  that  I  will  serve  them 
honestly  and  fathfully  against  all  their  enemies  or  opposers 
whatsoever ;  and  observe  and  obey  the  order  of  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Confederate  States,  and  the  orders -of  the  officers 
appointed  over  me,  according  to  the  Rules  and  Articles  for 
the  government  of  the  armies  of  the  Confederate  States." 
Which  justice,  magistrate,  or  Judge  Advocate  is  to  give  to 
the  officer  a  certificate,  signifying  that  the  man  enlisted  did 
take  the  said  oath  or  affirmation. 

Art.  11.  Alter  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall 
have  been  duly  enlisted  and  sworn,  he  shall  not  be  dismissed 
the  service  without  a  discharge  in  writing;  and  no  discharge 
granted  to  him  sliall  be  sufficient  which  is  not  signed  by  a 
field  officer  of  the  regiment  to  which  he  belongs,  or  com- 
manding officer,  where  no  field  officer  of  the  regiment  is 
present ,  and  no  discharge  shall  be  given  to  a  non-commis- 
sioned officer  or  soldier  before  his  Term  of  service  has  ex- 
pired, but  by  order  of  the  President,  the  Secretary  of  War, 
the  commanding  officer  of  a  department,  or  the  sentence  of 
a  general  court-martial;  nor  shall  a  commissioned  officer  be 
discharged  the  service  but  by  order  of  the  President  of  the 
Confederate  States,  or  by  sentence  of  a  general  court- 
martial. 

Art.  12.  Every  colonel,  or  other  officer  commanding  a 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  and  actually  quartered  with 
it,  maj"^  give  furloughs  to  non-commissioned  officers  or  sol- 
diers, in  such  numbers,  and  for  so  long  a  time,  as  he  shall 
judge  to  be  most  consistent  with  the  good  of  the  service; 
and  a  captain,  or  other  inferior  officer,  commanding  a  troop 
or  company,  or  in  any  garrison,  fort  or  barrack  of  the  Con- 
federate States  (his  field  officer  being  absent,)  may  give  fur- 


176 
* 
loughs  to  nou-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers,  for  a  time 
not  exceeding  twenty  days  in  six  months,  but  not  to  more 
than  two  persons  to  be  absent  at  the  snnie  time,  excepting 
some  extraordinary  occasion  should  require  it. 

Art.  13.  At  every  muster,  the  commanding  officer  of  each 
regiment,  troop  or  company,  there  present,  shall  give  to  the 
commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer  who  musters  the 
said  regiment,  troop  or  company,  certificates  signed  by  him- 
self, signifying  how  long  such  officers,  as  shall  not  appear  at 
the  said  muster,  have  been  absent,  and  the  reason  of  their 
absence.  In  like  manner,  the  commanding  officer  of  every 
troop  or  company  shall  give  certificates,  signifying  the  rea- 
sons of  tlie  absence  of  the  non-commissioned  officers  and 
private  soldiers ;  which  reasons  and  time  of  absence  shall 
be  inserted  in  the  muster-rolls,  opposite  the  names  of  the 
respective  absent  officers  and  soldiers.  The  certificates  shall, 
together  with  the  muster-rolls,  be  remitted  by  the  commis- 
sary of  musters,  or  other  officers  mustering,  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  War,  as  speedily  as  the  distance  of  the  place  will 
admit. 

Art.  14.  Every  officer  who  shall  be  convicted  before  a 
general  court-martial  of  having  signed  a  false  certificate  rela- 
ting to  the  absence  of  either  officer  or  private  soldier,  or  rel- 
ative to  his  or  their  pay,  shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  15.  Every  officer  who  shall  knowingly  make  a  false 
muster  of  man  or  horse,  and  every  officer  or  commissary  of 
musters  who  shall  willingly  sign,  direct,  or  allow  the  signing 
of  muster  rolls  wherein  such  false  muster  is  contained,  shall, 
upon  proof  made  thereof,  by  two  witnesses,  before  a  general 
court-martial,  be  cashiered,  and  shall  be  thereby  utterly  dis- 
abled to  have  or  hold  any  office  or  employment  in  the  ser- 
vice of  the  Confederate  States. 

Art.  16.  Any  commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer, 
who  shall  be  convicted  of  having  taken  money,  or  other 
thing,  by  way  of  gratification,  on  mustermg  any  regiment, 
troop,  or  company,  or  on  signing  muster  rolls,  shall  be  dis- 
placed from  his  office,  and  shall  be  thereby  utterly  disabled  to 
have  or  hold  any  office  or  employment  in  the  service  of  the 
Confederate  States. 

Art.  17.  Any  officer  who  shall  presume  to  muster  a  per- 
son as  a  soldier  who  i«  not  a  soldier,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of 
having  made  a  false  muster,  and  shall  suffer  accordingly. 

Art.  18.  Every  officer  who  shall  knowingly  make  a  false 
return  to  tlie  Department  of  War,  or  to  any  of  his  superior 


177 

officers,  authorized  to  call  for  such  returns,  of  the  state  of  the 
regiment,  troop  or  company,  or  garrison,  under  his  com- 
mand, or  of  the  arms,  ammunition,  clothing,  or  other  stores 
thereunto  belonging,  shall,  on  conviction  thereof  before  a 
court-martial,  be  cashiered. 

Art.  19.  The  commanding  officer  of  every  regiment, 
troop,  or  independent  company,  or  garrison,  of  the  Confed- 
erate States,  shall,  in  the  beginning  of  every  month,  remit, 
through  the  proper  channels,  to  the  Department  of  War,  an 
exact  return  of  the  regiment,  troop,  independent  company, 
or  garrison,  under  his  command,  specifying  the  names  of 
the  officers  then  absent  from  their  posts,  with  the  reasons  for 
and  the  time  of  their  absence.  And  any  officer  who  shall 
be  convicted  of  having,  through  neglect  or  design,  ommitted 
sending  such  returns,  sliall  le  punished,  according  the  na- 
ture of  his  crime,  by  the  judgment  of  a  general  court- 
martial. 

Art.  20.  All  officers  and  soldiers  who  have  received  pay, 
or  have  been  duly  enlisted  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate 
States,  and  shall  be  convicted  of  having  deserted  the  same, 
shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as,  by  sentence 
of  a  court-martial,  shall  be  intlicted.* 

Art.  21.  Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who 
shall,  without  leave  from  his  commanding  officer,  absent 
himself  from  his  troop,  company,  or  detachment,  shall,  upon 
being  convicted  thereof,  be  punished  according  to  the  na- 
ture of  his  offense,  at  the  discretion  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  22.  No  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall  en- 
list himself  in  any  other  regiment,  troop,  or  company,  with- 
out a  regular  discharge  from  the  regiment,  troop,  or  com- 
pany in  which  he  last  served,  on  tlie  penalty  of  being  reputed 
a  deserter,  and  suffering  accordingly.  And  in  case  any  offi- 
cer shall  knowingly  receive  and  entertain  such  non- commis- 
sioned officer  or  soldier,  or  shall  not,  after  his  being  discov- 
ered to  be  a  deserter,  immediately  confine  him,  and  give 
notice  thereof  to  the  corps  in  which  he  last  served,  the  said 
officer  shall,  by  a  court-martial,  be  cashiered. 

Art.  2:].  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  be  convicted  of 
having  advised  or  persuaded  any  other  officer  or  soldier  to 
desert  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  shall  suffer 
death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  upon 
him  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 


*  Modified  by  act  of  29UiM».y,  1^«(». 
12 


1V8 

Art.  24  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  use  any  reproachful  or 
pix)voking  speeches  or  gestures  to  another,  upon  pain,  if  an 
ofBcer,  of  being  put  in  arrest ;  if  a  soldier,  confined,  and  of 
asking  pardon  of  the  party  otFended,  in  the  presence  of  his 
commanding  officer. 

Art.  25.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  send  a  challenge  to 
another  officer  or  soldier,  to  fight  a  duel,  or  accept  a  chal- 
lenge if  sent,  upon  pain,  if  a  commissioned  officer,  of  being 
cashiered ;  if  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  of  suf- 
fering corporeal  punishment,  at  the  discretion  of  a  court- 
martial. 

Art.  26.  If  any  commissioned  or  non-commissioned  offi- 
cer commanding  a  guard  shall  knowingly  or  willingly  suffer 
any  person  whatsoever  to  go  forth  to  fight  a  duel,  he  shall 
be  punished  as  a  challenger;  and  all  seconds,  promoters,  and 
carriers  of  challenges,  in  order  to  duels,  shall  be  deemed 
principals,  and  be  punished  accordingly.  And  it  shall  be  the 
duty  of  every  officer  commanding  an  army,  regiment,  com- 
pany, post,  or  detachment,  who  is  knowing  to  a  challenge 
being  given  or  accepted  by  any  officer,  non-commissioned 
officer,  or  soldier  under  his  command,  or  has  reason  to  be- 
lieve the  same  to  be  the  case,  immediatel}-  to  arrest  and 
bring  to  trial  such  offenders. 

Art.  27.  All  officers,  of  what  condition  soever,  have 
power  to  part  and  quell  all  quarrels,  frays,  and  disorders^ 
though  the  persons  concerned  should  belong  to  another  regi- 
ment, troop,  or  company;  and  either  to  order  officers  into 
al-rest,  or  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers  into  confine- 
ment, until  their  proper  superior  officers  shall  be  acquainted 
therewith  ;  and  whosoever  shall  refuse  to  obey  such  officer 
(though  of  an  inferior  rank),  or  shall  draw  his  sword  upon 
him,  shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion  of  a  general  court- 
martial. 

Art.  28.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  upbraid  another 
for  refusing  a  challenge,  shall  liimself  be  punished  as  a 
challenger;  and  all  officers  and  soldiers  are  hereby  dis- 
charged from  any  disgrace  or  opinion  of  disadvantage  which 
might  arise  from  their  having  refused  to  accept  of  chal- 
lenges, as  they  will  onl}''  have  acted  in  obedience  tothelaws^ 
and  done  their  duty  as  good  soldiers  who  subject  themselves 
to  discipline. 

Art.  29.  No  sutler  shall  be  permitted  to  sell  any  kind  of 
liquors  or  victuals,  or  keep  their  houses  or  shops  open  for 
the  entertainment  of  soldiers,  after  nine  at  night,  or  before 


the  beating  of  the  reveille,  or  upon  Sundays,  during  divine 
service  or  sermon,  on  the  penalty  of  being  dismissed  from 
all  ftiture  sutling. 

Art.  30.  All  officers  commanding  in  the  field,  forts,  bar- 
racks, or  garrisons  of  the  Confederate  States,  are  hereby  re- 
quired to  "see  that  the  persons  permitted  to  suttle  shall  sup- 
ply the  soldiers  with  good  and  wholesome  provisions,  or 
other  articles,  at  a  reasonable  price,  as  they  shall  be  answer- 
able for  their  neglect. 

Art.  31.  No  officer  commanding  in  any  rank  of  the  garri- 
sons, forts,  or  barracks  of  the  Confederate  States,  shall  exact 
exhorbitant  prices  for  houses  or  stalls,  let  out  to  sutlers,  or 
connive  at  the  like  exactions  in  others;  nor  by  his  own  au- 
thority, and  for  his  private  advantage,  lay  any  duty  or  impo- 
sition upon,  or  be  interested  in,  the  sale  of  any  victuals, 
liquors,  or  other  necessaries  of  life,  brought  into  the  garri- 
son, fort,  or  barracks,  for  the  use  of  the  soldiers,  on  the  pen- 
alty of  being  discharged  from  the  service. 

Art.  32.  Every  officer  commanding  in  quarters  girrisons, 
or  on  the  march,  shall  keep  good  order,  and,  to  the  utmost 
of  his  power,  redress  all  abuses  or  disorders  which  may  be 
committed  by  any  officer  or  soldier  under  his  command ;  if, 
upon  complaint  made  to  him  of  officers  or  soldiers  beating 
or  otherwise  ill-treating  any  person  or  disturbing  fairs_  or 
markets,  or  of  committing  any  kind  of  riots,  to  the  disquiet- 
ing of  the  citizens  of  the  Confederate  States,  he,  the  said 
commander,  who  shall  refuse  or  omit  to  see  justice  done  to 
the  offender  or  offenders,  and  reparation  made  to  the  party 
or  parties  injured,  as  fi\r  as  part  of  the  offender's  pay  shall 
enable  him  or  them,  shall,  upon  proof  thereof,  be  cash- 
iered, or  otherwise  punished,  as  a  general  court-martial 
shall  direct. 

Art.  33.  When  any  commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall 
be  accused  of  a  capital  crime,  or  of  having  used  violence,  or 
committed  any  offense  against  the  person  or  property  of  an}- 
citizen  of  any  of  the  Confederate  States,  such  as  is  punisha- 
ble by  the  known  laws  of  the  land,  the  commanding  officer 
and  officers  of  every  regiment,  troop  or  company,  to  which 
the  person  or  persons  so  accused  shall  belong,  are  hereby  re- 
quired, upon  application  duly  made  by,  or  in  behalf  of  the 
party  or  parties  injured,  to  use  their  utmost  endeavors  to  de- 
liver over  such  accused  person  or  persons  to  the  civil  magin- 
trate,  and  likewise  to  be  aiding  and  assisting  to  the  officers 
of  justice  in  apprehending  and  securing  the  person  or  per- 


180 

sons  so  accused,  in  order  to  bring  him  or  tiiem  to  trial.  If 
any  commanding  otRcer  or  officers  shall  willfully  neglect,  or 
shall  refuse,  upon  the  application  aforesaid,  to  deliver  over 
such  accused  person  or  persons  to  the  civil  magistrates,  or 
to  be  aiding  and  assisting  to  the  officer  of  justice  in  appre- 
hending such  person  or  persons,  the  officer  or  officers  so  of- 
fending shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  34.  If  any  officer  shall  thiukhimself  wronged  by  his 
Colonel,  or  the  commanding  officer  of  the'regiment,  and  shall 
upon  due  application  being  made  to  him,  be  refused  redress, 
he  may  complain  to  the  General  commanding  in  the  State 
or  Territory  where  such  regiment  shall  be  stationed,  in  order 
to  obtain  justice  ;  who  is  hereby  required  to  examine  into 
said  complaint,  and  take  proper  measures  for  redressing  the 
wrong  complained  of,  and  transmit,  as  soon  as  possible,  to 
the  Department  of  War,  a  true  state  of  such  complaint,  with 
the  proceedings  had  thereon. 

Art.  35.  If  any  inferior  officer  or  soldier  shall  think  him- 
self wronged  by  his  captain  or  other  officer,  he  is  to  complain 
thereof  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment,  who  is 
hereby  required  to  summon  a  regimental  court-martial,  for 
the  doing  justice  to  the  complainant,  from  which  regimental 
court-martial  either  party  may,  if  he  thinks  himself  still  ag- 
grieved, appeal  to  a  general  court-martial,  iiut  if,  upon  a 
second  hearing,  the  appeal  shall  appear  vexatious  and  ground- 
less, the  person  so  appealing  shall  be  punished  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  said  court-martial. 

AjiT.  36.  Any  commissioned  officer,  store-keeper,  or  com- 
missary, who  shall  be  convicted  at  a  general  court-martial  of 
having  sold  without  a  proper  order  for  that  purpose,  em- 
bezzled, misapplied,  or  willfully,  or  through  neglect,  suf- 
fered any  of  the  provisions,  forage,  arms,  clothing,  ammuni- 
tion, or  other  military  stores  belonging  to  the  Confederate 
States  to  be  spoiled  or  damaged,  shall,  at  his  own  expense, 
make  good  the  loss  or  damage,  and  shall,  moreover,  forfeit 
all  his  pay,  and  be  dismissed  from  the  service. 

Art.  37.  Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who 
shall  be  convicted  at  a  regimental  court-martial  of  having 
sold,  or  designedly,  or  through  neglect,  wasted  the  ammuni- 
tion delivered  out  to  him,  to  be  employed  in  the  service  of 
the  Confederate  States,  shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion  of 
such  court. 

Art.  38.  Every  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who 
siiall  be  convicted  before  a  court-martial  of  having  sold,  lost, 


181 

or  spoiled,  tbrongli  neglect,  his  horse,  arms,  clothes,  or  ac- 
coutrements, shall  undergo  such  weekly  stoppages  (not  ex- 
ceeding the  half  of  his  pay)  as  such  court-martial  shall  judge 
sufficient  for  repairing  the  loss  or  damage  ;  and  shall  suffer 
confinement,  or  such  other  corporeal  punishment  as  his 
crime  shall  deserve. 

Art.  39.  Every  oflicer  who  shall  be  convicted"  before  a 
court-martial  of  having  embezzled  or  misapplied  any  money 
with  which  he  may  have  been  intrusted,  for  the  payment  of 
the  men  under  his  command,  or  for  enlisting  men  into  the 
service,  or  for  other  purposes,  if  a  commissioned  officer,  shall 
be  cashiered,  and  compelled  to  refund  the  money ;  if  a  non- 
commissioned officer,  shall  be  reduced  to  the  ranks,  be  put 
under  stoppages  until  the  money  be  made  good,  and  suffer 
such  coporeal  punishment  as  such  court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  40.  Every  captain  of  a  troop  or  company  is  charged 
with  the  arms,  accoutrements,  ammunition,  clothing,  or  other 
warlike  stores  belonging  to  the  troop  or  company  under  his 
command,  which  he  is  "to  be  accountable  for  to  his  Colonel 
m  case  of  their  being  lost,  spoiled,  or  damaged,  not  b}'  una- 
voidable accidents,  or  on  actual  service. 

Art.  41.  All  non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers  who 
shall  be  lound  one  mile  from  the  camp  without  leave,  in 
writing,  from  their  commanding  officer,  shall  suffer  such 
punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  upon  them  by  the  sentence 
of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  42.  No  officer  or  soldiers  shall  lie  out  of  his  quarters, 
garrison,  or  camp  without  leave  from  his  superior  officer, 
upon  penalty  of  being  punished  according  to  the  nature  of 
his  offense,  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  43.  Every  non-commissioned  officer  and  soldier  shall 
retire  to  his  quarters  or  tent  at  the  beating  of  the  retreat ;  in 
default  of  which  he  shall  be  punished  according  to  the 
nature  of  his  offense. 

Art.  44.  No  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier, 
shall  fail  in  repairing,  at  the  time  fixed,  to  the  place  of  parade^ 
of  exercise,  or  other  rendezvous  appouted  by  his  command- 
ing officer,  if  not  prevented  by  sickness  or  some  other  evident 
nexsessity,  or  shall  go  from  the  said  place  of  rendezvous 
vv'ithout  leave  from  his  commanding  officer,  before  he  shall 
be  regularly  dismissed  or  relieved,  on  the  penalty  of  being 
punished  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  by  the  sen- 
tence of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  45.  Any  commissioned  officer  who  shall  be  found. 


182 

drunk  on  his  guard,  party,  or  other  duty,  shall  be  cashiered. 
Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  so  oflFending  shaJl 
auflcr  such  corporeal  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  by  the 
sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  46.  Any  sentinel  who  shall  be  found  sleeping  upoii 
his  post,  or  shall  leave  it  before  he  shall  be  regularly  relieved, 
shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  in- 
flicted by  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  47.  No  soldier  belonging  to  any  regiment,  troop  or 
company  shall  hire  another  to  do  his  duty  for  him,  or  be  ex- 
cused from  duty  but  in  cases  of  sickness,  disability,  or  leave 
of  absence ;  and  every  such  soldier  found  guilty  of  hiring 
his  duty,  as  also  the  party  so  hired  to  do  another's  duty,  shall 
be  punished  at  the  direction  of  a  regimental  court- 
martial. 

Art.  48.  And  every  non-commissioned  officer  conniving 
at  such  hiring  of  duty  aforesaid,  shall  be  reduced ;  and  every 
commissioned  officer  knowing  and  allowing  such  ill  practices 
in  the  service,  shall  be  punished  by  the  judgement  of  a  gen- 
eral court-martial. 

Art.  49.  Any  officer  belonging  to  the  service  of  the  Con- 
federate States,  who,  by  discharging  of  fire-arms,  drawing  oi" 
swords,  beating  of  drums,  or  by  any  other  means  whatsoever, 
shall  occasion  false  alarms  in  camp,  garrison,  or  quarters, 
shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  or- 
dered by  the  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  50.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall,  without  urgent 
necessity,  or  without  the  leave  of  his  superior  officer,  quit 
his  guard,  platoon,  or  division,  shall  be  punished,  according 
to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  by  the  sentence  of  a  court- 
martial. 

Art.  51.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  do  violence  to  any 
person  who  brings  provisions  or  other  necessaries  to  the 
camp,  garison,  or  quarters  of  the  forces  of  the  Confederate 
States,  employed  in  any  parts  out  of  the  said  States,  upon 
pain  of  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  the  court-martial 
shall  direct. 

Art.  53.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  misbehave  him- 
self before  the  enemy,  run  away,  or  shamefully  abandon  any 
fort,  post,  or  guard  which  he  or  they  may  be  commanded  to 
defend,  or  speak  words  inducing  others  to  do  the  like,  or 
shall  cast  away  his  arms  and  ammunition,  or  who  shall  quit 
his  post  or  colors  to  plunder  and  p)illage,  every  such  offender^ 
being  dul}'-  convicted  thereof,  sliall  suffer  death,  or  such  other 


18^^ 

punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  generjvl 
court-martial. 

Art.  53.  Any  person  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  Con- 
federate States  who  shall  make  known  the  watchword  to 
any  person  who  is  not  entitled  to  receive  it  according  to  the 
rules  and  discipline  of  war,  or  shall  presume  to  give  a  parol 
or  watchword  different  from  what  he  received,  shall  suffer 
death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  i 
sentence  of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  54.  All  officers  and  soldiers  are  to  behave  themselves 
orderly  in  quarters  and  on  their  march;  and  whosoever 
sliall  commit  any  waste  or  spoil,  either  in  walks  of  trees, 
parks,  warrens,  fish-ponds,  houses,  or  gardens,  corn-fields, 
inclosures  of  meadows,  or  shall  maliciously  destroy  any 
property  whatsoever  belonging  to  the  inhabitants  of  the 
Confederate  States,  unless  by  order  of  the  then  commander- 
in-chief  of  the  armies  of  the  said  States,  shall  (besides  such 
penalties  as  they  are  liable  to  bylaw,)  be  punished  according 
to  the  nature  and  degree  of  the  offense,  by  the  judgment  of 
a  regimental  or  general  court-martial 

Art.  55.  Whosoever,  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  Con- 
federate States  in  foreign  parts,  shall  force  a  safeguard,  shal  1 
suffer  death. 

Art.  56.  Whosoever  shall  relieve  the  enemy  with  money, 
victuals,  or  ammunition,  or  shall  knowingly  harbor  or  pro- 
tect an  enemy,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment 
Jis  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  57.  Whosoever  shall  be  convicted  of  holding  corres- 
pondence with,  or  giving  intelligence  to  the  enemy,  either 
directly  or  indirectly,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  pun- 
ishment as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  court- 
martial. 

Art.  58.  All  public  stores  taken  in  the  enemy's  c^mp, 
towns,  forts,  or  magazines,  whether  of  artillery,  ammunition, 
clothing,  forage  or  provisions,  shall  be  secured  for  the  service 
of  the  Confederate  States ;  for  the  neglect  of  which  the  com- 
manding officer  is  to  be  answereable. 

Art"  59.  If  any  commander  of  any  garrison,  fortress,  or 
post  shall  be  compelled  by  the  officers  and  soldiers  under  his 
command,  to  give  up  to  the  enemy,  or  to  abandon  it,  the 
commissioned  officers,  non-commissioned  officers,  or  soldiers 
who  shall  be  convicted  of  having  so  offended,  shall  suffer 
death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  upon 
them  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 


184 

Art.  60.  All  sutlers  and  retainers  to  the  camp,  and  all- 
persons  whatsoever,  serving  with  the  armies  of  the  Confed- 
erate States  in  the  field,  though  not  enlisted  soldiers,  are  to 
be  subject  to  orders,  according  to  the  rules  and  discipline  of 
war. 

Art.  61.  Officers  having  brevets  or  commissions  of  a  prior 
date  to  those  of  the  corps  in  which  they  serve  will  take  place 
on  courts-martial  or  of  inquir}^  and  on  boards  detailed  for 
military  purposes,  when  composed  ot  different  corps,  accor- 
ding to  the  ranks  given  them  in  their  brevet  or  former  com- 
missions, but  in  the  regiment,  corps  or  company  to  which 
such  officers  belong,  they  shall  do  duty  and  take  rank,  both 
in  courts  and  on  boards  as  aforesaid,  which  shall  be  com- 
posed of  their  own  corps,  according  to  the  commission  by 
which  they  are  there  mustered. 

fr  Art.  62.  If  upon  marches,  guards,  orjn  quarters,  different 
corps  shall  happen  to  join  or  do  duty  together,  the  officer 
highest  in  rank,  according  to  the  commission  by  which  he  is 
mustered  in  the  army,  navy,  marine,  corps,  or' militia,  there 
on  duty  by  orders  from  competent  authorit}^  shall  command 
the  whole  and  give  orders  for  what  is  needful  for  the  service, 
unless  otherwise  directed  by  the  President  of  the  Confeder- 
ate States  in  orders  of  special  assignment  providing  for  the 
case. 

•  Art.  63.  The  functions  ot  the  engineers  being  generally 
confined  to  the  most  elevated  branch  of  military  science,  they 
are  not  to  assume,  nor  are  they  subject  to  be  ordered  on  any 
duty  beyond  the  line  of  their  immediate  profession,  except 
by  the  special  order  of  the  President  of  the  Confederate 
States;  but  they  are  to  receive  every  mark  of  respect  to 
which  their  rank  in  the  army  may  entitle  them  respectively, 
and  are  liable  to  be  transfered,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Presi- 
dent, from  one  corps  to  another,  regard  being  paid  to  rank. 

Art,  64.  General  courts-martial  may  consist  of  any  num- 
ber of  commissioned  officers,  from  five  to  thirteen,  inclusive- 
ly ;  but  they  shall  not  consist  of  less  than  thirteen,  where 
that  number  can  be  convened  without  manifest  injury  to  the 
service. 

Art.  65.*  Any  general  officer  commanding  an  army,  or 
•Colonel  commanding  a  seperate  department,  may  appoint 
general  courts-martial  whenever  necessary.  But  no  sentence 
of  a  court-martial  shall  be  carried  into  execution  until  after 


*Moa"fiea  by  act  of  2&th  May,  1S30. 


* 


185 

the  whole  proceedings  shall  have  be^n  laid  before  the  officer 
ordering  the  same,  o^r  the  officer  commanding  the  troops  for 
the  time  being ;  neither  shall  any  sentence  of  a  general  court- 
martial,  in  the  time  of  peace,  extending  to  the  loss  of  life,  or 
the  dismission  of  a  commissioned  officer,  or  which  shall, 
either  in  time  of  peace  or  war,  respect  a  general  officer,  be 
carried  into  execution,  until  after  the  whole  proceedings  shall 
have  been  transmitted  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  be  laid 
before  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States  for  his  confir- 
mation or  disapproval,  and  orders  in  the  case.  All  other 
sentences  may  be  confirmed  and  executed  by  the  officer  or- 
dering the  court  to  assemble,  or  the  commanding  officer  lor 
the  time  being  as  the  case  may  be. 

Art.  66.  Every  officer  commanding  a  regiment  or  corps 
may  appoint,  for  his  own  regiment  or  corps,  courts-martial, 
to  consist  of  three  commissioned  officers,  for  the  trial  and 
punishment  of  olTenses  not  capital,  and  decide  upon  their 
sentences.  For  the  same  purpose,  all  oflicers  commanding 
any  of  the  garrisons,  forts,  barracks,  or  other  places  where 
the  troops  consist  of  different  corps,  may  assemble  courts- 
martial,  to  consist  of  three  commissioned  officers,  and  decide 
upon  their  sentences. 

Art.  67.  No  garrison  or  regimental  court-martial  shall 
have  the  power  to  try  capital  cases  or  commissioned  officers; 
neither  shall  the}-  inflict  a  fine  exceeding  one  month's  pay, 
nor  imprison,  nor  put  to  hard  labor,  any  non-commissioned 
officer  or  soldier  for  a  longer  time  than  one  month. 

Art.  68.  Whenever  it  may  be  found  convenient  and  nec- 
essary to  the  public  service,  tJie  officers  of  the  marines  shall 
be  associated  with  the  officers  of  the  land  forces,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  holding  courts-martial,  and  trying  offenders  belong- 
ing to  either ;  and,  in  such  cases,  the  orders  of  the  senior 
officer  of  either  corps  who  may  be  present  and  duly  author- 
ized, shidl  be  received  and  obeyed. 

Art.  69.  The  judge  advocate,  or  some  person  deputed  by 
him,  or  by  the  general,  or  officer  commanding  the  army,  de- 
tachment, or  garrison,  shall  prosecute  in  the  name  of  the 
Confederate  States,  but  shall  so  far  consider  himself  as  coun- 
sel for  the  prisoner,  after  the  said  prisoner  shall  have  made 
his  plea,  as  to  object  to  any  leading  question  to  any  of  the 
witnesses,  or  any  question  to  the  prisoner,  the  answer  to 
which  might  tend  to  criminate  himself;  and  administer  to 
each  member  of  the  court,  before  they  proceed  upon  any 
trial,  the  following  oath,  which  shall  also  be  taken  by  all 
members  of  the  resrimental  and  srarrison  courts-martial : 


.^ 


'-^^ 


I.8G 

"  You,  A.  B.,  do  swear  that  you  will  well  and  truly  try 
and  determine,  according  to  evidence,  the  matter  now  before 
you,  between  the  Confederate  States  of  America  and  the 
prisoner  to  be  tried,  and  that  you  will  duly  administer  jus- 
tice, acccording  to  the  provisions  of 'An  act  establishing 
Rules  and  Articles  for  the  government  of  the  armies  of  the 
Confederate  States,'  without  partiality,  favor  or  affection; 
and  if  any  doubt  should  arise,  not  explained  by  said  Articles, 
according  to  your  conscience,  the  best  of  your  understand- 
ing, and  the  custom  of  war  in  like  cases ;  and  you  do  fur- 
ther swear  that  you  will  not  divulge  the  sentence  of  the 
court  until  it  shall  be  published  by  the  proper  authority ;  nei- 
ther will  you  disclose  or  discover  the  vote  or  opinion  of  any 
particular  member  of  the  court-martial,  unless  required  to 
give  evidence  thereof,  as  a  witness,  by  a  court  of  justice,  in  a 
due  course  of  law.     So  help  you  God." 

And  as  soon  as  the  said  oath  shall  have  been  administered 
to  the  respective  members,  the  president  of  the  court  shall 
administer  to  the  judge  advocate,  or  person  oflBciating  as 
such,  an  oath  in  the  following  words: 

"  You,  A.  B.,  do  swear,  tliat  you  will  not  disclose  or  dis- 
cover the  vote  or  opinion  of  any  particular  member  of  the 
court-martial,  unless  required  to  give  evidence  thereof,  as  a 
witness,  by  a  court  of  jus:)ice,  in  due  course  of  law  ;  nor  di- 
vulge the  sentence  of  the  court  to  any  but  the  proper  au- 
thority, until  it  shall  be  duly  disclosed  by  the  same.  So_help 
you  God." 

Art,  70.  When  a  prisoner,  arraigned  before  a  general 
court-martial,  shall,  from  obstinacy  and  deliberate  design, 
stand  mute,  or  answer  foreign  to  the  purpose,  the  court  may 
proceed  to  trial  and  judgment  as  if  the  prisoner  had  regu- 
larly pleaded  not  guilty. 

Art.  71.  When  a  member  shall  be  challenged  by  a  prison- 
er, he  must  state  his  cause  ot  challenge,  of  which  the  court 
shall,  after  due  deliberation,  determine  the  relevancy  of  va- 
lidity, and  decide  accordingly ;  and  no  challenge  to  more 
than  one  member  at  a  time  shall  be  received  by  the 
court. 

Art.  72.  All  the  members  of  a  court-martial  are  to  behave 
with  decency  and  calmness;  and  in  giving  their  votes,  are  to 
begin  with  the  youngest  in  commission. 

Art.  73.  All  persons  who  give  evidence  before  a  court- 
martial,  are  to  be  examined  on  oath  or  affirmation,  in  the 
following  form ; 


-^i«E. 


187 

"  You  swear,  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may  be,)  the  evidence 
you  shall  give  in  the  cause  now  in  hearing,  shall  be  the  truth, 
the  whole  truth,  and  nothing  but  the  truth.  So  help  you 
God." 

Art.  74.  On  the  trials  of  cases  not  capital,  before  courts- 
martial,  the  deposition  of  witness,  not  in  the  line  or  staff  of 
the  army,  may  be  taken  before  some  justice  of  the  peace, 
and  read  in  evidence ;  provided  the  prosecutor  and  person 
accused  are  present  at  the  taking  the  same,  or  are  duly  no- 
tified thereof. 

Art.  75.  No  oflicer  shall  be  tried  but  by  a  general  court- 
martial,  nor  by  officers  of  an  inferior  rank,  if  it  can  be 
avoided.  Nor  shall  any  proceedings  of  trials  be  carried  on, 
excepting  between  the  hours  of  eight  in  the  morning  and 
three  in  the  afternoon,  excepting  incases  which,  in  the  opin- 
ion of  the  officers  appointing  the  court-martial,  require  im- 
mediate example. 

Akt.  70-  No  person  whatsoever  shall  use  any  menacing 
words,  signs  or  gestures,  in  presence  of  a  court-martial,  or 
shall  cause  any  disorder  or  riot,  or  disturb  their  proceedings, 
on  the  penalty  of  being  punished  at  the  discretion  of  the 
said  court-martial. 

Art.  77.  Whenever  any  officer  shall  be  charged  with  a 
crime,  he  shall  be  arrested  and  confined  in  his  barracks, 
quarters  or  tent,  and  deprived  of  his  sword  by  the  com- 
manding officer.  And  any  officer  who  shall  leave  his  con- 
finement before  he  shall  be  set  at  liberty  by  his  command- 
mg  officer,  or  by  a  superior  officer,  shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  78.  Nou  commissioned  oflicers  and  soldiers,  charged 
with  crimes,  shall  be  confined  until  tried  by  a  court  martial, 
or  released  by  proper  authority. 

Art.  79.  No  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  be  put  in  arrest, 
suall  continue  in  confinement  more  than  eight  days,  or  until 
such  time  as  a  court-martial  can  be  assembled. 

Art.  80.  No  officer  commanding  a  guard,  or  provost  mar- 
shal, shall  refuse  to  receive  or  keep  any  prisoner  committed 
to  his  charge  by  an  officer  belonging  to  the  forces  of  the 
Confederate  Stntes ;  provided  the  officer  committing  shall, 
at  the  same  time,  deliver  an  account  in  writing,  signed  by 
himself,  of  the  crime  with  which  the  said  prisoner  is 
charged. 

Art.  81.  No  officer  commanding  a  guard,  or  provost  mar- 
shal, shall  presume  to  release  any  person  committed  to  his 
charge  without  proper  authority  for  so  doing,  nor  shall  he 


188 

suffer  any  person  to  escape,  on  the  penally  of  being  pun- 
ished for  it  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

AitT.  82.  Every  officer  or  provost  marshal,  to  whose 
charge  prisoners  shall  be  committed,  shall,  within  twenty- 
four  hours  after  such  commitment,  or  as  soon  as  he  shall  be 
relieved  from  his  guard,  make  report  in  wi-iting,  to  the  com- 
manding officer,  of  their  names,  their  crimes,  and  the  names 
of  the  officers  who  committed  them,  on  the  penalty  of  being 
punished  for  disobedience  or  neglect,  at  the  discretion  of  a 
court-martial. 

Art.  83.  Any  commissioned  officer  convicted  before  a 
general  court-martial  of  conduct  unbecoming  an  officer  and 
a  gentlemen,  shall  be  dismissed  the  servioe. 

Art.  84.  In  cases  where  a  court-martial  may  think  it 
proper  to  sentence  a  commissioned  officer  to  be  suspended 
from  command,  the}^  shall  have  power  also  to  suspend  his 
pay  and  emoluments  for  the  same  time,  according  to  the 
nature  and  heinousness  of  his  offense. 

Art.  85.  In  all  cases  where  a  commissioned  officer  is 
cashiered  for  cowardice  or  fraud,  it  shall  be  added  in  the 
sentence,  that  the  crime,  name  and  place  of  abode,  and  pun- 
ishment of  the  delinquent,  be  published  in  the  newspapers 
in  and  about  the  camp,  and  of  the  particular  State  from  which 
the  offender  came,  or  where  he  usually  resides  ;  after  which 
it  shall  be  deemed  scandalous  for  an  officer  to  associate  with 
3iim. 

Art,  86.  The  commanding  officer  of  any  post  or  detach- 
riient,  in  which  there  shall  not  be  a  number  of  officers  ade- 
quate to  form  a  general  court-martial,  shall,  in  cases  which 
require  the  cognizance  of  such  a  court,  report  to  the  com- 
manding officer  of  the  department,  who  shall  order  a  court 
to  be  assembled  at  the  nearest  post  or  department,  and  the 
party  accused,  with  necessary  witnesses,  to  be  transported 
to  the  place  where  the  said  court  shall  be  assembled. 

Art.  87.*  No  person  shall  be  sentenced  to  suffer  death  but 
by  the  concurrence  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  of  a  gen- 
eral court-martial,  nor  except  in  the  cases  herein  expressly 
mentioned ;  Nor  shall  more  than  fifty  lashes  be  inflicted  on  ant; 
offender^  at  tJie  discretion  of  a  court-martial:  and  no  officer, 
non-commissioned  officer,  soldier,  or  follower  of  the  arm)^ 
sliall  be  tried  a  second  time  for  the  same  oflense. 

*So  much  ot  these  rules  and  articles  as  authorizes  the  infiiction  of  coi-poral 
punishment  by  stripes  or  lashes,  was  specially  repealed  by  act  of  16th  May, 
1812.  By  act  of  2d  March,  1S33,  the  repealing  act  was  repealed,  so  far  as  it 
applied  to  the  crime  of  desertion,  which,  of  course,  revived  the  punishment 
by  lashes  for  tliat  otferse. 


<*a^. 


189 

xVrt.  88.  No  person  shall  be  liable  to  be  tried  and  punished 
by  a  "-eneral  court-martialforany  offense  which  shall  appear 
to  hjive  been  committed  more  than  two  years  before  the 
issueing  of  the  order  for  such  trial,  unless  the  person,  by 
reason'of  having  absented  himself,  or  some  oilier  manifest 
impediment,  shall  not  have  been  amenable  to  justice  within 
that  period.  .,  ,         * 

Art.  89.  Every  officer  authorized  to  order  a  general  court- 
martiai  shall  have  power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  any  punish- 
ment ordered  by  such  court,  except  the  sentence  of  death,  or 
of  cashiering  an  officer;  which,  in  the  cases  where  he  has 
authority  (bv  Article  6o)  to  carry  them  into  execution,  he 
may  suspend,  until  the  pleasure  of  the  President  of  the  Con- 
federate States  can  be  known ;  which  suspension,  together 
with  copies  of  the  proceedings  of  the  court-martial,  the  said 
officer  shall  immediately  transmit  to  the  President  for  his 
determination.  And  the  colonel  or  commanding  officer  ot 
the  regiment  or  2:arrison  where  any  regimental  or  garrison 
court-martial  shall  be  held,  may  pardon  or  mitigate  any 
punishment  ordered  by  such  court  to  be  inflicted. 

Art.  90.  Every  judge  advocate,  or  person  officiating  as 
such,  at  any  general  court-martial,  shall  transmit,  with  as 
much  expedition  as  the  opportunity  of  time  and  distance  of 
place  can  admit,  the  original  proceedings  and  sentence  of 
svch  court-martial  to  the  Secretary  of  War;  which  saiJ 
original  proceedings  and  sentence  shall  be  carefully  kept  and 
preserved  in  the  office  of  said  Secretary,  to  the  end  that  the 
persons  entitled  thereto  may  be  enabled,  upon  application 
lo  the  said  office,  to  obtain  copies  thereof. 

The  party  tried  by  any  general  court-martial  shall,  upon 
demand  thereof,  made  by  himself,  or  by  any  person  or  per- 
sons in  his  behalt;  be  entitled  to  a  copy  of  the  sentence  and 
proceedings  of  such  court-martial. 

Art.  91.  In  cases  where  the  general,  or  commanding  ofla- 
cer  may  order  a  court  of  inquiry  to  examine  into  the  nature 
of  any  transaction,  accusation,  or  imputation  against  any 
officer  or  soldier,  the  said  court  shall  consist  of  one  or  more 
officers,  not  exceeding  three,  and  a  judge  advocate,  or  other 
suitable  person,  as  a  recorder,  to  reduce  the  proceedings  and 
evidence  to  writing ;  all  of  whom  shall  be  sworn  to  the 
faithful  performance  of  their  duty.  This  court  shall  have 
the  same  power  to  summon  witnesses  as  a  court-martial,  and 
to  examine  them  on  oath.  But  they  shall  not  give  then- 
opinion  on  the  merits  of  the  case,   excepting  they  shall  be 


100 

thereto  specially  required.  The  parlies,  accused  shall  also 
be  permitted  to  cross-examine  and  interrogate  the  witnesses^ 
so  as  to  investigate  fully  the  circumstances  in  the  ques- 
tion. 

Akt.  1)2.  The  proceedings  of  a  court  of  inquiry  must  be 
authenticated  by  the  signature  of  the  recorder  and  the  pres- 
ident, and  delivered  to  the  commanding  officer,  and  the 
said  proceedings  maj'"  be  admitted  as  evidence  by  a  court- 
martial,  in  cases  not  capital,  or  extending  to  the  dismission 
of  an  officer,  provided  that  the  circumstances  are  such  that 
oral  testimony  cannot  be  obtained.  But  as  courts  of  inquiry 
may  be  perverted  to  dishonorable  purposes,  and  may  be 
considered  as  engines  of  destruction  to  military  merit,  in 
the  hands  of  weak  and  envious  commandants,  they  arc 
hereby  i^rohibited,  unless  directed  by  the  President  of  the 
Confederate  States,  or  demanded  by  ther^ccused. 

Art.  93.  The  judge  advocate  or  recorder  shall  administer 
to  the  members  the  following  oath : 

"  You  shall  well  and  truly  examine  and  inquire,  accord- 
ing to  your  evidence,  into  the  matter  novr  before  you,  with- 
out partiality,  favor,  affection,  prejudice,  or  hope  of  reward. 
So  help  you  God." 

After  which  the  President  shall  administer  to  the  judg^^ 
advocate  or  recorder  the  following  oath : 

"  You,  A.  B.,  do  swear  that  you  will,  according  to  3''0ur 
best  abilities,  accurately'  and  impartially  record  the  proceed- 
ings of  the  court,  and  the  evidence  to  be  given  in  the  case 
in  hearing.     So  help  you  God," 

The  witnesses  shall  take  the  same  oath  as  witnesses  sworn 
before  a  court-martial. 

Art.  94.  When  any  commissioned  officer  shall  die  or  be 
killed  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  the  major  of 
the  regiment,  or  the  officer  doing  the  major's  duty  in  his  ab- 
sence, or  in  any  post  or  garrison,  the  second  officer  in  com- 
mand, or  the  assistant  military  agent,  shall  immediately  se- 
cure all  his  effects  or  equipage,  then  in  camp  or  quarters,  and 
shall  make  an  inventor}^  thereof,  and  forthwith  transmit  the 
same  to  the  office  of  the  Department  of  War,  to  the  end 
that  his  executors  or  administrators  may  receive  tlie 
same. 

Art.  95.  When  any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier 
shall  die,  or  be  killed  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate 
States,  the  then  commanding  officer  of  the  troop  or  com- 
pany shall,  in  the  presence  of  two  other  commissioned  offi- 


191 

cers,  take  an  account  of  what  effects  be  died  possessed  of, 
above  his  arras  and  accoutrements,  and  transmit  the  same 
to  the  office  of  the  Department  of  War,  which  said  effects 
are  to  be  accounted  for,  and  paid  to  the  representatives  of 
such  deceased  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier.  And  in 
case  any  of  the  officers,  so  authorized  to  take  care  of  the 
effects  of  deceased  officers  and  soldiers,  should,  before  they 
have  accounted  to  their  representatives  for  the  same,  have  oc- 
casion to  leave  the  regiment  or  post,  by  preferment  or  other- 
wise, they  shall,  before  they  be  permitted  to  quit  the  same, 
deposit  in  the  hands  of  the  commanding  officer,  or  of  the 
assistant  military  agent,  all  the  effects  of  such  deceased  non- 
commissioned officers  and  soldiers,  in  order  that  the  same 
may  be  secured  foi,  and  paid  to,  their  respective  repre- 
sentatives. 

Art.  96.  All  officers,  conductors,  gunners,  matrosses,  dri- 
vers, or  other  persons  whatsover,  receiving  pay  or  hire  in 
the  service  of  the  artillery,  or  corps  of  engineers  of  tlie  Con- 
federate States,  shall  be  governed  by  the  aforesaid  Rules  and 
Articles,  and  shall  be  subject  to  be  tried  by  courts-martial, 
in  like  manner  with  the  officers  and  soldiers  of  the  other 
troops  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States. 

Aut.  97.  The  officers  and  soldiers  of  any  troops,  whether 
militia  or  others,  being  mustered  and  in  pay  of  the  Confed- 
erate States,  shall,  at  all  times  and  in  all  places,  when  joined , 
or  acting  in  conjuction  wuth  the  regular  forces  of  the  Con- 
federate States,  be  governed  by  these  Rules  and  Articles  of 
War,  and  shall  be  subject  to  be  tried  by  courts-martial,  in 
like  manner  with  the  officers  and  soldiers  in  the  regular 
forces  ;  save  only  that  such  courts-martial  shall  be  composed 
entirely  of  militia  officers. 

Art.  98.  All  officers  serving  by  commission  from  the  au- 
thority of  any  particular  State,  shall,  on  all  detachments, 
courts-martial,  or  other  duty,  wherein  they  may  be  employed 
in  conjunction  with  the  regular  forces  of  the  Confederate 
States,  take  rank  next  after  all  officers  of  the  like  grade  in 
said  regular  forces,  notwithstanding  the  commissions  of  such 
militia  or  State  officers  may  be  elder  than  the  commissions 
of  the  officers  of  the  regular  forces  of  the  Confederate 
States. 

Art.  99.  All  crimes  not  capital,  and  all  disorders  and  neg- 
lects which  officers  and  soldiers  may  be  guilty  of,  to  the 
prejudice  of  good  order  and  military  discipline,  though  not 
mentioned  in  the  foregoing  Articles  of  War,  are  to  be  taker 


192 

cognizance  of  by  a  general  or  regimental  court-martial,  ac,- 
cording  to  the  nature  and  degree  of  the  offense,  and  be  pua- 
ished  at  their  discretion. 

Art.  100.  The  President  of  the  Confederate  States  shall 
have  power  to  prescribe  the  uniform  of  the  army. 

Art.  101.  The  foregoing  Articles  are  to  be  read  and  pub- 
lished, once  in  every  six  months,  to  every  garrisoUj  regiment, 
troop,  or  company,  mustered,  or  to  be  mustered,  m  the  ser- 
vice of  the  Confederate  States,  and  are  to  be  duly  observed 
and  obeyed  by  all  officers  and  soldiers  who  are,  or  shall  be, 
in  said  service. 

Sec.  2.  That  in  time  of  war,  all  persons  not  citizens  of,  or 
owing  allegiance  to,  the  Confederate  States  of  America,  who 
shall  be  found  lurking  as  spies  in  or  about  the  fortifications 
or  encampments  of  the  armies  of  the  Confederate  States,  or 
any  of  them,  shall  suffer  death,  according  to  the  law  and 
usage  of  nations,  by  sentence  of  general  court-martial. 

Sec.  3.  That  the  rules  and  regulations  by  which  the  ar- 
mies of  the  Confederate  States  have  heretofore  been  gov- 
erned, and  the  resolves  of  Congress  thereunto  annexed,  and 
respecting  the  same,  shall  henceforth  be  void  and  ot  no  ef- 
fect, except  so  far  as  may  relate  to  any  transactions  under 
them  prior  to  the  promulgation  of  this  act,  at  the  several 
posts  and  garrisones  respectively,  occupied  by  any  part  of 
the  army  of  the  Confederate  States. 


193 


EXTRACTS  KROM  ACTS  OF  flONriRESS. 


(ADOPTED.) 


1.  If  any  ru)u-con\iiiissionerl  officer,  iiiusu  iaii,  or  private, 
shall  desert  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  be  shall, 
ia  addition  to  the  penalties  mentioned  in  the  Rules  and  Ar- 
ticles of  War,  be  liable  to  serve  for  and  during  such  a  period 
as  shall,  -vvilh  the  time  he  may  have  served  previous  to  his 
desertion,  amount  to  the  full  term  of  his  enlistment;  and 
such  soldier  shall  and  may  be  tried  by  a  court-martial,  and 
punished,  although  the  term  of  his  enlistment  may  have 
elapsed  previous  to  h^s  being  apprehended  or  tried. — Act 
Wh  March,  1802,  Sec.  2S. 

2.  No  officer  or  soldier  in  the  army  of  the  Confederate 
States  shall  be  subject  to  the  punishment  of  death  for  de- 
sertion in  lime  ot  peace. — Aci20tJi  May,  1830. 

3.  So  much  of  the  "Act  for  establishing  rules  end  articles 
for  the  government  of  the  armies  of  the  United  States,"  as 
authorizes  the  intiiction  of  corporeal  punishment  by  stripes 
or  lashes,  shall  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed.— ^c< 
IQihMay,  1812,  Hijc.l. 

4.  The  seventh  section  of  the  act  entitled  '' An  act  making 
further  provisions  for  the  army  of  the  United  States,"  passed 
on  the  IGth  May,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  twelve, 
shall  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed,  so  far  as  it  applies 
to  any  enlisted  soldier  who  shall  be  convicted  by  a  general 
court  martial  of  the  crime  of  desertion. — Act  2d  March,  1833, 
SeC:  7. 

5.  Whenever  a  general  officer  commanding  an  army,  or  fi 
colonel  commanding  a  separate  department,  shall  be  accuser 
or  prosecutor  of  any  officer  in  the  army  of  the  Confederate? 
States  under  his  command,  the  general  court-martial  for  the 
trial  of  such  officer  shall  be  appointed  by  the  President  of 
the  Confederate  States.— ^c^  2^th  May,  1830,  Sec.  1. 

0.  The  proceedings  and  sentence  of  the  said  court  shall 
be  sent  directly  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  be  by  him  laid 
before  the  President  for  his  confirmation  or  approval,  ro 
orders  in  the  Q^^Q.—Act2^th  May,  1830,  Sec.  2. 
13 


104 

7.  So  miicii  of  tue  sixty-fifth  article  of  llio  first  section  of 
"  An  act  for  establishing  rules  and  articles  for  the  govern- 
ment of  the  armies  of  the  United  States,"  passed  on  the 
tenth  of  April,  eighteen  hundred  and  six,  as  is  repugnant 
hereto,  shall  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed.— ^Ic?;  29/A 
May,  1880,  Sec.  3. 

8.  That  if  any  person  shall  sell,  exchange,  or  give,  barter 
or  dispose  of,  any  spirituous  liquor  or  wine  to  an  Indian  (in 
the  Indian  country)  such  person  shall  forfeit  and  pay  the 
sum  of  five  hundred  dollars;  and  if  any  person  shall  intro- 
duce, or  attempt  to  introduce,  any  spirituous  liquor  or  wine 
into  the  Indian  country,  except  such  supplies  as  shall  be 
necessary  for  the  oflicers  of  the  Confederate  States  and 
troops  of  the  service,  under  the  dh'cction  of  the  "War  De- 
partment, sueh  person  shall  forfeit  and  pay  a  sum  not  ex- 
ceeding three  hundred  dollars;  and  if  any  superintendent  of 
Indian  atfsiirs,  Indian  agent,  or  sub-agent,  or  commanding 
officer  of  a  military  post,  has  reason  to  suspect,  or  is  in- 
formed, that  any  white  person  or  Indian  is  about  to  introduce, 
or  has  introduced,  any  spirituous  liquor  or  wine  into  the  In- 
dian country,  in  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this  section, 
it  shall  be  lawful  for  such  superintendent,  Indian  agent,  or 
sub-agent,  or  military  officer,  agreeably  to  such  regulations 
as  may  be  established  by  the  President  of  the  Confederate 
States,  to  cause  the  boats,  stores,  packages,  and  places  of 
deposit  of  such  person  to  be  searched,  and  if  any  such  spir- 
ituous liquor  or  wine  is  found,  the  goods,  boats,  packages 
and  peltries  of  such  persons  shall  be  seized  and  delivered  to 
the  proper  officer,  and  shall  be  proceeded  against  by  libel,  in 
the  proper  court,  and  forfeited,  one  half  to  hie  use  of  the  in- 
former, and  the  other  half  to  the  use  of  the  Confederate 
States;  and  if  such  person  is  a  trader,  his  license  shall  be  re- 
voked and  his  bond  put  in  suit.  And  it  shall  moreover  be 
lawful  for  any  person  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States, 
or  for  any  Indian,  to  take  and  destroy  any  ardent  spirits  or 
v^'ine  found  in  the  Indian  country,  excepting  military  sup- 
plies as  mentioned  in  this  section. — Act  'SOfhJune,  1834, 
Sec.  20. 

9.  That  if  any  person  whatever  shall,  within  the  limits  of 
the  Indian  country,  set  up  or  continue  any  distillery  for 
manufacturing  ardent  spirits,  he  shall  forfeit  and  pay  a  pen- 
alty of  one  thousand  dollars,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
superintendent  of  Indian  aflairs,  Indian  agent,  or  sub-agent 
within  the  limits  of  whose  agency  the  same  shall  be  set  up 


1 95 

or  continueil,  forthwith  tvi  destroy  aud  break  up  the  same  ; 
and  it  shall  be  lawful  to  employ  the  military  force  of  the 
Confederate  States  in  executing  tliat  duty. — Act  'SOth  June^ 
1834,  Sec.  21. 

10.  That  the  twentieth  section  of  tlie  "  Act  to  regulate 
trade  and  intercourse  with  the  Indian  tribes,  and  to  preserve 
peace  on  the  frontiers,"  approved  June  thirtieth,  eighteen 
hundred  and  thirty-four,  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  so 
amended,  that  in  addition  to  the  fines  thereby  imposed,  any 
person  who  shall  sell,  or  exchange,  or  barter,  give  or  dispose 
of,  any  spirituous  liquor  or  wine  to  an  Indian,  in  the  Indian 
country,  or  who  shall  introduce,  or  attempt  to  introduce,  any 
spirituous  liquor  or  wine  into  the  Indian  country,  except 
such  supplies  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  officers  of  the 
Confederate  States  and  the  troops  of  the  service,  under  the 
direction  of  the  "War  Department,  such  person  on  conviction 
thereof,  before  the  proper  district  court  of  the  Confederate 
States,  shall,  in  the  former  case  be  subject  to  imprisonment 
for  a  period  not  exceeding  two  years,  and  in  the  latter  case 
not  exceeding  one  year,  as  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  court, 
according  to  the  'extent  and  criniinality  of  the  offense. 
And  in  all  prosecutions  arising  under  this  section,  and  un- 
der the  twentieth  section  of  the  act  to  regulate  trade  and  in- 
tercourse with  the  Indian  tribes,  and  preserve  peace  on  the 
frontiers,  approved  June  30th,  eighteen  hundred  and  thirtj-- 
four,  to  which  this  is  an  amendment,  Indians  shall  be  com- 
petent witnesses. — Act  dd  March,  1847,  Sec.  2. 

11.  That  no  annuities,  or  moneys,  or  goods  shall  be  paid 
or  distributed  to  the  Indians  while  they  are  under  the  influ- 
ence of  any  description  of  intoxicating  liquor ;  nor  while 
there  are  good  and  sufficient  reasons  for  the  ofiicers  or  agents 
whose  duty  it  may  be  to  make  such  payments  or  distributions » 
for  believing  that  there  is  any  species  of  intoxicating  liquor 
within  convenient  reach  of  the  Indians ;  nor  until  the  chiefs 
and  head  men  of  the  tribe  shall  have  pledged  themselves  to 
\ise  all  their  influence,  and  to  make  all  proper  exertions  to 
prevent  the  introduction  and  sale  of  such  liqi^or  In  their 
country.— .-tr/  ?aI  March,  1847,  Sec.  3. 

No.  621 


196 


:For  the  establishment  and  Organization  of  the  Army  of  the 
Confederate  States  of  America. 

Section  1.  21ie  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America' 
■  do  enact;  That  from  and  after  the  passage  of  this  act  the 
aailitary  establishment  of  the  Confederate  States  shall  be 
composed  of  one  corps  of  engineers,  one  coi'ps  of  artillery, 
six  regiments  of  infantry,  one  regiment  of  cavalry,  and  of 
the  staff  departments  already  established  by  law. 

Sec.  2.  The  corps  of  engineers  shall  consist  ot  one  colo- 
nel, four  majors,  five  captains,  and  one  company  of  sappers, 
lainers  and  pontoniers,  which  shall  consist  of  ten  sergeants 
^(bt  master  workmen,  ten  corporals  or  overseers,  two  musi- 
•caans,  and  thirty-nine  privates  of  the  first  class,  or  artificers, 
and  thirty-nine  privates  of  the  second  class,  or  laborers, 
making  in  all  one  hundred, 

Sec.  o.  The  said  company  shall  be  officered  by  one  captain 
'of  the  corps  of  engineers,  and  as  many  lieutenants,  to  be 
selected  by  the  President  from  the  line  of  the  army,  as  he 
may  deem  necessary  for  the  service,  and  shall  be  instructed 
m  and  perform  all  the  duties  of  sappers,  miners  and  poton- 
iers,  and  shall,  moreover,  under  the  orders  of  the  chief  en- 
trineer,  be  liable  to  serve  by  detachments  in  overseeing  and 
aiding  laborers  upon  fortifications  or  other  works,  under  the 
-engineer  department,  and  in  supervising  finished  fortifica- 
tions, as  tort-keepers,  preventing  injury  and  making 
repairs. 

Sec.  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  colonel  of  the  engineer 
'Corps,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  to 
prescribe  the  number,  quantity,  form,  dimensions,  etc.,  of  the 
necessary  vehicles,  arms,  pontons,  tools,  implements,  and 
^ther  supplies  for  the  service  of  the  said  company  as  a  body 
©f  sappers,  miners  and  pontoniers. 

Sec.  5.  The  Corps  of  Artillery,  which  shall  also  be  charged 
with  ordnance  duties,  shall  consist  of  one  colonel,  one  lieu- 
tenant colonel,  ten  majors,  ard  forty  companies  of  artiller- 
rists  and  artificers,  and  each  company  shall  consist  of  one 
captain,  two  first  lieutenants,  one  second  lieutenant,  four 
sergeants,  four  corporals,  two  musicians,  and  seventy  pri- 
vates.   There  shall  also  be  one  adjutant,  to  be  selected  by 


197 

the  colonel  from  tiie  first  lieiUenaiits,  and  one  sergeant-ma- 
jor, to  be  selected  from  the  enlisted  men  of  the  corps.  The 
President  may  equip  as  light  batteries,  of  six  pieces  each^ 
such  of  these  companies  as'he  may  deem  expedient,  not  ex- 
ceeding four,  in  time  of  peace. 

Sec.  G.  Each  regiment  of  intantry  shall  consist  of  one 
colonel,  one  lieutenant-colonel,  one  major  and  ten  compa- 
nies ;  each  company  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  one  firs* 
lieutenant,  two  second  lieutenants,  four  sergeants,  four  cor- 
porals, two  musicians  and  ninety  privates;  and  to  each  regi- 
ment there  shall  be  attached  one  adjutant,  to  ])e  selected 
from  the  lieutenants,  and  one  sergeant-major^  to  be  selected 
from  the  enlisted  men  of  the  regiment. 

Sec.  7.  The  regiment  of  cavalry  shall  consist  of  one  colo- 
nel, one  lieutenant-colonel,  one  major  and  ten  rompanies,, 
each  of  which  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  one  first  lieiiten- 
ant,  two  second  lieutenants,  four  sergeants,  four  corporals,, 
one  farrier,  one  blacksmith,  two  musicians  and  sixty  privates. 
There  shall  also  be  one  adjutant  and  one  sergeant-major,  to 
be  selected  as  aforesaid. 

Sec.  8.  There  shall  be  four  brigadier-generals,  who  shall 
be  assigned  to  such  commands  and  duties  as  the  President 
may  specially  direct,  and  shall  be  entitled  to  one  aid-de- 
camp each,  ta  be  selected  from  thp  subalterns  of  the  line  of 
the  army,  who,  in  addition  to  their  duties  as  aids-de-camp^ 
may  perform  the  duties  of  assistants  adjutant-general. 

Sec.  9.  All  officers  of  the  army  shall'  be  appointed  by  the- 
President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Con- 
gress, and  the  rank  and  file  shall  be  enlisted  for  a  term  not 
less  than  three,  n«r  more  than  ]\we  years,  under  sucli  regula- 
tions as  may  be  establi^lied. 

Sec.  10.  No  ofticer  shall  be  appointed  in  (he  army  until 
he  shall  have  passed  an  examination  satisfactory  to  the 
President,  and  in  such  manner  as  he  may  prescribe,  as  to  hi5 
cluiracter  and  fitness  for  the  service.  Tlie  President,  how- 
ever, shall  have  power  to  postpone  this  examination  for  one 
year  after  appointment,  if  in  his  judgment  necessary  for 
the  public  interest. 

Sec.  11.  All  vacancies  in  established  regiments  and  corpSy 
to  and  including  the  rank  of  colonel,  shall  be  filled  bv  pro- 
motion according  to  seniority,  except  in  case  of  disability  or 
other  incompetency.  Promotions  to  and  inchuling  the  rank, 
of  colonel  shall  be  made  rcgimentally  in  the  infantry  and 
cavalry,  in  the  statT  department!^,  and  in  the   ecginee^^^  and. 


19.8 

artillery,  according  to  corps.  Appoiutmciits  to  the  rank  of 
brigadier-general,  after  the  army  is  organized,  shall  be  made 
by  selection  from  the  army. 

Sec.  12.  The  President  of  the  Confederate  States  is  hereby 
authorized  to  appoint  to  the  lowest  grade  of  subaltern  oflBcers 
such  meritorious  non-commissioned  officers  as  may,  upon 
the  recommendation  of  their  colonels  and  company  officers, 
be  brought  before  an  army  board,  specially  convened  for  the 
purpose,  and  foimd  qualified  for  the  duties  of  commissioned 
officers,  and  to  attach  theui  to  regiments  or  corps,  as  super- 
numerary officers,  if  there  be  no  vacancies :  Prodded,  There 
shall  not  be  more  than  one  so  attached  to  any  one  company 
at  the  same  time. 

Sec.  I'd.  The  pay  of  a  brigadier-general  shall  be  three 
hundred  and  one  dallars  per  month.  The  aid-de-camp  of  a 
brigadier-general,  in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant,  shall 
receive  thirty-five  dolars  per  month. 

Sec.  14.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  corps  of 
engineers  shall  be  as  follows  :  of  the  colonel,  two  hundred 
and  ten  dollars ;  of  a  major,  one  hundred  and  sixty -two 
dollars ;  of  a  captain,  one  hundred  and  forty  dollars ;  lieu- 
tenants serving  with  the  company  of  sappers  and  miners 
shall  receive  the  pay  of  cavalry  officers  of  the  same  grade. 

Sec.  15.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  colonel  of  the  corps  of 
mtillery  shall  be  two  hundred  and  ten  dollars;  of  a  lieuten- 
ant-colonel, one  hundred  and  eighty-five  dollars ;  of  a  major, 
one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars,  and  wiien  serving  on  ordnance 
duty,  one  Inmdred  and  sixty-two  dollars;  of  a  captain,  one 
hundred  and  thirty  dollars ;  of  a  first  lieutenant,  ninety  dol- 
lars ;  of  a  second  lieutenant,  eighty  dollars ;  and  the  adjutant 
shall  receive,  in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant,  ten  dollars 
per  month.  Officers  of  artillery  serving  in  the  light  artillery, 
or  performing  ordnance  duty,  shall  receive  the  same  pay  as 
officers  of  cavalry  of  the  same  grade. 

Sec.  16.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  infantry 
shall  be  as  follows:  of  a  colonel,  one  hundred  and  ninety-five 
dollars ;  of  a  lieutenant-colonel,  one  hundred  and  seventy  dol- 
lars; of  a  major,  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars;  of  a  captain, 
one  hundred  and  thirty  dollars;  of  a  first  lieutenant,  ninety 
dollars;  of  a  second  lieutenant,  eighty  dollars;  the  adjutant 
in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant,  ten  dollars. 

Sec.  17.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  cavalry 
shall  be  as  follows:  of  a  colonel,  two  hundred  and  eighty - 
five  dollars;  a  major,  one  hundred  and  sixty-two  dollars;  a 


I 


199 

captain,  one  hundred  and  forty  dollars ;  a  first  lieutenant, 
one  hundred  dollars;  a  second  lieutenant,  ninety  dollars; 
the  adjutant,  ten  dollars  per  month  in  addition  to  his  pay  as 
lieutenant. 

Sec.  18.  The  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  general  staff,  except 
those  of  the  medical  department,  shall  be  the  same  as  that  of 
officers  of  cavalry  of  the  same  grade.  The  surgeon-general 
shall  receive  an  annual  salary  of  three  thousand  dollars, 
which  shall  be  in  full  of  all  pay  and  allowances,  except  fuel 
and  quarters.  The  monthly  pay  of  a  surgeon,  often  years' 
service  in  that  grade,  shall' be  two  hundred  dollars  ;  a  sur- 
geon of  less  than  ten  years'  service  in  that  grade,  one  hun- 
dred and  sixty-two  dollars ;  an  assistant  surgeon  often  years' 
service  in  that  grade,  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  ;  an  assis- 
tant surgeon  of  five  years'  service  in  that  grade,  one  hundred 
and  thirty  dollars  ;  and  an  assistant  surgeon  of  less  than  five 
years'  service,  one  hundred  and  ten  dollars. 

Sec.  10.  There  shall  be  allowed,  in  addition  to  the  pay 
hereinbefore  provided,  to  every  commissioned  officer,  except 
the  surgeon-general,  nine  dollars  per  montii  for  every  five 
years'  service;  and  to  the  officers  of  the  army  of  the  United 
States,  who  have  resigned  or  may  resign  to  be  received  into 
the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  this  additional  pay 
shall  be  allowed  from  tiie  date  of  their  entrance  into  the  for- 
mer service.  There  shall  also  be  an  additional  monthly 
allowance  to  every  general  officer  commanding  in  chief  a 
separate  army  actually  in  the  field,  of  one  hnndred  dollars. 

Sec.  20.  The  pay  of  officers  as  hereinbefore  established 
shall  be  in  full  of  all  allowances,  except  forage,  fuel,  quarters, 
and  traveling  expenses  while  traveling  under  orders.  The 
allowance  of  forage,  fuel  and  quarters  shall  be  fixed  by  regu- 
lations, and  shall  be  furnished  in  kind,  except  when  officers 
are  serving  at  stations  without  troops  where  public  quarters 
cannot  be  had,  in  which  case  they  may  be  allowed,  in  lieu  of 
forage,  eight  dollars  per  month  for  each  horse  to  which  they 
may  be  entitled,  provided  they  are  actually  kept  in  service, 
mustered,  and  quarters  may  be  commuted  at  a  rate  to  be 
fixed  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  and  fuel  at  the  market  price 
delivered.  An  officer,  when  traveling  under  orders,  shall  be 
allowed  mileage  at  the  rate  often  cents  per  mile. 

Sec.  21.  In  time  of  war,  officers  of  the  army  shall  be  en- 
titled to  draw  forage  for  horses,  according  to  grade,  as  fol- 
lows: A  brigadier-general,  four;  the  adjutant  and  inspec- 
tor-general, qiiartermnster-genrTti],  commissary-general,  and 


200 

tlie  coloneJs  of  eugincers,  artillery,  infantry  and  cavalry,  three 
each ;  all  lieutenant-colonels  and  majors,  and  captains  of 
the  general  stali"  engineer  corps,  light  artillery  and  cavalry, 
three  each  ;  lieutenants  serving  in  the  corps  of  engineers, 
lieutenants  of  light  artillery  and  of  cavalry,  two  each.  In 
time  of  peace:  general  and  field  officers,  three;  officers  be- 
loAV  the  rank  of  field  officers,  in  tlie  general  staff,  corps  of 
engineers,  light  artillery  and  cavalry,  two:  Provided,  in  all 
cases,  that  the  horses  are  actually  kept  in  service  and  mus- 
tered. No  enlisted  man  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate 
States  shall  be  employed  as  a  servant  by  any  oflScer  of  the 
army. 

Sec.  22.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  enlisted  men  of  the  aiTay 
of  the  Confederate  States  shall  be  as  follows :  That  of  a  ser- 
geant or  master  workman  of  the  engineer  corps,  thirty-four 
dollars;  that  of  a  corporal  or  overseer,  twenty  dollars  ;  pri- 
vates of  the  first  class,  or  artificers,  seventeen  dollars;  and 
privates  of  the  second  class,  or  laborers  and  musicians,  thir- 
teen dollars.  The  sergeant-major  of  cavalry,  twenty-one 
dollars;  first  sergeants,  twenty  dollars ;  sergeants,  seventeen 
dollars;  corporals,  farriers  and  blacksmiths,\hirteen  dollars ; 
musicians,  thirteen  dollars;  and  privates,  twelve  dollars. 
Sergeants-major  of  artillery  and  infantry,  twenty-one  dollars; 
first  sergeants,  twenty  dollars  each;  sergeants,  seventeen 
dollars;  corporals  and  artificers,  thirteen  dollars ;  musicians, 
twelve  dollars ;  and  privates,  eleven  dollars  each.  The  non- 
commissioned officers,  artificers,  musicians  and  privates  serv- 
ing in  light  batteries  shall  receive  the  same  pay  as  those  of 
cavalry. 

Sec.  23.  The  President  shall  be  authorized  to  enlist  as 
many  master  armorers,  master  carriage-makers,  master 
blacksmiths,  armorers,  carriage-makers,  blacksmiths,  artifi- 
cers, and  laborers,  for  ordnance  service,  as  he  may  deem 
necessary,  not  exceeding  in  all  one  hundred  men,  who  shall 
be  attached  to  the  corps  of  artillery.  The  pay  of  a  master 
Jirmorer,  master  carriage-maker,  master  blacksmith,  shall  be 
thirty-four  dollars  per  month;  armorers,  cariiage-makers 
and  blacksmiths,  twenty  dollars  per  month ;  artificers,  seven- 
teen dollars,  and  laborers,  thirteen  dollars  per  month. 

Sec.  24.  Each  enlisted  man  of  the  army  of  the  Confederate 
States  shall  receive  one  ration  per  day,  and  a  yearly  allow- 
ance of  clothing,  the  quantity  and  kind  of  each  to  be  estab- 
lished by  regulations  Irom  the  War  Department,  to  be  ap- 
proyed  by  the  President. 


201 

Sec.  25.  Rations  shall  generally  be  issued  in  kind,  but  un- 
der circumstances  rendering  a  commutation  neccssa^3^  The 
commutation  value  of  the  ration  shall  be  fixed  by  regulations 
of  the  War  Department,  to  be  approved  by  the  President. 

Sec.  26.  The  officers  appointed  in  the  army  of  the  Confed- 
erate States  by  virtue  of  this  act,  shall  perform  all  military 
duties  to  which  they  may  be  severally  assigned  by  authority 
of  the  President,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  of 
War  to  prepare  and  publish  regulations,  prescribing  the 
details  of  every  department  in  the  service,  for  the  general 
government  of  the  army,  which  regulations  shall  be  approved 
by  the  President,  and  when  so  approved  shall  be  binding. 

Sec.  27.  All  officers  of  the  quartermaster's  and  commissary 
departments  shall,  previous  to  entering  on  the  duties  ofthefr 
respective  offices,  give  bonds  with  good  and  sufficient  sure- 
ties to  the  Confederate  States,  in  such  sum  as  the  Secretary 
of  War  shall  direct,  fully  to  account  for  all  moneys  and  pub- 
lic propert}'  which  they' may  receive. 

Sec.  28.  Neither  the  quartermaster-General,  the  commis- 
sary-general, nor  any  or  either  of  their  assistants,  shall  be 
concerned,  directly  or  :ndirectly,  in  the  purchase  or  sale  of 
any  articles  intended  for,  making  a  part  of,  or  appertaining 
to  public  supplies,  except  for  and  on  account  of  the  Confed- 
erate States  ;  nor  shall  they,  or  either  of  them,  take  or  apply 
to  his  or  their  own  use  any  grain  or  emolument  for  negotia- 
ting any  business  in  their  respective  departments,  other  than 
what  is  or  mav  be  allowed  by  law. 

Sec.  29.  The  Rules  and  Articles  of  War  established  by  the 
laws  of  the  United  States  of  Axnerica  for  the  government  of 
the  army  are  hereby  declared  to  be  of  force,  except  that 
wherever  the  words  *"  United  States"  occur,  the  words  "Con- 
federate States"  shall  be  substituted  therefor;  and  except 
that  the  Articles  of  War  numbers  sixty-one  and  sixty-two 
are  hereby  abrogated,  and  the  following  articles  substituted 
therefor.    (See  Articles  of  War,  (31  and  G2.) 

Sec.  30.  The  President  shall  call  into  the  service  of  the 
Confederate  States  only  so  many  of  the  troops  herein  provi- 
ded for  as  he  may  deem  the  safety  of  the  Confederacy  may 
require. 

Sec.  31.  All  laws  or  parts  of  laws  of  the  United  States, 
which  have  been  adopted  by  the  Congress  of  the  Confederate 
States,  repugnant  to  or  inconsistent  witl\  this  act,  are  hereby 
repealed. 

Approved,  March  0, 1861 . 


INDEX, 


No  of  Parajirapli.  |                                    No.  of  Pai  agi  apli 

Appoiutiuent  ou  the  Staff  83,  85,  86} Inspectiou  of  the  Troops. ..  293  to 29.'. 

Arrests  a  ad  Confinements  211  to  219]  Issues 552 

Bivouacs 581  to  r.38 '  Intrenched  Po-sts 684  to  639 

Rattles C!»9  to  725)  Laundresses 124, 125 120 

Baggage  Trains 754  to  761  i  Leaves  of  Absence,  OfiBcers  170  to  181 

Barracks  and  Quarters.. ..  961  to  978  Musters D17to82t 

Companies   85  to  122 i Marches    60Sto693 

Company  Books ....               128!  Orders  and  Correspondence  422  to  447 

Councils  of  Administration  1S5  to  189, Organization  of  an  Army  in 

CompanvFund 197  to  199!         the  Field 464to4Sl 

Confinements 211  to  219  Orderlies 4S3to487 

Contributions 4S2  Orders  547 

Camps 489  to  504 'Out posts 593to638 

Camp  of  Infantry 506  to  514  Post  Books 84 

"    "     Cavalrv 515  to  527  Post  Fund 190tol96 

'•    "     Artillefv 528  to  5801  Parade— Dress    Parade...  327to838 

Cantonments....' 539to554  Police  Guard 564to583 

Convovs  and  their  Escorts  729  to  75i3  Picket 584  to  592 

Courts-Martial S61  to  882  Partisan  and  flankers 655  to  667 

"        "       Expenses....  1024  to  1027!  Prisoners  of  War 726,721728 

Clothing.,  Allowances  of..  103Sto  1051  i Police— (Jeneral  Police.. . .  762  to  763 

Discipline.- -Military    Dis-                      |  Property,  Money,  Accounts  891  to  958 

cipline 1,  2,  3  Postage— Public    Postage  1029 

Distribution  of  theXroojs                 87  i  Quartermasters  Departm't  959,960 

Deceased  officers 145, 146, 147, Quarters 961  to  978 

"        Soldiers 148  to  150  Hank  and  Command 4  to  14 

Deserters 151  to  l.")S  designation  of  Officers. .  .  2ito29 

Discharges 159  to  ICT  llegiiiR'iits 09 to  83 

Discussions,  Publications.                 210 :  UoU-Calls  224  to  226 

Depots    4S8iKevie\v  of  a  liattallion  of 

Dispatches 548;            Infantry 889   to  36t 

Detachments •.640  to  646  llKTrRN.^  and  Kkpouts  : 

Defense  of  Fortified  Places    820  to  831,     Monthly  Returns 443  to  452 

Escorts  of  Honor 261  to  264      Anual  Returns— Casual- 
Exercises,  Military 546 ;            ties 45'3 

Extra-Duty  Men 1028      Return  of  deceased  sol- 

Kquipage,    Allowance  of,                      \            diers 454 

Camp  and  Garrison               1085      Field  Returns 455,  456 

Furloughs  to  Enlisted  Men  182, 1S3, 184|     Reports 457  to  450 

Fnneral  Honors 265  to  292 ,  Prisonere  of  War. — Cap- 
Form  of  Inspection 296  to  316'            tured  Property 460,461 

Forms  of  Parade 325,  826:     Inspection  Rei)orts 462,  468 

Forage  1010  to  1012  The  Roster,  or  Details  for 

Guard-Mounting  865  to  888 !            Service 553  to  56:3 

Guards 889  to  421 '  Reconnoissances     647  to  65i 

Grand  (Juards  and  otlier                      | Recruiting  Service 12S8tol364 

Outposts 503  to  633  Returns  in  the  Quart ennas- 

Uours  of  Service  and  Roll-                     j            ter's  Dejiartment . .  1052 

Calls 220  to  228. Succession  in  Command  or 

Honors 227  to  247]            Duty   15  to  IB 

Head-Quarters 545 : Sutlers 202  to  209 

Horses  for  Mounted  Officer,'*             1080''Hr\lutfs     24810  259 


Inde.\ — Cmitinued. 

Safeguards T60to773I     Accounts i  091  to  1108 

Sieges 774  to  819;  Transfer  of  Ofhcers 30,81 

Straw 10i;nol015|Transfer  of  Soldiei-s 141  to  144 

Stationery 1017  to  1022  Traveling  on  Duty 169,  169 

Subsistence  Department,                     i  Troops  on  board  of  Trans- 
Ration •. 1069  to  1071 1            ports S32  to  860- 

Issues ....    1072  to  lOSO, Transportation,  Army. .  .  987  to  994 

-Subsistence   to   Officers                1 089  j  Watchwords 549  to  551 

Commutation  of  Ration  1091  to  10941  WorUinp;-Parlies  8S3  to  890 

Kxtra-Duty  Mpp 1«''0r>.  lOOOl 


TABLES  AND  BLANK  FORMS. 


Pack. 

Ijido.x  of  Letters  required  to  be  kept  on  File. 8 

Guard  Report 52 

Safeguard,  Form  of 97 

General  Court-martial,  Form  of  order 109 

Miscellaneous  Disbursements 132 

Requisition  for  Fuel,  Form  No.  29 133 

"    30 184 

"        "    Forage,  Form  No.  82 185 

"    33 186 

"    Straw 137 

"        "    Stationery 188 

Special  Requisition 139 

Requisition  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department  for  extra  supplies  of  Medi- 
cines and  Hospital  Stores 140 

Bill  of  Medicine,  etc.,  when  purchased  by  an  oflicer  of  the  Quartermaster's 

Department 141 

Mode  of  ascertaining  the  Hospital  Ration 147 

I'rovision  Return  for  Company 148 

Consolidated  Provision  Return,  for  Regiment 149 

Weight  and  Measure     150 

Weight  and  Bulk  of  Rations 151 

Requisiton  for  Medicine  etc. , 152 

Account  for  Medicines  etc., 153 

Certificate  of  Disability  for  Discharge 154 

Surgeon's  Record  of  Recruits  Examined  155 

-Morning  Report  of  the  Surgeon  of  a  Regiment  Post  or  Garrison 156 

Contract  whli  a  Private  Physician 157 

Certificates  to  be  given  to  a  Soldier  at  the  time  of  his  Discharge.   158 

Requisition  for  Ordnance  and  Ordnance  stores  for  Arsenal  or  Post         . .  .  159 
Requisition  for  Ordnance  and  Ordnance  Stores  for  Militia  in  the  service  of 

the  Confederate  States 160 

Estimate  of  Recruiting  Funds 161 

Recruiting  Services  Form  A 171 

"    B 172 

Appendix. — Article  of  War 173 

Organization  of  the  Army  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America 192 

Extracts  from  Acts  of  Congress — Adopted...   193 

An  Act  for  the  Establishment  and  Organization  of  the  Army  of  the  Con- 

l'e«lerate  States  of  America  . .    .  IflC 


;.  ^^ 


